Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 27, 2009
Registration No. 333-      
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
Form S-4
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
General Cable Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware   3357   06-1398235
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
4 Tesseneer Drive
Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076-9753
(859) 572-8000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Robert J. Siverd
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
General Cable Corporation
4 Tesseneer Drive
Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076-9753
(859) 572-8000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
With copies to:
     
Alan H. Lieblich, Esquire
Jeffrey M. Taylor, Esquire
Blank Rome LLP
One Logan Square
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6998
Telephone: (215) 569-5500
  John D. Lobrano, Esquire
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
Telephone: (212) 455-2000
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   The offering of the securities registered hereby is to commence promptly following the initial filing of this Registration Statement. No tendered securities will be accepted for exchange until this Registration Statement has been declared effective.
 
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:
 
     
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)
  o
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)
  o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                                         
            Proposed Maximum
    Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of
    Amount to be
    Offering
    Aggregate
    Registration
Securities to be Registered     Registered     Price per Unit     Offering Price     Fee
Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2029
    $ 439,375,000 (1)             $ 415,921,875 (2)     $ 23,208.44  
Common Stock(3)
      14,645,863                         (4)
Total
                                  $ 23,208.44  
                                         
 
(1) Represents the maximum aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”) that may be issued in the exchange offer to which this Registration Statement relates.
 
(2) Estimated solely for purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rules 457(f)(1) and (3) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), based on the market value of General Cable Corporation’s 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012 that may be tendered and accepted for exchange, as calculated in accordance with Rule 457(c).
 
(3) The aggregate number of shares of common stock to be issued upon conversion in full of the Notes was calculated based on an assumed conversion price of $30.00 per share (which represents the maximum amount of shares issuable, as adjusted by the maximum make whole payment under the terms of the Notes). Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, in addition to the shares set forth in the table, the amount to be registered includes an indeterminate number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes, as such amount may be adjusted due to stock splits, stock dividends or other similar transactions.
 
(4) Pursuant to Rule 457(i) under the Securities Act, there is no filing fee with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes.
 
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus may change. We may not complete the exchange offer and issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or exchange any securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy or exchange these securities in any jurisdiction in which the offer is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 27, 2009
PROSPECTUS
 
(GENERAL CABLE LOGO)
General Cable Corporation
 
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
OUR SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2029
FOR OUR OUTSTANDING
1.00% SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2012 (CUSIP NOS. 369300AJ7 AND 369300AK4)
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the related letter of transmittal, we are offering to exchange $925 principal amount of our new subordinated convertible notes due 2029, or the 2029 notes, for each $1,000 principal amount of our 1.00% senior convertible notes due 2012, or the 2012 notes. We will also pay in cash accrued and unpaid interest on 2012 notes accepted for exchange from the last interest payment date to, but excluding, the date on which the exchange of any 2012 notes that are accepted for exchange is settled. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, we will accept for exchange any and all 2012 notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. As of the date of this prospectus, the aggregate principal amount of 2012 notes outstanding was $475,000,000. If all of the 2012 notes are accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, $439,375,000 aggregate principal amount of 2029 notes will be issued.
 
The 2029 notes will mature on November 15, 2029, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased. The 2029 notes will be expressly subordinated in right of payment to all our existing and future senior indebtedness, will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and will be effectively subordinated to the obligations of our subsidiaries, including trade payables.
 
Until November 15, 2019, the 2029 notes will bear interest at the rate of 4.50% per year, and after November 15, 2019, the 2029 notes will bear interest at the rate of 2.25% per year. Interest on the 2029 notes will be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2010. Beginning with the six-month period commencing on November 15, 2019, contingent interest on the 2029 notes will be payable in cash during any six-month interest period if the trading price of the 2029 notes, as defined in this prospectus, for each of the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes. During any interest period when contingent interest is payable, the contingent interest will equal 0.50% of the average trading price of $1,000 in principal amount of the 2029 notes during the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period, as more fully described in this prospectus.
 
The exchange offer will expire at midnight, New York City time, on November 24, 2009, unless earlier terminated or extended by us.
 
We have not applied, and do not currently intend to apply, to list either the 2029 notes or the 2012 notes for trading on any national securities exchange, but we intend to apply to have the common stock underlying the 2029 notes listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BGC.” The last reported sales price of our common stock on October 26, 2009 was $34.44 per share.
 
An exchange of the 2012 notes and an investment in the 2029 notes and the underlying common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 28 for a discussion of issues that you should consider with respect to the exchange offer.
 
You must make your own decision whether to tender any 2012 notes for exchange in the exchange offer, and, if so, the amount of 2012 notes to tender. Neither General Cable Corporation, nor the dealer managers, the exchange agent, the information agent, nor any other person is making any recommendation as to whether you should tender your 2012 notes for exchange in the exchange offer.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The dealer managers for the exchange offer are:
 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. J.P. Morgan
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2009


Table of Contents

 
(Cover page continued)
 
The 2029 notes will be convertible, at the holder’s option, into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of the 2029 notes, based on an initial conversion price equal to 122.5% of the average VWAP, provided that the initial conversion price will in no event be less than a minimum conversion price of $36.75. The “average VWAP” means the arithmetic average, as determined by us, of the daily VWAP for each trading day during the 10 trading day period ending on and including the scheduled expiration date for the exchange offer, rounded to four decimal places. The “daily VWAP” for any trading day means the per share volume weighted average price of our common stock on that day as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg Page BGC.N <Equity> AQR (or its equivalent successor page if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading on the relevant trading day until the scheduled close of trading on the relevant trading day (or if such volume weighted average price is unavailable, the market price of one share of our common stock on such trading day determined, using a volume weighted average method, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by us for this purpose). The initial conversion rate will be $1,000 divided by the initial conversion price, rounded to four decimal places. Because the initial conversion price will not be less than $36.75, the maximum initial conversion rate will not be greater than 27.2109 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes.
 
The exchange offer is subject to the general conditions discussed under “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” In addition, the exchange offer is conditioned on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part being declared effective and not being subject to a stop order or any proceedings for that purpose. The exchange offer is also conditioned on at least $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes being validly tendered and not validly withdrawn upon the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
Holders may withdraw their tendered 2012 notes at any time on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer. In addition, holders may withdraw any tendered 2012 notes that have not been accepted for exchange by us after the expiration of 40 business days from October 27, 2009, if such 2012 notes have not been previously returned to you.
 
If the initial conversion price is set at the minimum conversion price because the average VWAP otherwise would result in an initial conversion price of less than the minimum conversion price, we will extend the exchange offer until midnight, New York City time, on the second trading day following the previously scheduled expiration date to permit holders to tender or withdraw their 2012 notes during those days. Any changes in the prices of our common stock on those additional days of the exchange offer will not, however, affect the initial conversion price or the initial conversion ratio.


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    ii  
    1  
    9  
    28  
    52  
    55  
    56  
    58  
    59  
    71  
    72  
    77  
    103  
    109  
    116  
    126  
    127  
    127  
    127  
    128  
    128  
    128  
    128  
    129  
  EX-4.1
  EX-4.8
  EX-5.1
  EX-8.1
  EX-23.1
  EX-25.1
  EX-99.1
  EX-99.2
  EX-99.3
  EX-99.4
  EX-99.5
 
As used in this prospectus, except where the context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicated, “General Cable Corporation,” “General Cable,” the “company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to General Cable Corporation and its subsidiaries.
 
This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. Information incorporated by reference is available without charge to holders of our 2012 notes upon written or oral request to us at General Cable Corporation, 4 Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076-9753, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, or by telephone at (859) 572-8000. To obtain timely delivery, security holders should request this information as early as possible before the expiration date, but in any event such request must be submitted to us no later than November 17, 2009, which is the date that is five business days before the expiration date of the exchange offer, assuming no extension of the expiration date.
 
In making a decision to tender 2012 notes in the exchange offer, you must rely on your own analysis of our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects and the terms of the exchange offer, including the merits and risks involved. You should consult with your own advisors as to legal, tax, business, financial and related aspects of tendering your 2012 notes in the exchange offer.
 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. None of the company, the dealer managers, the information agent or the exchange agent has authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or additional information, you should not rely on it. We are not making the exchange offer in any jurisdiction where the offer or exchange is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date appearing on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
 
You must comply with all applicable laws and regulations in force in any applicable jurisdiction and you must obtain any consent, approval or permission required by you for the exchange of the 2012 notes under the laws and regulations in force in the jurisdiction to which you are subject or in which you make your exchange and neither we nor the dealer managers, the information agent nor the exchange agent will have any responsibility therefor.


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein include forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are those that predict or describe future events or trends and that do not relate solely to historical matters. You can generally identify forward-looking statements as statements containing the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “project,” “plan,” “assume,” “seek to” or other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. We commonly use forward-looking statements throughout this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein regarding the following subjects:
 
  •  the exchange offer;
 
  •  our business strategy, plans and objectives;
 
  •  our understanding of our competition;
 
  •  market trends;
 
  •  projected sources and uses of available cash flow;
 
  •  projected capital expenditures;
 
  •  our future financial results and performance;
 
  •  potential liability with respect to legal proceedings; and
 
  •  potential effects of proposed legislation and regulatory action.
 
Actual results may differ materially from those discussed in forward-looking statements as a result of factors, risks and uncertainties over many of which we have no control. These factors include, without limitation:
 
  •  general economic conditions, particularly those in the construction, energy and information technology sectors;
 
  •  increased exposure to political and economic developments, crises, instability, terrorism, civil strife, expropriation and other risks of doing business in foreign markets;
 
  •  the impact of foreign currency fluctuations and changes in interest rates;
 
  •  our ability to comply with foreign and U.S. laws and regulations applicable to our international operations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977;
 
  •  the cost and availability of raw materials, including copper, aluminum, polyethylene and petrochemicals;
 
  •  our ability to increase our selling prices during periods of increasing raw material costs;
 
  •  economic consequences arising from natural disasters and other similar catastrophes, such as floods, earthquakes, hurricanes and tsunamis;
 
  •  our ability to negotiate extensions of labor agreements on acceptable terms and to deal successfully with any labor disputes;
 
  •  our ability to increase manufacturing capacity and productivity;
 
  •  the impact of technological changes;
 
  •  changes in customer or distributor purchasing patterns in our business segments;
 
  •  domestic and local country price competition, particularly in certain segments of the power cable market and other competitive pressures;
 
  •  our ability to continue our uncommitted accounts payable confirming arrangement and our accounts receivable financing arrangement for our European operations;


ii


Table of Contents

 
  •  the financial impact of any future plant closures;
 
  •  the impact of unexpected future judgments or settlements of claims and litigation;
 
  •  our ability to complete and integrate acquisitions and divestitures successfully and our ability to realize expected cost savings or other perceived benefits of these transactions;
 
  •  economic and political consequences resulting from terrorist attacks, war and political and social unrest;
 
  •  our ability to achieve target returns on investments in our defined benefit plans;
 
  •  our ability to avoid limitations on utilization of net losses for income tax purposes;
 
  •  our ability to service, and meet all requirements under, our debt, and to maintain adequate domestic and international credit facilities and credit lines;
 
  •  our ability to pay dividends on our preferred stock;
 
  •  our ability to make payments of interest and principal under the 2029 notes and under our other existing and future indebtedness, and to have sufficient available funds to effect conversions and repurchases of 2029 notes from time to time;
 
  •  lowering of one or more debt ratings issued by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, and the adverse impact such action may have on our ability to raise capital and on our liquidity and financial condition; and
 
  •  other material factors.
 
You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements because the matters they describe are subject to risks, uncertainties and other unpredictable factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our forward-looking statements are based on the information available to us as of the date on the cover of this prospectus or, in the case of forward-looking statements incorporated by reference, as of the date of the filing that includes any such statement. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict these matters or how they may affect us. Over time, our actual results, performance or achievements will likely differ from the anticipated results, performance or achievements that are expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements, and such difference might be significant and materially adverse to our stockholders and holders of the 2029 notes. Such factors include, without limitation, the following:
 
  •  those identified under “Risk Factors”;
 
  •  those identified from time to time in our public filings with the SEC;
 
  •  the negative impact of economic slowdowns or recessions;
 
  •  the effect of changes in interest rates;
 
  •  the effect of changes in the cost of raw materials;
 
  •  the condition of the markets for our products;
 
  •  our access to funding sources and our ability to renew, replace or add to our existing credit facilities on terms comparable to the current terms;
 
  •  the impact of new state or federal legislation or court decisions on our operations; and
 
  •  the impact of new state or federal legislation or court decisions restricting the activities of lenders or suppliers of credit in our market.


iii


Table of Contents

 
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
These answers to questions that you may have as a holder of our 2012 notes are highlights of selected information included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. To fully understand the exchange offer, the 2029 notes and the other considerations that may be important to your decision about whether to participate in the exchange offer, you should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” as well as the information incorporated by reference in this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
Why are you making the exchange offer?
 
The purpose of the exchange offer is to provide us with financial and strategic flexibility by extending the maturity of a portion of our total debt represented by the 2012 notes, which mature on October 15, 2012.
 
What securities are the subject of the exchange offer?
 
The securities that are the subject of the exchange offer are our 2012 notes. As of October 27, 2009, there was $475.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 2012 notes outstanding.
 
What aggregate principal amount of 2012 notes is being sought in the exchange offer?
 
We will accept for exchange all 2012 notes validly tendered in the exchange offer and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, provided that the conditions to the exchange offer, including the minimum condition, are satisfied or, where permitted, waived. See “— Is the exchange offer subject to a minimum condition?” and “— What are the conditions to the exchange offer?”
 
What will I receive in the exchange offer if my 2012 notes are accepted for exchange?
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the related letter of transmittal, we are offering to exchange $925 in principal amount of our new 2029 notes for each $1,000 in principal amount of our 2012 notes. We will also pay in cash accrued and unpaid interest on the 2012 notes accepted for exchange from the last interest payment date to, but excluding, the settlement date. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the exchange offer and the terms of the exchange offer described in this prospectus, 2012 notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer.
 
Is the exchange offer subject to a minimum condition?
 
The exchange offer is conditioned on at least $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes being validly tendered and not validly withdrawn. The exchange offer is also subject to the other conditions discussed under “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” including, among other things, the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 
What aggregate principal amount of 2029 notes will be issued in the exchange offer?
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, if all of the 2012 notes are accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, approximately $439.4 million aggregate principal amount of 2029 notes will be issued. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, if only $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes is accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, approximately $92.5 million aggregate principal amount of 2029 notes will be issued.
 
How does the interest rate on the 2029 notes to be offered in the exchange offer compare to the interest rate on the 2012 notes?
 
Under the terms of the 2029 notes, until November 15, 2019, holders will be entitled to receive cash interest payments semi-annually in arrears at an initial annual rate of 4.50%. After November 15, 2019, holders of 2029 notes will be entitled to receive cash interest payments semi-annually in arrears at a rate of


1


Table of Contents

2.25% per year. In addition, holders of the 2029 notes will be entitled to receive a specified amount of contingent interest in cash beginning with the six-month interest period commencing November 15, 2019 if the trading price of the 2029 notes for each of the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes. See “Description of the 2029 Notes — Contingent Interest.” Interest on the 2029 notes will be payable on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2010, until the 2029 notes mature on November 15, 2029, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased. See “Description of the 2029 Notes — Interest” and “Comparison of the 2029 Notes to the 2012 Notes.”
 
Under the terms of the 2012 notes, holders are entitled to receive cash interest payments semi-annually in arrears at an annual rate of 1.00%. Interest on the 2012 notes is payable on April 15 and October 15 of each year until October 15, 2012, unless earlier converted or repurchased. The terms of the 2012 notes do not provide for any adjustment of the interest rate or any payment of contingent interest.
 
What is a recent market price of your common stock?
 
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BGC.” The last reported sale price of our common stock on October 26, 2009 was $34.44 per share.
 
How do the conversion price and conversion rate of my 2012 notes compare with the conversion price and conversion rate of the 2029 notes offered in the exchange offer?
 
Under certain circumstances, holders may convert their 2012 notes into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of our common stock, based on a conversion rate of 11.9142 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2012 notes (subject to adjustment), which is equal to a conversion price of approximately $83.93 per share.
 
Under certain circumstances, holders may convert their 2029 notes into cash, and, in certain circumstances, an applicable number shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes (representing an applicable conversion price per share), subject to adjustment. The initial conversion price will equal 122.5% of the average VWAP, rounded to four decimal places; provided that in no event will the initial conversion price be less than a minimum conversion price of $36.75. The “average VWAP” means the arithmetic average, as determined by us, of the daily VWAP for each trading day during the 10 trading day period ending on and including the expiration date for the exchange offer, rounded to four decimal places. We note that, while November 11, 2009 is a U.S. federal holiday, it is scheduled to be a trading day.
 
The “daily VWAP” for any trading day means the per share volume weighted average price of our common stock on that day as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg Page BGC.N <Equity> AQR (or its equivalent successor page if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading on the relevant trading day until the scheduled close of trading on the relevant trading day (or if such volume weighted average price is unavailable, the market price of one share of our common stock on such trading day determined, using a volume weighted average method, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by us for this purpose). The initial conversion rate of the 2029 notes will be specified in the indenture for the 2029 notes, and will equal $1,000 divided by the initial conversion price, rounded to four decimal places.


2


Table of Contents

The table below provides examples of the initial conversion price and the initial conversion rate per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes assuming that the average VWAP reaches specified levels.
 
         
        Initial Conversion Rate
Sample Average
  Initial Conversion
  per $1,000 Principal
VWAP
  Price   Amount of 2029 Notes
 
$28.00
  $36.7500   27.2109
$29.00
  $36.7500   27.2109
$30.00
  $36.7500   27.2109
$31.00
  $37.9750   26.3331
$32.00
  $39.2000   25.5102
$33.00
  $40.4250   24.7372
$34.00
  $41.6500   24.0096
$35.00
  $42.8750   23.3236
$36.00
  $44.1000   22.6757
$37.00
  $45.3250   22.0629
$38.00
  $46.5500   21.4823
$39.00
  $47.7750   20.9314
 
How can I obtain information regarding the determination of the initial conversion price and the initial conversion rate?
 
Throughout the exchange offer, the indicative average VWAP and the resulting indicative initial conversion price and indicative initial conversion rate with respect to the 2029 notes will be available through the Internet at http://www.dfking.com/generalcable and from the information agent at one of its telephone numbers listed on the back cover page of this prospectus. We will announce the definitive initial conversion price and the definitive initial conversion rate with respect to the 2029 notes by 4:30 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, and the definitive initial conversion price and the definitive initial conversion rate also will be available by that time at http://www.dfking.com/generalcable and from the information agent.
 
Is there a minimum conversion price for the 2029 notes?
 
Yes. In no event will the initial conversion price for the 2029 notes be less than the minimum conversion price of $36.75. If the initial conversion price equals the minimum conversion price, the initial conversion rate would be 27.2109 shares of our common stock per $1,000 in principal amount of 2029 notes.
 
Depending on the trading price of our common stock compared to the average VWAP described above, the initial conversion price may be set at the minimum conversion price. If the average VWAP is equal to or less than $30.00, the initial conversion price will equal $36.75, the minimum conversion price. If the initial conversion price is set at the minimum conversion price because the average VWAP otherwise would result in an initial conversion price of less than the minimum conversion price, we will extend the exchange offer until midnight, New York City time, on the second trading day following the original expiration date to permit holders to tender or withdraw their 2012 notes during those days. Any changes in the prices of our common stock on those additional days of the exchange offer will not, however, affect the initial conversion price or the initial conversion rate.
 
Can I currently exercise conversion rights under the 2012 notes?
 
As of October 26, 2009, holders may not exercise their conversion rights under their 2012 notes. Absent the occurrence of certain circumstances which would permit earlier conversion of the 2012 notes, the 2012 notes will only become convertible at the option of the holders thereof beginning on September 15, 2012 and ending at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding October 15, 2012, the maturity date of the 2012 notes.


3


Table of Contents

When would I be able to exercise the conversion rights under the 2029 notes?
 
Prior to August 31, 2029, the 2029 notes would only be convertible upon the occurrence of certain circumstances. See “Description of the 2029 Notes — Conversion Rights.”
 
What other rights will I lose if I exchange my 2012 notes in the exchange offer?
 
If you validly tender your 2012 notes and we accept them for exchange, you will lose the rights of a holder of the 2012 notes with respect to the 2012 notes you exchange. For example, you would lose the right to receive semi-annual interest payments and principal payments in accordance with the terms of the 2012 notes that are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. See “Comparison of the 2029 Notes to the 2012 Notes.”
 
May I tender only a portion of the 2012 notes that I hold?
 
Yes. You do not have to tender all of your 2012 notes in order to participate in the exchange offer. However, you may only tender 2012 notes for exchange in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount.
 
In what denominations will the 2029 notes be issued? What will happen if I am otherwise entitled to 2029 notes in a lower principal amount?
 
The 2029 notes will be issued only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. In lieu of issuing 2029 notes in denominations of other than a minimum denomination of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof, if the amount of 2012 notes accepted for exchange from a particular holder is such that the minimum denomination threshold of the 2029 notes is not reached, at settlement, we will deliver 2029 notes in a minimum denomination of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof and cash equal to the remaining principal amount of 2029 notes that would otherwise have been issued to such holder but for the minimum denomination threshold.
 
If the exchange offer is completed and I do not participate in the exchange offer or I do not exchange all of my 2012 notes in the exchange offer, how will the terms of my remaining outstanding 2012 notes be affected?
 
The terms of your 2012 notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the exchange offer will not change as a result of the exchange offer.
 
How will the exchange offer affect the trading market for the 2012 notes that are not exchanged?
 
The 2012 notes are not listed for trading on any national securities exchange, and there currently is a limited trading market for the 2012 notes. To the extent that 2012 notes are tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, the trading market for the remaining 2012 notes will be even more limited or may cease to exist altogether. A debt security with a small outstanding aggregate principal amount, or “float,” may command a lower price than would a comparable debt security with a larger float. Therefore, the market price for the unexchanged 2012 notes may be adversely affected as a result of the exchange offer. The reduced float may also make the trading price of the remaining 2012 notes more volatile. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Participation in the Exchange Offer by Holders of 2012 Notes — The liquidity of any trading market that currently exists for the 2012 notes may be adversely affected by the exchange offer, and holders of 2012 notes who fail to participate in the exchange offer may find it more difficult to sell their 2012 notes after the exchange offer is completed.”
 
What do you intend to do with the 2012 notes that are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer?
 
The 2012 notes accepted for exchange by us in the exchange offer will be cancelled and retired in accordance with the terms of the indenture governing the 2012 notes.


4


Table of Contents

Are you making a recommendation as to whether I should participate in the exchange offer?
 
No recommendation will be made by us, the dealer managers, the information agent or the exchange agent as to whether you should tender or refrain from tendering your 2012 notes for exchange in the exchange offer. You must make your own determination as to whether to tender your 2012 notes for exchange in the exchange offer and, if so, the principal amount of 2012 notes to tender, and you should consult with your own advisors as to the legal, tax, business, financial and other aspects of tendering your 2012 notes. Before making your decision, we urge you to read this prospectus carefully in its entirety, including the information set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” and in the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
 
When will I receive the exchange offer consideration for my 2012 notes that are tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer?
 
The 2029 notes deliverable in respect of your 2012 notes accepted for exchange will, upon the terms and subject to all conditions of the exchange offer, be delivered to the exchange agent (or upon its instruction to The Depository Trust Company, or DTC), as agent for the holders whose 2012 notes have been accepted for exchange, on the settlement date. The settlement date will occur promptly following the expiration date, and we expect that the settlement date will occur within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date. If the exchange offer is not completed, no exchange will occur, no delivery of 2029 notes or cash will occur and we will return your tendered 2012 notes. All conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived on or prior to the expiration date if we are to accept any 2012 notes for exchange in the exchange offer.
 
Will you receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer?
 
No. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer.
 
Will the 2029 notes to be issued in the exchange offer be freely tradable?
 
The 2029 notes received pursuant to the exchange offer generally may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivery of a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act if the holder is not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(1) under the Securities Act. Any holder who is our affiliate at the time of the exchange must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales, unless such sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements and the requirements under applicable state securities laws.
 
Are any 2012 notes held by your directors or executive officers?
 
To our knowledge, none of our directors, executive officers or controlling persons, or any of their affiliates, beneficially own any 2012 notes. For more information on the interests of our directors and executive officers in the exchange offer, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Interests of Directors and Executive Officers.”
 
Do you or any of your affiliates have any current plans to purchase any of the 2012 notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration date?
 
No. Although we and our affiliates do not have any current plans to purchase any 2012 notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration date, we and our affiliates reserve the right to do so. Following completion of the exchange offer, we may repurchase additional 2012 notes that remain outstanding in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions, in tender offers, in new exchange or conversion offers. Future purchases or exchanges of 2012 notes that remain outstanding after the exchange offer may be on terms that are more or less favorable than those offered in the exchange offer. Rule 13e-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, generally prohibits us and our affiliates from purchasing any 2012 notes other than pursuant to the exchange offer until 10 business days after the expiration date of the exchange offer. Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act also prohibits us and our affiliates and the


5


Table of Contents

dealer managers and their affiliates from purchasing the 2012 notes outside of the exchange offer from the time that the exchange offer is first announced until the expiration of the exchange offer, subject to certain exceptions. Future purchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on many factors, which include, without limitation, market conditions, the condition of our business and our financial condition and results of operations.
 
What are the conditions to the exchange offer?
 
The exchange offer is subject to the conditions described in “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” including the condition that the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part shall have been declared effective and that there shall not have occurred or be reasonably likely to occur any material adverse change to our business, operations, properties, condition, assets, liabilities, prospects or financial affairs. The exchange offer is also conditioned, among other things, on at least $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes being validly tendered and not validly withdrawn upon the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
When does the exchange offer expire?
 
The exchange offer will expire at midnight, New York City time, on November 24, 2009, unless extended or earlier terminated by us. If the initial conversion price is set at the minimum conversion price because the average VWAP otherwise would result in an initial conversion price of less than the minimum conversion price, we will extend the exchange offer until midnight, New York City time, on the second trading day following the previously scheduled expiration date to permit holders to tender or withdraw their 2012 notes during those days. Any changes in the prices of our common stock on those additional days of the exchange offer will not, however, affect the initial conversion price or the initial conversion ratio.
 
Under what circumstances may the exchange offer be extended, amended or terminated?
 
We reserve the right to extend the exchange offer for any reason, subject to applicable law. We also expressly reserve the right, at any time or from time to time, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any respect consistent with applicable law prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer. However, we may be required by law to extend the exchange offer if we make a material change in the terms of the exchange offer or to the information contained in this prospectus, or otherwise as required under applicable law.
 
During any extension of the exchange offer, 2012 notes that were previously tendered for exchange and not validly withdrawn will remain subject to the exchange offer. We also reserve the right to terminate the exchange offer at any time prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer if any condition to the exchange offer is not met. If the exchange offer is terminated, no 2012 notes will be accepted for exchange, and any 2012 notes that have been tendered for exchange, and not previously returned to the holder in connection with a valid withdrawal, will be returned to the holder promptly after the termination of the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer — Expiration Date; Extension; Termination; Amendment.”
 
How will I be notified if the exchange offer is extended, amended or terminated?
 
We will issue a press release or otherwise publicly announce any extension, amendment or termination of the exchange offer. In the case of an extension, we will promptly make a public announcement by issuing a press release no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first business day after the previously scheduled expiration date of the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer — Expiration Date; Extension; Termination; Amendment.”
 
What risks should I consider in deciding whether or not to tender my 2012 notes?
 
In deciding whether to tender 2012 notes in the exchange offer, you should carefully consider the discussion of risks and uncertainties affecting our business, the 2029 notes and our common stock described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” and in the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus.


6


Table of Contents

What are the material U.S. federal income tax considerations of tendering my 2012 notes in the exchange offer, holding and disposing of 2029 notes and converting 2029 notes into common stock?
 
Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange of 2029 notes for 2012 notes in the exchange offer, and the ownership, conversion and disposition of the 2029 notes, and, where noted, the common stock into which the 2029 notes may be convertible. However, before deciding whether to tender your 2012 notes in the exchange offer, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to you in light of your particular situation as well as any consequences under the laws of another taxing jurisdiction.
 
Are your financial condition and your results of operations relevant to my decision to tender my 2012 notes for exchange in the exchange offer?
 
Yes. We believe that the respective market prices of our common stock and the 2012 notes are closely linked to our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the market price of our 2029 notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer is expected to be closely linked to our financial condition and results of operations. For information about the accounting treatment of the exchange offer, see the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Accounting Treatment.”
 
How do I tender my 2012 notes for exchange in the exchange offer?
 
If you beneficially own 2012 notes that are held in the name of a broker or other nominee and wish to tender such 2012 notes for exchange, you should promptly instruct your broker or other nominee to tender 2012 notes on your behalf. To tender 2012 notes in the exchange offer, D.F. King & Co., Inc., the exchange agent, must receive, on or prior to midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer:
 
  •  either:
 
  (1)  a properly completed, duly signed and dated letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, with a signature guarantee if the letter of transmittal so requires, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal; or
 
  (2)  an agent’s message transmitted by DTC on behalf of the holder pursuant to such holder’s instructions, in which message the holder of the 2012 notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and which message shall be received by the exchange agent on or prior to midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date, according to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below; and
 
  •  confirmation of book-entry transfer of the holder’s 2012 notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfers described in this prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering 2012 Notes.”
 
For more information regarding the procedures for exchanging your 2012 notes, see the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering 2012 Notes” and “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfer.”
 
May I tender my 2012 notes by notice of guaranteed delivery?
 
No. There are no guaranteed delivery procedures applicable to the exchange offer and, accordingly, 2012 notes may not be tendered by delivering a notice of guaranteed delivery. All tenders must be completed by midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date in order to be considered valid.
 
What happens if some or all of my 2012 notes are not accepted for exchange?
 
Any 2012 notes not accepted by us for exchange in the exchange offer will be returned to you, at our expense, promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer to the address specified by you in


7


Table of Contents

the letter of transmittal or by book-entry transfer into an account with DTC specified by you. For more information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights.”
 
Until when may I withdraw 2012 notes previously tendered for exchange?
 
You may withdraw 2012 notes that were previously tendered for exchange at any time on or prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer. In addition, you may withdraw any 2012 notes that you tender that have not been accepted for exchange by us after the expiration of 40 business days from October 27, 2009, if such 2012 notes have not been previously returned to you. For more information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights.”
 
How do I withdraw 2012 notes previously tendered for exchange in the exchange offer?
 
To withdraw 2012 notes previously tendered for exchange, the exchange agent must receive a notice of withdrawal, transmitted by DTC on behalf of the holder in accordance with the standard operating procedures of DTC or a written notice of withdrawal, sent by facsimile transmission, receipt confirmed by telephone, or letter, on or prior to the expiration date. For more information regarding the procedures for withdrawing tenders of 2012 notes, see the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights.” A form of notice of withdrawal may be obtained from the information agent. The information agent’s contact information appears on the back cover of this prospectus.
 
Will I have to pay any fees or commissions if I tender my 2012 notes for exchange in the exchange offer?
 
You will not be required to pay any fees or commissions to us, the dealer managers, the information agent or the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. If your 2012 notes are held through a broker or other nominee who tenders the 2012 notes on your behalf (other than those tendered through a dealer manager), your broker may charge you a commission for doing so. You should consult with your broker or nominee to determine whether any charges will apply.
 
With whom may I talk if I have questions about the exchange offer?
 
If you have questions regarding the terms of the exchange offer, please contact the dealer managers, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. The addresses and telephone numbers for the dealer managers are set forth on the back cover of this prospectus. If you have questions regarding the procedures for tendering your 2012 notes for exchange in the exchange offer, please contact the information agent at the address and telephone numbers set forth on the back cover of this prospectus.


8


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of the exchange offer, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors” and the financial and other information contained in and incorporated by reference in this prospectus, before making a decision whether to tender your 2012 notes for exchange.
 
General Cable Corporation
 
Overview
 
We are a global leader in the development, design, manufacture, marketing and distribution of copper, aluminum and fiber optic wire and cable products. We have a strong market position in each of the segments in which we compete due to our product, geographic and customer diversity and our ability to operate as a low-cost producer. We sell a wide variety copper, aluminum and fiber optic wire and cable products, which we believe represents one of the most diversified product lines in the industry. As a result, we are able to offer our customers a single source for most of their wire and cable requirements. We have 47 manufacturing facilities, including two facilities owned by companies in which we have an equity investment, and sell our products worldwide through our global operations. Technical expertise and implementation of Lean Six Sigma strategies have contributed to our ability to maintain our position as a low-cost producer.
 
Our operations are divided into the following three reportable segments:
 
  •  North America;
 
  •  Europe and North Africa; and
 
  •  Rest of World, or ROW.
 
The net sales in fiscal year 2008 and the six fiscal months ended July 3, 2009 generated by each of our reportable segments (as a percentage of our total company results) were as follows:
 
                 
    Percentage of Net Sales  
          For the
 
    For the Year
    Six Fiscal
 
    Ended
    Months
 
    December 31,
    Ended July 3,
 
Reportable Segment
  2008     2009  
 
North America
    35 %     35 %
Europe and North Africa
    35 %     36 %
ROW
    30 %     29 %
                 
Total Net Sales
    100 %     100 %
                 
 
Recent Developments
 
On October 26, 2009, we announced our financial results for the third fiscal quarter of 2009. The following is a summary of our unaudited results of operations for the three and nine fiscal months ended October 2, 2009. This summary is not intended to be a comprehensive statement of our unaudited financial results for these periods. Full financial results will be included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 2, 2009, which is expected to be filed with the SEC on or about November 11, 2009.
 
Our consolidated net sales in the third fiscal quarter of 2009 totaled $1,081.8 million compared to $1,626.0 million in the third fiscal quarter of 2008, a decrease of 33.5%. Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses in the third fiscal quarter of 2009 totaled $81.3 million compared to $96.0 million in the third fiscal quarter of 2008, a decrease of 15.3%.


9


Table of Contents

Interest expense was $21.4 million for the third fiscal quarter of 2009 compared to $26.4 million for the third fiscal quarter of 2008. On January 1, 2009, we retrospectively implemented the new accounting standard, FSP APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement), for our 2012 notes and our 0.875% senior convertible notes due 2013, or the 2013 notes. As a result of this change, $10.1 million and $9.1 million of non-cash interest expense was recorded in the third fiscal quarters of 2009 and 2008, respectively. The effective tax rate for the third fiscal quarter of 2009 was 16.8% compared to 31.5% for the third fiscal quarter of 2008.
 
Operating income for the third fiscal quarter of 2009 was $42.8 million compared to $113.8 million in the third fiscal quarter of 2008. Net income attributable to our common shareholders for the third fiscal quarter of 2009 was $16.4 million compared to $50.5 million in the third fiscal quarter of 2008. Diluted earnings per share were $0.31 for the third fiscal quarter of 2009 compared to $0.94 per share for the third fiscal quarter of 2008, based on 52.9 million and 53.7 million weighted average diluted shares outstanding as of October 2, 2009 and September 26, 2008, respectively.
 
Consolidated net sales in the nine fiscal months ended October 2, 2009 totaled $3,256.2 million compared to $4,937.2 million in the nine fiscal months ended September 26, 2008, a 34.0% decrease. SG&A expenses for the nine fiscal months ended October 2, 2009 totaled $258.0 million compared to $290.1 million for the nine fiscal months ended September 26, 2008, a decrease of 11.1%. Operating income for the nine fiscal months ended October 2, 2009 totaled $230.3 million compared to $359.7 million in the nine fiscal months ended September 26, 2008. The effective tax rate for the nine fiscal months ended October 2, 2009 was 30.0% compared to 34.1% in the nine fiscal months ended September 26, 2008. Net income attributable to our common shareholders for the nine fiscal months ended October 2, 2009 was $117.6 million compared to $178.1 million in the nine fiscal months ended September 26, 2008. Diluted earnings per share were $2.23 for the nine fiscal months ended October 2, 2009 compared to $3.27 per share for the nine fiscal months ended September 26, 2008, based on 52.8 million and 54.6 million weighted average diluted shares outstanding as of October 2, 2009 and September 26, 2008, respectively.
 
We also indicated, looking ahead, that we expect the developing economies we serve to perform relatively better than the developed economies of the world. We believe that business conditions in Latin America, Africa and Southeast Asia are being buoyed by commodities, mining and infrastructure investment, aided by somewhat better credit markets. In the U.S., we expect continuing declines in non-residential construction spending as well as a residential construction market that will recover slowly. These are direct or indirect end markets for many of our products. After years of significant growth, Spain continues to suffer from a severe correction in its construction markets and nearly 20% unemployment and we do not expect that this market will return to growth quickly. With industrial companies in the United States using less electricity for the last two years, we do not expect any significant increase in electric utility spending on the distribution network next year. However, we expect the U.S. transmission and wind farm segments to begin to improve as the spending related to the Stimulus Bill in these areas increases over the next year. We expect that the continuing impact of weak demand and rapidly increasing metal costs will further pressure earnings in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009. As a result of these ongoing weak conditions, we plan to reduce production further in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009. This also will negatively impact our earnings in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2009 and, as a result of the foregoing, we expect that earnings per share for the fourth quarter of 2009 will be substantially lower than for the third quarter. We are encouraged by early indicators of economic recovery in some areas beginning to be discussed by major industrial companies but caution that demand for many of our products may lag the general economy, construction in particular, by six to 18 months.
 
*          *          *
 
General Cable Corporation is a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 4 Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076-9753, and our telephone number is (859) 572-8000. Our website is located at http://www.generalcable.com. Except as to certain of our SEC filings that appear on our website and are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, the information on our website is not part of, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.


10


Table of Contents

Summary of the Exchange Offer
 
The following summary contains basic information about the exchange offer and is not intended to be complete. It does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of the terms of the exchange offer, see “The Exchange Offer.”
 
The offeror General Cable Corporation
 
Securities subject to the exchange offer We are making the exchange offer for all of our outstanding 1.00% senior convertible notes due 2012 and the related guarantees of each of our subsidiaries that is a guarantor under the 2012 notes.
 
The exchange offer Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the related letter of transmittal, we are offering to exchange $925 principal amount of our new 2029 notes for each $1,000 principal amount of our 2012 notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the exchange offer. We will also pay in cash accrued and unpaid interest on the 2012 notes accepted for exchange from the last interest payment date to, but excluding, the settlement date.
 
Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the exchange offer, 2012 notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer” for more information on the terms of the exchange offer.
 
Purpose of the exchange offer The purpose of the exchange offer is to provide us with financial and strategic flexibility by extending the maturity of a portion of our debt represented by the 2012 notes, which mature on October 15, 2012.
 
Market trading The 2012 notes are not listed for trading on any national securities exchange. Investors are urged to consult with their bank, broker or financial advisor in order to obtain information regarding the market prices for the 2012 notes. We do not intend to have the 2029 notes listed for trading on any national securities exchange.
 
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BGC.” The last reported sale price of our common stock on October 26, 2009 was $34.44 per share.
 
Expiration date The expiration time of the exchange offer will be midnight, New York City time, on November 24, 2009, unless extended or earlier terminated by us. As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” refers to such date and time or, if we extend the exchange offer, the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer. If the initial conversion price is set at the minimum conversion price because the average VWAP otherwise would result in an initial conversion price of less than the minimum conversion price, we will extend the exchange offer until midnight, New York City time, on the second trading day following the previously scheduled expiration date to permit holders to tender or withdraw their 2012 notes during those days. Any changes in the prices of our common stock on those additional days of the exchange offer will not,


11


Table of Contents

however, affect the initial conversion price or the initial conversion ratio.
 
Settlement date The settlement of the exchange offer will occur promptly after the expiration date. We expect that the settlement date will occur within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.
 
Conditions to the exchange offer The exchange offer is subject to the conditions discussed under “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” including, among other things, that the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part must have been declared effective and not being subject to a stop order or any proceedings for that purpose and is also conditioned on at least $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes being validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as of the expiration date. We will not be required to accept for exchange any outstanding 2012 notes tendered, subject to the terms of the exchange offer, and may terminate the exchange offer if any condition of the exchange offer as described under “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer” is not satisfied on or prior to the expiration date. We will not be required to, but we reserve the right to, waive any of the conditions to the exchange offer, other than the non-waivable conditions described under “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
Extensions, waivers, amendments and termination Subject to applicable law, we reserve the right to (1) extend the exchange offer; (2) waive any and all conditions to or amend the exchange offer in any respect (except as to the condition that the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part having been declared effective and not being subject to a stop order or any proceedings for that purpose and the condition that at least $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as of the expiration date, which conditions we cannot waive); or (3) terminate the exchange offer if any condition to the exchange offer has not been satisfied or waived. Any extension, waiver, amendment or termination will be followed as promptly as practicable by a public announcement thereof. In the case of any extension of the expiration date, such announcement will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the last previously scheduled expiration date. See “The Exchange Offer — Expiration Date; Extension; Termination; Amendment.”
 
Summary comparison of 2012 notes to 2029 notes There are material differences between the terms of the 2029 notes and the 2012 notes. See “Summary Comparison of the 2029 Notes to the 2012 Notes” for a summary comparison of certain of the material terms of the 2029 notes and the 2012 notes.
 
Procedures for tendering 2012 notes You may tender your 2012 notes by transferring them through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program or following the other procedures described under “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for


12


Table of Contents

Tendering 2012 Notes” and “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfer.”
 
For further information, please call the information agent at the telephone numbers set forth on the back cover of this prospectus or consult your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance.
 
Withdrawal rights and non-acceptance of tendered 2012 notes You may withdraw your tendered 2012 notes at any time on or prior to the expiration date. In addition, if not previously returned, you may withdraw 2012 notes that you tender that have not been accepted by us for exchange after expiration of 40 business days from October 27, 2009. In the event that tendered 2012 notes are not withdrawn or otherwise not accepted by us for exchange, such 2012 notes will be promptly returned to such holders or credited to such holder’s DTC account in the same manner as tendered to us, unless the holder has indicated other delivery instructions in the related letter of transmittal or agent’s message. See “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights.”
 
Required approvals We are not aware of any regulatory approvals necessary to complete the exchange offer, other than compliance with applicable securities laws.
 
No appraisal rights Holders of 2012 notes have no appraisal rights in connection with the exchange offer.
 
Fees and commissions You are not required to pay fees or commissions to us, the dealer managers, the exchange agent or the information agent in connection with the exchange offer. If your 2012 notes are held through a broker or other nominee who tenders the 2012 notes on your behalf (other than those tendered through a dealer manager), your broker may charge you a commission for doing so. You should consult with your broker or nominee to determine whether any charges will apply.
 
Consequences of failure to exchange the 2012 notes Any 2012 notes that are not exchanged in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits their holders have under the indenture governing the 2012 notes. If a sufficiently large aggregate principal amount of 2012 notes does not remain outstanding after the exchange offer, the trading markets for the remaining outstanding aggregate principal amount of 2012 notes may be less liquid. See “The Exchange Offer — Consequences of Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer” and “Risk Factors.”
 
Material U.S. federal income tax considerations See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the exchange offer.
 
Dealer managers The dealer managers for the exchange offer are Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. The addresses and telephone numbers for the dealer managers are set forth on the back cover of this prospectus.


13


Table of Contents

 
Exchange agent and information agent D.F. King & Co., Inc. has been appointed as the exchange agent and the information agent for the exchange offer. D.F. King’s address and telephone numbers are set forth on the back cover of this prospectus.
 
Further information Additional copies of this prospectus, the related letter of transmittal and other materials related to the exchange offer, including the form of notice of withdrawal, may be obtained by contacting the information agent. For questions regarding the procedures to be followed for tendering your 2012 notes, please contact the information agent. For all other questions, please contact the dealer managers. The contact information for each of these parties is set forth on the back cover of this prospectus.


14


Table of Contents

Summary of the 2029 Notes
 
The following summary contains basic information about the 2029 notes and is not intended to be complete. It does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of the 2029 notes, please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of the 2029 Notes.”
 
The 2029 notes $439,375,000 aggregate principal amount of subordinated convertible notes due 2029.
 
Maturity date November 15, 2029.
 
Interest rate Until November 15, 2019, the 2029 notes will bear cash interest at the rate of 4.50% per year, and after November 15, 2019, the 2029 notes will bear cash interest at the rate of 2.25% per year.
 
Contingent interest Beginning with the six-month interest period commencing November 15, 2019, contingent interest on the 2029 notes will be payable during any six-month interest period if the trading price of the 2029 notes for each of the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes.
 
During any six-month period when contingent interest shall be payable, the contingent interest payable per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 notes will equal 0.50% of the average trading price of $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes during the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period.
 
Interest payment dates Interest is payable on the 2029 notes semi-annually in arrears in cash on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2010, to the holders of record at the close of business on the preceding May 1 and November 1, respectively.
 
Ranking The payment of the principal, any premium and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on the 2029 notes, including amounts payable on any redemption or repurchase, and any cash payable upon conversion of the 2029 notes, will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all of the company’s existing and future senior debt, as defined in the 2029 note indenture. The 2029 notes will also be effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness of the company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and will also be effectively subordinated to the existing and future debt or other liabilities of our subsidiaries, including trade payables.
 
As of July 3, 2009, we had $1,253.1 million in total debt outstanding (net of $172.9 million of debt discount), including $129.8 million in secured debt, and the ability to incur up to $305.6 million of additional secured debt under the company’s senior secured credit facility and $106.0 million in secured debt under our foreign secured credit facilities. In addition, as of July 3, 2009, our subsidiaries had $1,411.5 million in liabilities, excluding consolidated indebtedness but including trade payables, all of which liabilities will be effectively senior to the 2029 notes.
 
Conversion price and conversion rate Holders may convert their 2029 notes into cash and, if applicable, shares of our common stock, prior to the close of business on the


15


Table of Contents

trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, only if the conditions for conversion described below under “— Exercise of Conversion Rights” are satisfied. The initial conversion price will equal 122.5% of the average VWAP, rounded to four decimal places; provided that in no event will the initial conversion price be less than $36.75. The “average VWAP” means the arithmetic average, as determined by us, of the daily VWAP for each trading day during the ten trading day period ending on and including the expiration date for the exchange offer, rounded to four decimal places. The “daily VWAP” for any trading day means the per share volume weighted average price of our common stock on that day as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg Page BGC.N <Equity> AQR (or its equivalent successor page if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading on the relevant trading day until the scheduled close of trading on the relevant trading day (or if such volume weighted average price is unavailable, the market price of one share of our common stock on such trading day determined, using a volume weighted average method, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by us for this purpose). The initial conversion rate of the 2029 notes will be specified in the 2029 note indenture, and will equal $1,000 divided by the initial conversion price, rounded to four decimal places.
 
Throughout the exchange offer, the indicative average VWAP and the resulting indicative initial conversion price and indicative initial conversion rate with respect to the 2029 notes will be available at http://www.dfking.com/generalcable and from the information agent at one of its numbers listed on the back cover page of this prospectus. We will announce the definitive initial conversion price and the definitive initial conversion rate with respect to the 2029 notes by 4:30 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, and the definitive initial conversion price and the definitive initial conversion rate also will be available by that time at http://www.dfking.com/generalcable and from the information agent.
 
The table below provides examples of the initial conversion price and the initial conversion rate per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 notes assuming that the average VWAP reaches specified levels.
 
                     
        Initial Conversion
    Initial
  Rate per $1,000
Sample Average
  Conversion
  Principal Amount
VWAP
  Price   of 2029 Notes
 
  $28.00       $36.7500       27.2109  
  $29.00       $36.7500       27.2109  
  $30.00       $36.7500       27.2109  
  $31.00       $37.9750       26.3331  
  $32.00       $39.2000       25.5102  
  $33.00       $40.4250       24.7372  
  $34.00       $41.6500       24.0096  
  $35.00       $42.8750       23.3236  
  $36.00       $44.1000       22.6757  
  $37.00       $45.3250       22.0629  
  $38.00       $46.5500       21.4823  
  $39.00       $47.7750       20.9314  


16


Table of Contents

Exercise of conversion rights Holders may convert their 2029 notes prior to the close of business on the trading day before the stated maturity date based on the applicable conversion rate only under the following circumstances:
 
• during any calendar quarter beginning after March 31, 2010, and only during such calendar quarter, if the closing price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is more than 130% of the conversion price per share (which conversion price per share is equal to $1,000 divided by the then applicable conversion rate);
 
• during the five business day period after any period of five consecutive trading days in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes for each day of that period was less than 98% of the product of the closing price of our common stock for each day of that period and the then applicable conversion rate;
 
• if specified distributions to holders of our common stock are made, or specified corporate transactions occur;
 
• if a fundamental change occurs, as defined in the 2029 note indenture;
 
• if we elect to redeem 2029 notes, the 2029 notes to be redeemed may be converted, in full or in part, at any time from the date notice of redemption is given by us to holders until the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or
 
• at any time beginning on August 31, 2029 and ending at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date.
 
Upon conversion of each $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes, a holder will receive, in lieu of common stock, an amount in cash equal to the lesser of (1) $1,000 or (2) the conversion value, determined in the manner set forth in this prospectus, of a number of shares equal to the conversion rate. If the conversion value exceeds $1,000, we also will deliver, at our election, cash or common stock or a combination of cash and common stock with respect to the value of such excess amount.
 
Upon any conversion, subject to certain exceptions, you will not receive any separate cash payment representing accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any), and such accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) to the conversion date will be deemed to be paid in full with the shares of our common stock issued or cash paid upon conversion rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. See “Description of the 2029 Notes — Conversion Rights.”
 
Make whole premium If a holder elects to convert its 2029 notes in connection with certain transactions occurring on or before the maturity date that constitute a change of control, as defined in the 2029 note indenture, we will pay, as and to the extent described in this prospectus, a


17


Table of Contents

make whole premium on the 2029 notes converted in connection with such transactions by increasing the conversion rate applicable to the 2029 notes.
 
The amount of the increase in the applicable conversion rate, if any, will be based on the price of our common stock paid, or deemed paid, in the relevant transaction and the effective date of the fundamental change. A description of how the increase in the applicable conversion rate will be determined and a table showing the increase that would apply at various common stock prices and fundamental change effective dates are set forth under “Description of the 2029 Notes — Determination of Make Whole Premium.”
 
Optional redemption by us At any time on or after November 15, 2019, we may redeem all or a part of the 2029 notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent interest and additional interest, if any) to, but not including, the redemption date, if the last reported sale price of our common stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading day period immediately preceding the date on which we provide notice of redemption.
 
In addition, at any time on or prior to November 15, 2010, if a tax triggering event has occurred, we may redeem all or a part of the 2029 notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 101.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus, if the redemption conversion value as of the redemption date of the 2029 notes being redeemed exceeds their initial conversion value, 95% of the amount determined by subtracting the initial conversion value of such 2029 notes from their redemption conversion value as of the redemption date, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) to, but excluding, the redemption date. See “Description of the 2029 Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
Purchase of 2029 notes by us for cash at the option of holders upon a fundamental change
Upon a fundamental change, as defined in the 2029 note indenture, holders will have the right to require us to purchase for cash all or any portion of their 2029 notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent interest and additional interest), if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date. See “Description of the 2029 Notes — Purchase of 2029 Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change.”
 
Use of proceeds We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange of 2029 notes for 2012 notes pursuant to the exchange offer.
 
DTC eligibility The 2029 notes will be issued in fully registered book-entry form and will be initially represented by a permanent global note without coupons. A global note will be deposited with a custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of, DTC in New York, New York. Beneficial interests in the global note will be shown on, and transfers thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect participants, and your interest in


18


Table of Contents

the global note may not be exchanged for certificated notes, except in limited circumstances described in this prospectus. See “Description of the 2029 Notes — Global Notes; Book-Entry; Form.”
 
Form and denomination The 2029 notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
NYSE trading symbol for common stock
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BGC.”
 
Material U.S. federal income tax considerations
The 2029 notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the 2029 notes will be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax rules. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, owning, converting and disposing of the 2029 notes, and owning and disposing of the common stock issuable upon conversion of the 2029 notes. See “Risk Factors — You should consider the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning 2029 notes” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
Risk factors See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 28 of this prospectus and other information included or incorporated by reference into this prospectus for a discussion of the factors you should consider carefully before deciding to exchange your 2012 notes and invest in the 2029 notes.


19


Table of Contents

Summary of Comparison of the 2029 Notes and the 2012 Notes
 
A summary comparison of certain material terms of the 2029 notes and the 2012 notes is provided in the table below. The table below is qualified in its entirety by the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and the indentures governing the 2029 notes and the 2012 notes, copies of which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. For a more detailed comparison of the terms of the 2029 notes and the 2012 notes, see “Comparison of the 2029 Notes to the 2012 Notes.”
 
         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
Interest rate
  The 2029 notes will bear cash interest at the rate of 4.50% per year until November 15, 2019, and thereafter until maturity will bear cash interest at the rate of 2.25% per year. Interest on the 2029 notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15, 2010.   The 2012 notes bear cash interest at the rate of 1.00% per year. Interest on the 2012 notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year.
         
Contingent interest
  Beginning with the six-month period commencing on November 15, 2019, we will pay contingent interest in cash during any six-month interest period if the trading price of the 2029 notes for each of the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes.

During any interest period when contingent interest is payable, the contingent interest payable per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes will equal 0.50% of the average trading price of $1,000 in principal amount of the 2029 notes during the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period, as more fully described in this prospectus.
  None.
         
Maturity
  The 2029 notes will mature on November 15, 2029.   The 2012 notes will mature on October 15, 2012.
         
         


20


Table of Contents

         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
Guarantees
  None.   The 2012 notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of our subsidiaries that is a borrower or a guarantor under specified senior credit facilities, our 2013 notes, our senior floating rate notes due 2015, or the 2015 notes, or our 7.125% senior fixed rate notes due 2017, or the 2017 notes.
         
Ranking
  The 2029 notes will be unsecured obligations subordinated in right of payment to our existing and future senior indebtedness, will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries, including trade payables.   The 2012 notes and related guarantees are our unsecured senior obligations, are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our and our guarantor subsidiaries’ existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, and are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade payables.
         
Conversion rights
  Holders will be able to convert their 2029 notes prior to the close of business on the trading day before November 15, 2029 based on the applicable conversion rate only under the following circumstances:
 
•     during any calendar quarter commencing after March 31, 2010, if the closing price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is more than 130% of the conversion price per share;
  Holders may convert their 2012 notes prior to the close of business on the business day before October 15, 2012 based on the applicable conversion rate only under the following circumstances:
 
•     during any calendar quarter, if the closing price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is more than 130% of the conversion price per share;
         
   
•     during the five business day period after any period of five consecutive trading days in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes for each day of that period
  •     during the five business day period after any period of five consecutive trading days in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2012 notes for each day of that period

21


Table of Contents

         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
         
    was less than 98% of the product of the closing price of our common stock for each day of that period and the then applicable conversion rate;
 
•     if specified distributions to holders of our common stock are made;
  was less than 98% of the product of the closing price of our common stock for each day of that period and the then applicable conversion rate;
 
•     if specified distributions to holders of our common stock are made;
         
   
•     if we are a party to any transaction or event (including any consolidation or merger) pursuant to which all or substantially all shares of our common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property;
  •     if we are a party to any transaction or event (including any consolidation or merger) pursuant to which all or substantially all shares of our common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property;
         
   
•     at any time beginning 15 days before the anticipated effective date of a fundamental change and until the trading day prior to the fundamental change purchase date, if a fundamental change, as defined in the 2029 note indenture, occurs;
  •     at any time beginning 15 days before the anticipated effective date of a fundamental change and until the trading day prior to the fundamental change purchase date, if a fundamental change, as defined in the 2012 note indenture, occurs; or
         
   
•     if we elect to redeem 2029 notes, such 2029 notes to be redeemed may be converted, in full or in part, at any time from the date notice of redemption is given by us to holders until the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or
 
•   at any time beginning on August 31, 2029 and ending at the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the November 15, 2029 maturity date for the 2029 notes.
 
Subject to the conditions to conversion being satisfied, the 2029 notes will be convertible into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of our common stock at the conversion price and conversion
 
•     at any time beginning on September 15, 2012 and ending at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the October 15, 2012 maturity date for the 2012 notes.
 
Subject to the conditions to conversion being satisfied, the 2012 notes are convertible into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of our common stock, based on a conversion rate of 11.9142 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2012 notes. This is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $83.93 per share of common stock. The conversion rate, and thus the conversion price, may be adjusted under certain circumstances.

22


Table of Contents

         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
         
    rate of the 2029 notes. The initial conversion price will equal 122.5% of the average VWAP, rounded to four decimal places; provided that in no event will the initial conversion price be less than $36.75. The initial conversion rate of the 2029 notes will be specified in the 2029 note indenture, and will equal $1,000 divided by the initial conversion price, rounded to four decimal places. In no event will the initial conversion rate exceed 27.2109 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes. The conversion rate, and thus the conversion price, may be adjusted under certain circumstances.    
         
Optional redemption
  The 2029 notes will be subject to redemption for cash by us at any time on or after November 15, 2019, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) to, but not including, the redemption date if the last reported sale price of our common stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading day period immediately preceding the date on which we provide notice of redemption.   The 2012 notes are not subject to redemption.
         
    The 2029 notes will also be subject to redemption for cash by us at any time on or prior to November 15, 2010, in whole or in part, if a tax triggering event (as defined in this prospectus) has occurred, at a redemption price equal to 101.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus, if the    
         
         

23


Table of Contents

         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
         
    redemption conversion value (as defined in this prospectus) as of the redemption date of the 2029 notes being redeemed exceeds their initial conversion value (as defined in this prospectus), 95% of the amount determined by subtracting the initial conversion value of such 2029 notes from their redemption conversion value as of the redemption date, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) to, but excluding, the redemption date.    
         
Purchase of notes by us for cash at the option of holders upon a fundamental change  

Upon specified fundamental changes, holders will have the right to require us to purchase for cash all or any portion of their 2029 notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest), if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date.
 

Upon specified fundamental changes, holders will have the right to require us to purchase for cash all or any portion of their 2012 notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2012 notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date.
         
Listing
  We do not intend to list the 2029 notes on any national securities exchange or to have the 2029 notes quoted on any automated quotation system.   The 2012 notes are not listed on any national securities exchange or quoted on any automated quotation system.

24


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Information
 
The summary consolidated financial information for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial information for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial information for the six fiscal months ended June 27, 2008 and July 3, 2009 and as of July 3, 2009 was derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus, which, in our opinion, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of the financial information for such periods. The financial information for the years ended and as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and for the six fiscal months ended June 27, 2008, reflects the retrospective implementation of Financial Accounting Standards Board Staff Position No. APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement), as to the 2012 notes and the 2013 notes.
 
The following summary financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 12, 2009 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2009 filed with the SEC on August 12, 2009. The historical financial information presented below may not be indicative of our future performance.
 
                                                         
                                  Six Fiscal Months Ended  
    Years Ended December 31,     June 27,
    July 3,
 
    2004     2005(1)     2006(2)(3)     2007(2)(4)(5)     2008(2)(4)     2008(2)(4)     2009  
                                  (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions, except per share information)  
 
Statement of Operations Information:
                                                       
Net sales
  $ 1,970.7     $ 2,380.8     $ 3,665.1     $ 4,614.8     $ 6,230.1     $ 3,311.2     $ 2,174.4  
Cost of sales
    1,756.0       2,110.1       3,194.1       3,952.1       5,427.7       2,871.2       1,810.2  
                                                         
Gross profit
    214.7       270.7       471.0       662.7       802.4       440.0       364.2  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    158.2       172.2       235.1       296.6       381.0       194.1       176.7  
                                                         
Operating income
    56.5       98.5       235.9       366.1       421.4       245.9       187.5  
Other income (expense)
    (1.2 )     (0.5 )     (0.1 )     (3.4 )     (27.2 )     (0.4 )     10.1  
Interest expense, net
    (35.9 )     (37.0 )     (36.7 )     (48.5 )     (91.8 )     (42.5 )     (42.8 )
Loss on extinguishment of debt
                      (25.3 )                  
                                                         
Income before income taxes
    19.4       61.0       199.1       288.9       302.4       203.0       154.8  
Income tax benefit (provision)
    18.1       (21.8 )     (65.3 )     (97.6 )     (104.9 )     (71.2 )     (49.5 )
Equity in net earnings of affiliated companies
                      0.4       4.6       2.8       0.3  
                                                         
Net income including noncontrolling interest
    37.5       39.2       133.8       191.7       202.1       134.6       105.6  
Income on disposal of discontinued operations
    0.4                                      
Less: Series A preferred stock dividends
    (6.0 )     (22.0 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )     (0.2 )     (0.2 )
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
                      (0.2 )     (13.1 )     (6.8 )     (4.2 )
                                                         
Net income attributable to common shareholders
  $ 31.9     $ 17.2     $ 133.5     $ 191.2     $ 188.7     $ 127.6     $ 101.2  
                                                         
Earnings of continuing operations per common share — basic
  $ 0.81     $ 0.42     $ 2.62     $ 3.66     $ 3.59     $ 2.42     $ 1.95  
Earnings of continuing operations per common share — assuming dilution
  $ 0.75     $ 0.41     $ 2.57     $ 3.51     $ 3.54     $ 2.32     $ 1.92  
Earnings of discontinued operations per common share — basic
  $ 0.01                                      
Earnings of discontinued operations per common share — assuming dilution
  $ 0.01                                      
Earnings per common share — basic (6)
  $ 0.82     $ 0.42     $ 2.62     $ 3.66     $ 3.59     $ 2.42     $ 1.95  
Earnings (loss) per common share assuming dilution
  $ 0.75     $ 0.41     $ 2.57     $ 3.51     $ 3.54     $ 2.32     $ 1.92  
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic (6)
    39.0       41.1       51.0       52.2       52.6       52.7       51.9  
Weighted average shares outstanding — assuming dilution
    50.3       41.9       52.0       54.6       53.4       55.0       52.8  
 


25


Table of Contents

                                                 
    December 31,        
    2004     2005(1)     2006(2)(3)     2007(2)(4)(5)     2008(2)(4)     July 3, 2009  
                                  (Unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance Sheet Information:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 36.4     $ 72.2     $ 310.5     $ 325.7     $ 282.6     $ 301.3  
Working capital (7)
  $ 298.0     $ 378.6     $ 734.0     $ 838.8     $ 1,060.6     $ 1,249.2  
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 356.0     $ 366.4     $ 416.7     $ 738.8     $ 880.9     $ 971.1  
Total assets
  $ 1,239.3     $ 1,523.2     $ 2,215.3     $ 3,765.6     $ 3,836.4     $ 3,841.9  
Total debt, net of debt discount
  $ 374.9     $ 451.6     $ 617.7     $ 1,168.9     $ 1,254.0     $ 1,253.1  
Net debt (8)
  $ 338.5     $ 379.4     $ 307.2     $ 843.2     $ 971.4     $ 951.8  
Shareholders’ equity
  $ 301.4     $ 293.3     $ 553.9     $ 931.4     $ 992.1     $ 1,184.7  
 
                                                         
                                  Six Fiscal Months Ended  
    Years Ended December 31,     June 27,
    July 3,
 
    2004     2005(1)     2006(2)(3)     2007(2)(4)(5)     2008(2)(4)     2008(2)(4)     2009  
                                  (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions, except ratio and metals data)  
 
Other Information:
                                                       
Cash flows of operating activities (9)
  $ 12.5     $ 121.0     $ 94.0     $ 231.7     $ 229.4     $ (60.1 )   $ 136.3  
Cash flows of investing activities
  $ (36.3 )   $ (130.5 )   $ (95.8 )   $ (759.8 )   $ (263.3 )   $ (126.1 )   $ (84.9 )
Cash flows of financing activities
  $ 28.8     $ 52.5     $ 234.7     $ 528.1     $ 29.6     $ 257.8     $ (29.0 )
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends (10)
    1.2 x     1.4 x     5.6 x     5.0 x     3.8 x     5.0 x     4.3 x
Average daily COMEX price per pound of copper cathode
  $ 1.29     $ 1.68     $ 3.09     $ 3.22     $ 3.13     $ 3.67     $ 1.86  
Average daily selling price per pound of aluminum rod
  $ 0.85     $ 0.92     $ 1.22     $ 1.23     $ 1.21     $ 1.33     $ 0.69  
 
 
(1) This period includes the preliminary opening balance sheet as of December 31, 2005 for Silec (the wire and cable business of SAFRAN SA) and Beru S.A., which were acquired in 2005. Due to the purchase dates, the effects of the acquisitions on the statement of operations information were not material for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
(2) As adjusted for FSP APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) . See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
(3) This period includes the effects of the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , and SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) .
 
(4) As adjusted for SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements . See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
(5) Includes operating results of the acquisition of the worldwide wire and cable business of Freeport-McMoRan Copper and Gold, Inc., which operated as Phelps Dodge International Corporation, or PDIC, since October 31, 2007 and the effects of the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes .
 
(6) As adjusted for FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities . See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
(7) Working capital means current assets less current liabilities.
 
(8) Net debt means our total debt less cash and cash equivalents.

26


Table of Contents

 
(9) For the year ended December 31, 2007, our operating cash flows were increased by $25.3 million from a pre-tax loss on the extinguishment of debt, consisting of $20.5 million for the inducement premium, and related fees and expenses; and the write-off of approximately $4.8 million in unamortized fees and expenses related to our 9.5% senior notes due 2010.
 
(10) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends, earnings consist of the sum of (i) pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees; (ii) combined fixed charges and preferred dividends; (iii) amortization of capitalized interest; (iv) distributed income of equity investees; and (v) our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed charges, minus (vi) capitalized interest; (vii) preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and (viii) the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Combined fixed charges and preferred dividends include: (a) interest expense, whether expensed or capitalized; (b) amortization of debt issuance cost; (c) the portion of rent expense representative of the interest factor; and (d) the amount of pre-tax earnings required to cover preferred stock dividends and any accretion in the carrying value of the preferred stock.


27


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Any investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider the risks described below carefully and all of the information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to tender your 2012 notes in the exchange offer. In addition, you should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed under “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, in our subsequently filed quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and in other documents that we file with the SEC prior to the completion or termination of this offering, all of which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus. See “Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference.” The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in those forward-looking statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
Risks Related to Participating in the Exchange Offer by Holders of 2012 Notes
 
Our board of directors has not made a recommendation as to whether you should tender your 2012 notes in exchange for 2029 notes in the exchange offer, and we have not obtained a third-party determination that the exchange offer is fair to holders of our 2012 notes.
 
Our board of directors has not made, and will not make, any recommendation as to whether holders of 2012 notes should tender their 2012 notes in exchange for 2029 notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We have not retained, and do not intend to retain, any unaffiliated representative to act solely on behalf of the holders of the 2012 notes for purposes of negotiating the terms of the 2029 notes or the exchange offer, or preparing a report or making any recommendation concerning the fairness of the exchange offer. If you tender your 2012 notes, you may not receive more or as much value than if you chose to keep them. Holders of 2012 notes must make their own decisions regarding their participation in the exchange offer and are urged to consult with their own financial, tax and legal advisors.
 
Upon consummation of the exchange offer, holders who exchange 2012 notes will lose their rights under the 2012 notes.
 
If you tender 2012 notes and your 2012 notes are accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you will lose all of your rights as a holder of the exchanged 2012 notes, including, without limitation, your right to future interest and principal payments with respect to the exchanged 2012 notes, your right to have your 2012 notes repaid on October 15, 2012, the maturity date of the 2012 notes, the senior ranking of the 2012 notes and related guarantees, and the fact that the 2012 notes may not be redeemed by us for any reason. In addition, the 2012 notes are our senior obligations and are guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries, whereas the 2029 notes will be our subordinated obligations and will not benefit from any subsidiary guarantees. Furthermore, we may not redeem the 2012 notes. See “Comparison of the 2029 Notes to the 2012 Notes.”
 
To the extent that a holder exchanges 2012 notes for 2029 notes in the exchange offer, the holder ultimately may find that we would have been able to repay the 2012 notes when they would have matured but are unable to repay or refinance the 2029 notes when they mature.
 
If you tender your 2012 notes and your 2012 notes are accepted for exchange, you will receive 2029 notes, which you may not require us to repurchase (except in the case of a fundamental change) and which have a later maturity than the 2012 notes that you presently own. It is possible that holders of 2012 notes who participate in the exchange offer will be adversely affected by the extension of maturity. Following the maturity date of the 2012 notes, but prior to the maturity date of the 2029 notes, we may become subject to a bankruptcy or similar proceeding or we may otherwise be in a position in which we are unable to repay or


28


Table of Contents

refinance the 2029 notes when they mature. If so, holders of the 2012 notes who opted not to participate in the exchange offer may have been paid in full, and there is a risk that the holders of the 2029 notes will not be paid in full. If you decide to tender 2012 notes for exchange, you will be exposed to the risk of nonpayment for a longer period of time.
 
We intend to take the position, although the matter is not free from doubt, that the exchange of 2012 notes for 2029 notes will qualify as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Nevertheless, a court could determine that the exchange does not qualify as a recapitalization.
 
We intend to take the position, although the matter is not free from doubt, that the exchange of 2012 notes for 2029 notes will qualify as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the exchange so qualifies, you generally should not recognize gain or loss as a result of the exchange, except that you will recognize any gain in an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) the excess, if any, of the issue price of the 2029 notes received in the exchange offer over your adjusted tax basis in your 2012 notes, and (ii) the fair market value of the principal amount of the 2029 notes you receive over the principal amount of the 2012 notes that you surrender in exchange therefor. Subject to certain exceptions (such as the market discount rules), any such gain should generally be treated as capital gain and would be long-term capital gain if the holder held the 2012 note for more than one year at the time of the exchange.
 
The application of the recapitalization provisions to debt instruments such as the 2029 notes and the 2012 notes is unclear. Moreover, due to the facts and circumstances surrounding a determination of whether an exchange of debt instruments qualifies as a recapitalization, a court could determine that the exchange offer does not qualify as a recapitalization. In the event of a successful challenge by the Internal Revenue Service to this characterization of the exchange offer, you generally would recognize gain or loss with respect to the 2012 notes being exchanged equal to the difference between: (i) the issue price of the 2029 notes received in the exchange offer, and (ii) the adjusted tax basis in your 2012 notes exchanged. Subject to certain exceptions (such as the market discount rules), any such gain should generally be treated as capital gain and would be long-term capital gain if the holder held the 2012 note for more than one year at the time of the exchange. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
Any cash payments in respect of accrued interest will be taxable as interest income to the extent not previously included in income.
 
The liquidity of any trading market that currently exists for the 2012 notes may be adversely affected by the exchange offer, and holders of 2012 notes who fail to participate in the exchange offer may find it more difficult to sell their 2012 notes after the exchange offer is completed.
 
There currently is a limited trading market for the 2012 notes. To the extent that 2012 notes are tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, the trading market for the remaining 2012 notes will be even more limited or may cease to exist altogether. A debt security with a small outstanding aggregate principal amount or “float” may command a lower price than would a comparable debt security with a larger float. Therefore, the market price for the unexchanged 2012 notes may be adversely affected. The reduced float may also make the trading price of the remaining 2012 notes more volatile. The 2012 notes are not listed on any national securities exchange or quoted on any automated quotation system.
 
Failure to complete the exchange offer successfully could negatively affect the market prices of the 2012 notes and our common stock.
 
Several conditions must be satisfied or waived in order to complete the exchange offer, including that there shall not have occurred or be reasonably likely to occur any material adverse change to our business, operations, properties, condition, assets, liabilities, prospects or financial affairs. In addition, the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part must be declared effective and should not be subject to a stop order or any proceedings for that purpose and a minimum of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2012 notes shall have been validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as of the expiration date. The conditions to the exchange offer may not be satisfied, and if not satisfied or waived, to the extent that the


29


Table of Contents

conditions may be waived, the exchange offer may not be completed or may be delayed. If the exchange offer is not completed or is delayed, the respective market prices of our common stock and the 2012 notes may decline to the extent that the respective current market prices reflect an assumption that the exchange offer has been or will be completed.
 
We cannot assure you that, if we consummate the exchange offer, existing ratings for the 2012 notes or any of our other existing indebtedness, or our corporate rating, will be maintained.
 
We cannot assure you that, as a result of the exchange offer, the rating agencies, including Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service and Moody’s Investors Service, will not downgrade or negatively comment upon the ratings for the 2012 notes or any of our other existing indebtedness, or our corporate rating. Any such downgrade or negative comment would likely adversely affect us or any market price for such indebtedness.
 
During the pendency of the exchange offer, it is likely that the market prices of the 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our Series A preferred stock and our common stock will be volatile.
 
It is likely, that during the pendency of the exchange offer, the market price of our common stock will be volatile. Holders of 2012 notes may terminate all or a portion of any hedging arrangements they have entered into in respect of their 2012 notes, which may lead to increased purchase activity by or on behalf of such holders during the exchange offer. In addition, holders wishing to exchange their 2012 notes in the exchange offer may seek to establish hedging positions with respect to the 2029 notes or our common stock, which may lead to increased selling activity by or on behalf of such holders during the exchange offer. Such purchase or selling activity may lead to volatility in the price of our common stock, as well as in the price of our 2012 notes or our 2013 notes (both of which securities are convertible into cash and, in certain circumstances, our common stock), and our Series A preferred stock (which is also convertible into our common stock) or may lead to unusually high trading volumes during the period of the exchange offer.
 
If the initial conversion price is the minimum conversion price, the 2029 notes will be convertible into fewer shares of our common stock than would have been the case in the absence of that limitation and the relative value of the 2029 notes may be diminished.
 
If the initial conversion price equals the minimum conversion price because the average VWAP is below $36.75, the number of shares of our common stock initially issuable upon conversion of the 2029 notes will be set at the maximum conversion rate of 27.2109 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes. In such event, this number of shares will be less than the number of shares into which the 2029 notes would have been initially convertible but for the minimum conversion price limitation and the relative value of the 2029 notes may be diminished. If the initial conversion price is set at the minimum conversion price because the average VWAP otherwise would result in an initial conversion price of less than the minimum conversion price, the expiration of the exchange offer will be extended until midnight, New York City time, on the second trading day following the previously scheduled expiration date to permit holders to tender or to withdraw their 2012 notes during those days. Any changes in the price of our common stock on those additional days of the exchange offer will not, however, affect the initial conversion price or the initial minimum conversion rate.
 
Although the conversion price and the conversion rate will be determined based on the average VWAP of our common stock during the ten trading day period ending on and including the currently scheduled expiration date, the market price of our common stock will fluctuate, and the market price of our common stock upon settlement of the exchange offer could be less than the market price used to determine the initial conversion price and the initial conversion rate.
 
The initial conversion price and initial conversion rate will be determined based on the average VWAP of our common stock during the ten trading day period ending on and including the currently scheduled expiration date and will not be adjusted regardless of any increase or decrease in the market price of our common stock between the expiration date of the exchange offer and the settlement date. Therefore, the market price of the common stock at the time you receive your 2029 notes on the settlement date could be


30


Table of Contents

less than the market price used to determine the initial conversion price and the initial conversion rate. The market price of our common stock has historically been subject to fluctuations and volatility.
 
Risks Related to the 2029 Notes
 
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business and financial condition and could prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the 2029 notes or our other indebtedness.
 
We now have, and after giving effect to the exchange offer will continue to have, a significant amount of debt outstanding. As of July 3, 2009, we had $1,253.1 million of total debt outstanding (net of $172.9 million of debt discount), $129.8 million of which was secured indebtedness. Our obligations under the 2029 notes will be subordinated to all of our consolidated indebtedness. In addition, as of July 3, 2009, our subsidiaries had $1,411.5 million in liabilities, excluding consolidated indebtedness but including trade payables, all of which liabilities will be effectively senior to the 2029 notes. In addition to such outstanding indebtedness, as of July 3, 2009, we had $305.6 million of additional borrowing capacity available under our senior secured credit facility, $62.9 million of additional borrowing capacity under our Spanish credit facility, approximately $48.2 million of additional borrowing capacity under agreements related to E.C.N. Cable Group, S.L., or ECN Cable, and approximately $327.6 million of additional borrowing capacity under our various credit agreements related to PDIC, subject to certain conditions. Subject to the terms of the senior secured credit facility, our Spanish term loan and credit facility and the indentures governing our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our 2015 notes and our 2017 notes, we may also incur additional indebtedness, including secured debt, in the future. The indenture governing the 2029 notes will not contain any limitations on our ability or the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness.
 
The degree to which we are leveraged could have significant adverse consequences to us, limiting management’s choices in responding to business, economic, regulatory and competitive conditions. In addition, our ability to generate cash flow from operations sufficient to make scheduled payments on our debts as they become due will depend on our future performance, our ability to successfully implement our business strategy and our ability to obtain other financing, which may be influenced by economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Our indebtedness also could adversely affect our financial position.
 
We may not have sufficient cash to pay, or may not be permitted to pay, the cash portion of the required consideration that we may need to pay if our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes or the 2029 notes are converted. Furthermore, the subordination provisions of the 2029 notes may prohibit us from making any cash payments upon conversion of the 2029 notes. We will be required to pay to the holder of a 2012 note, 2013 note or 2029 note a cash payment equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the note being converted or the conversion value of such note. This part of the payment must be made in cash, not in shares of our common stock. As a result, we may be required to pay significant amounts in cash to holders of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes or the 2029 notes upon conversion. A failure to pay the required cash consideration would be an event of default under the indentures governing our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes and the 2029 notes, which could lead to cross-defaults under our other indebtedness.
 
In connection with the incurrence of indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility, the lenders under that facility have received a pledge of all of the capital stock of our domestic and Canadian subsidiaries and any future domestic and Canadian subsidiaries. Additionally, the lenders under our senior secured credit facility have a lien on substantially all of our domestic and Canadian assets, including our existing and future accounts receivable, cash, general intangibles, investment property and real property. As a result of these pledges and liens, if we fail to meet our payment or other obligations under our senior secured credit facility, the lenders with respect to this facility would be entitled to foreclose on substantially all of our domestic and Canadian assets and to liquidate these assets.


31


Table of Contents

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to holders of the 2029 notes. For example, it could:
 
  •  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the 2029 notes and our obligations under our other indebtedness;
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  limit our ability to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, research and development and other general corporate requirements;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service payments on our debt;
 
  •  limit our flexibility to react to changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
  •  place us at a competitive disadvantage to any of our competitors that have less debt; and
 
  •  limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds.
 
A substantial amount of our debt will come due prior to the final maturity date of the 2029 notes, which we will be required to repay or refinance. Our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our 2015 notes, our 2017 notes, amounts outstanding from time to time under our senior secured credit facility, indebtedness incurred under our Spanish credit facilities and other present and future indebtedness will mature prior to the maturity date of the 2029 notes and will be payable in cash. In addition, upon the occurrence of various events, such as a change of control, some or all of our outstanding debt obligations may become due or be subject to repurchase or similar rights prior to their maturity date.
 
Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantially more indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our indebtedness.
 
Although we now have a significant amount of debt, we may be able to incur substantially more debt in the future. As of July 3, 2009, we had the ability to incur up to $305.6 million of additional secured debt under our senior secured credit facility and $106.0 million in secured debt under our foreign secured credit facilities. Any such additional indebtedness incurred will be expressly or effectively senior to the 2029 notes. Our senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our 2015 and our 2017 notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, which restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the risks described above would intensify.
 
The indenture governing the 2029 notes does not limit our or our subsidiaries’ ability to incur indebtedness, and provides only limited protection in the event of a change of control.
 
The 2029 note indenture will not contain any financial or operating covenants that would restrict or prohibit us or our subsidiaries from undertaking certain types of transactions that could be adverse to the interests of the holders of the 2029 notes. In particular, the 2029 note indenture will not restrict us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness. In addition, the 2029 note indenture will not contain restrictions on paying dividends or making distributions of our assets or property, making investments, entering into transactions with affiliates, incurring liens or issuing or repurchasing securities. As a result, the 2029 note indenture may not adequately protect you in the event of a change in control, highly leveraged transaction or other similar transaction involving the company.
 
The requirement that we offer to repurchase the 2029 notes upon a change of control is limited to the transactions specified in the applicable definition of a “fundamental change.” Similarly, the requirement in the 2029 note indenture to adjust the conversion rate upon the occurrence of a “make whole transaction” does not apply to all change of control transactions. Accordingly, subject to restrictions contained in our other indebtedness, we could enter into certain transactions, such as acquisitions, refinancings or recapitalizations,


32


Table of Contents

that could affect our capital structure and the value of the 2029 notes but would not trigger the protections under the 2029 note indenture applicable to a fundamental change or a make whole transaction.
 
The 2029 notes will be our unsecured subordinated obligations and will be subordinated in right of payment to the company’s existing and future senior indebtedness and effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.
 
The 2029 notes will be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to all of the company’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including the company’s secured indebtedness and the company’s obligations under the 2012 notes, the 2013 notes, the 2015 notes and the 2017 notes. Consequently, the payment of the principal, any premium and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on the 2029 notes, including amounts payable on any redemption or repurchase, and any cash payable upon conversion of the 2029 notes, will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all of such existing and future senior debt. As a result, if we experience a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or similar proceeding, or if our obligations under the 2029 notes are accelerated due to an event of default under the indenture, we will not be permitted to make payments on the 2029 notes, including cash-payments upon conversion of the 2029 notes, until we have satisfied all of our senior debt obligations. Also, if payment or other defaults occur on any senior debt, payments on the 2029 notes, including cash-payments upon conversion of the 2029 notes, may be blocked indefinitely or for specified periods. Therefore, payments on the 2029 notes may be delayed or not permitted, or we may not have sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the 2029 notes.
 
In addition, the 2029 notes will not be guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries and will not be secured by any of our assets or those of our subsidiaries. Our senior secured credit facility is presently secured by substantially all of our and our U.S. and Canadian subsidiary guarantors’ assets. Our Spanish secured term loan and other European secured credit facilities are presently secured by a portion of the assets of our European subsidiaries. Secured indebtedness effectively ranks senior to the 2029 notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. If we default on the 2029 notes, become bankrupt, liquidate, restructure or reorganize, it would result in a default under our senior secured credit facility, which in turn would result in a default under our Spanish credit facilities, and our secured creditors could use the collateral securing such debt to satisfy our obligations before you would receive any payment on the 2029 notes. If the value of our collateral is insufficient to pay all of our secured indebtedness, our secured creditors would share equally in the value of our other assets, if any, with you and any other creditors.
 
The 2029 notes will be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries, including any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish. Consequently, our right to receive assets of any subsidiaries upon their liquidation or reorganization, and the right of holders of the 2029 notes to share in those assets, would be effectively subordinated to all claims of the creditors of our subsidiaries. As of July 3, 2009, we had $1,253.1 million in total debt outstanding (net of $172.9 million of debt discount), including $129.8 million in secured debt, and the ability to incur up to $305.6 million of additional secured debt under our senior secured credit facility and $106.0 million in secured debt under our foreign secured credit facilities. In addition, as of July 3, 2009, our subsidiaries had $1,411.5 million in liabilities, excluding consolidated indebtedness but including trade payables, all of which liabilities will be effectively senior to the 2029 notes.
 
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.
 
Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness, including the 2029 notes, to refinance our indebtedness and fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.
 
We believe our cash flows from operating activities and our existing capital resources, including the liquidity provided, and to be provided, by our senior secured credit facility and our European subsidiaries’ credit facilities, will be sufficient to fund our operations and commitments for at least the next twelve months. We cannot assure you, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to


33


Table of Contents

make payments with respect to our indebtedness, including the 2029 notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. To do so, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness (including the 2029 notes) on or before maturity, sell assets, reduce or delay capital expenditures or seek additional equity financing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
 
Our ability to pay principal and interest on the 2029 notes depends upon our receipt of dividends or other intercompany transfers from our subsidiaries, and claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will have priority over claims you may have with respect to the assets and earnings of those subsidiaries.
 
We are a holding company and substantially all of our properties and assets are owned by, and all our operations are conducted through, our subsidiaries. As a result, we are dependent upon cash dividends and distributions or other transfers from our subsidiaries to meet our debt service obligations, including payment of the interest on and principal of the 2029 notes when due. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to us may be restricted by, among other things, applicable corporate, tax and other laws and regulations in the United States and abroad and agreements made by us and our subsidiaries, including under the terms of our existing and potentially future indebtedness.
 
In addition, claims of creditors, including trade creditors, of our subsidiaries will generally have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries over the claims of our creditors. In the event of our dissolution, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, the holders of the 2029 notes will not receive any amounts from our subsidiaries with respect to the 2029 notes until after the payment in full of the claims of the creditors of these subsidiaries.
 
The agreements that govern our secured indebtedness, our 2015 notes and our 2017 notes contain various covenants that limit our discretion in the operation of our business.
 
The agreements and instruments that govern our secured indebtedness, our 2015 notes and our 2017 notes contain various restrictive covenants that, among other things, require us to comply with or maintain certain financial tests and ratios and restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to:
 
  •  incur or guarantee additional debt;
 
  •  pay dividends, purchase company stock or make other distributions;
 
  •  make certain investments and payments;
 
  •  create liens;
 
  •  enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
  •  make acquisitions;
 
  •  merge or consolidate; and
 
  •  transfer or sell assets.
 
Our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to comply with these covenants is subject to various risks and uncertainties. In addition, events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with and maintain the financial tests and ratios required by this senior indebtedness. Any failure by us or our subsidiaries, as applicable, to comply with and maintain all applicable financial tests and ratios and to comply with all applicable covenants could result in an event of default with respect to, the acceleration of the maturity of, and the termination of the commitments to make further extension of credit under, a substantial portion of our debt. Even if we or our subsidiaries, as applicable, are able to comply with all applicable covenants, the restrictions on our ability to operate our business in our sole discretion could harm our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, mergers, acquisitions and other corporate opportunities.


34


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with covenants in our existing or future financing agreements could result in cross-defaults under some of our financing agreements, which cross-defaults could jeopardize our ability to satisfy our obligations under the 2029 notes.
 
Various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability or the ability of our subsidiaries to comply with the covenants, financial tests and ratios required by the instruments governing our and their financing arrangements, including, without limitation, the requirement that no final judgment or judgments of a court of competent jurisdiction have been rendered against us or our subsidiaries in excess of stated amounts. Failure to comply with any of the covenants in existing or future financing agreements could result in a default under those agreements and under other agreements containing cross-default provisions, including the indenture governing the 2029 notes. A default would permit lenders to cease to make further extensions of credit, accelerate the maturity of the debt under these agreements and foreclose upon any collateral securing that debt. Under these circumstances, we might not have sufficient funds or other resources to satisfy all of our obligations, including our obligations under the 2029 notes. In addition, the limitations imposed by financing agreements on our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional debt and to take other actions might significantly impair our and their ability to obtain other financing. We also may amend the provisions and limitations of our credit facilities from time to time without the consent of the holders of the 2029 notes.
 
Certain portions of our debt contain prepayment, repurchase or acceleration rights at the election of the holders upon a covenant default, change of control, or fundamental change, which prepayment, repurchase or acceleration rights, if exercised, could constitute an event of default under other portions of our debt, including the 2029 notes. It is possible that we would be unable to fulfill all of these obligations and make payments on the 2029 notes simultaneously.
 
If we fail to meet our payment or other obligations under our secured indebtedness, the lenders under this indebtedness could foreclose on, and acquire control of, substantially all of our assets.
 
The lenders under our senior secured credit facility have a pledge of all of the capital stock of our existing domestic and Canadian subsidiaries and any future domestic and Canadian subsidiaries. Additionally, the lenders under our senior secured credit facility have a lien on substantially all of our domestic and Canadian assets, including our existing and future accounts receivable, cash, general intangibles, investment property and real property. We also have incurred secured debt in connection with some of our European operations. The lenders under these European secured credit facilities also have liens on assets of certain of our European subsidiaries. As a result of these pledges and liens, if we fail to meet our payment or other obligations under any of our secured indebtedness, the lenders under the applicable credit agreement would be entitled to foreclose on substantially all of our assets and liquidate these assets. Under those circumstances, we may not have sufficient funds to pay our obligations under the 2029 notes. As a result, you may lose a portion of or the entire value of your investment in the 2029 notes.
 
Recent developments in the convertible debt markets may adversely affect the market value of the 2029 notes.
 
The convertible debt markets recently experienced unprecedented disruptions resulting from, among other things, the recent instability in the credit and capital markets and the emergency orders issued by the SEC on September 17 and 18, 2008 (and extended on October 1, 2008). These orders were issued as a stop-gap measure while Congress worked to provide a comprehensive legislative plan to stabilize the credit and capital markets. Among other things, these orders temporarily imposed a prohibition on effecting short sales of common stock of certain financial companies. As a result, the SEC orders made the convertible arbitrage strategy that many convertible debt investors employ difficult to execute for outstanding convertible debt of those companies whose common stock was subject to the short sale prohibition. Although the SEC orders expired on October 8, 2008, the SEC is currently considering instituting other limitations on effecting short sales (such as the uptick rule) and other regulatory organizations may do the same.


35


Table of Contents

On April 8, 2009, the SEC voted to seek public comment on whether short sale price restrictions or circuit breaker restrictions should be imposed. The SEC voted to propose two approaches to restrictions on short selling. One approach would apply on a market wide and permanent basis, including adoption of a new uptick rule, while the other would apply only to a particular security during severe market declines in that security, and would involve, among other limitations, bans on short selling in a particular security during a day if there is a severe decline in price in that security. On August 17, 2009, the SEC voted to seek public comment on a third approach, which would allow under an “alternative uptick rule” short selling only at an increment above the national best bid.
 
These and other actions that may have the effect of interfering with the ability of convertible debt investors to effect short sales of the underlying common stock could significantly affect the market value of the 2029 notes. Such government actions would make the convertible arbitrage strategy that many convertible debt investors employ difficult to execute for outstanding convertible debt of any company whose common stock is subject to such actions. If such limitations are instituted by the SEC or any other regulatory agencies, the market value of the 2029 notes could be materially and adversely affected.
 
We may be unable to purchase our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our 2015 notes, our 2017 notes or the 2029 notes upon a fundamental change, which would cause defaults under the 2029 notes and our other debt agreements.
 
Holders of the 2029 notes may require us to repurchase for cash all or a portion of the 2029 notes following the occurrence of a fundamental change at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes, plus accrued interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) to, but excluding, the date of the purchase. See “Description of the 2029 Notes — Purchase of 2029 Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change.” Similarly, the indenture governing our 2012 notes and the indenture governing our 2013 notes require us to repurchase those notes in the event of a fundamental change at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued interest to, but excluding, the date of purchase. In addition, the indenture governing our 2015 notes and our 2017 notes requires us to repurchase those notes in event of a change of control at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued interest to the date of the purchase.
 
We are limited by our credit facilities, and may be prohibited under future financing agreements, from purchasing any of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our 2015 notes, our 2017 notes or the 2029 notes prior to their stated maturity. In such circumstances, we will be required to repay or obtain the requisite consent from the applicable lenders to permit the repurchase of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our 2015 notes, our 2017 notes or the 2029 notes. If we are unable to repay all of such debt or are unable to obtain the necessary consents, we will be unable to offer to repurchase these series of notes, which would constitute an event of default under the indenture governing each series of notes, which in turn would constitute a default under our credit agreements and our other existing financing arrangements, and could constitute a default under the terms of any future debt that we may incur. In addition, we may not have sufficient funds available at the time we are required to repurchase our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our 2015 notes, our 2017 notes or the 2029 notes.
 
We may not be able to pay the cash portion of the conversion price pursuant to any conversion of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes or our 2029 notes.
 
We may not have sufficient cash to pay, or may not be permitted to pay, the cash portion of the required consideration that we may need to pay if our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes or our 2029 notes are converted. As described under “Description of the 2029 Notes — Conversion Rights,” upon conversion of the 2029 notes, we will be required to pay to the holder of a note a cash payment equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the 2029 notes being converted or the conversion value of those notes. The terms of our 2012 notes and our 2013 notes contain substantially similar provisions. This part of the payment must be made in cash, not in shares of our common stock. As a result, we may be required to pay significant amounts in cash to holders of any of our convertible notes upon conversion.


36


Table of Contents

If we do not have sufficient cash on hand at the time of conversion, we may have to borrow funds under our credit facilities or raise additional funds through other debt or equity financing. Our ability to borrow the necessary funds under our various credit facilities will be subject to our ability to remain in compliance with the terms of those facilities and to have borrowing availability thereunder. In addition, our ability to raise any additional financing, if necessary, will depend on prevailing market conditions. Further, we may not be able to raise such financing within the period required to satisfy our obligation to make timely payment upon any conversion. In addition, the terms of any future debt may prohibit us from making these cash payments upon conversion of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes or the 2029 notes. Furthermore, the subordination provisions of the 2029 notes may prohibit us from making cash payments upon a conversion of the 2029 notes.
 
We obtained the consent of the lenders under our senior secured credit facility to issue the 2029 notes. The terms of the senior secured credit facility require us to comply with covenants and other conditions and limitations regarding our ability to make cash payments to holders of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes and the 2029 notes, including upon conversion of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes or the 2029 notes, and to receive loans or advances from certain of our subsidiaries. If we fail to comply with these conditions or we exceed these limitations, we would not be permitted to pay the cash portion of the required consideration upon any conversion of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes or the 2029 notes, and any such payments would constitute an event of default under the senior secured credit facility. A failure to pay the required cash consideration would be an event of default under the indentures governing our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes and the 2029 notes, which could lead to cross-defaults under our other indebtedness.
 
Fluctuations in the price of our common stock and the 2029 notes may prevent you from being able to convert the 2029 notes, which may also make them more difficult to resell.
 
The ability of holders of the 2029 notes to convert the 2029 notes is conditioned on the closing price of our common stock reaching a specified threshold or the occurrence of other specified events, such as a change of control. If the closing price threshold for conversion of the 2029 notes is satisfied during a calendar quarter, holders may convert such notes only during the subsequent calendar quarter. If such closing price threshold is not satisfied and the other specified events that would permit a holder to convert such notes do not occur, holders would not be able to convert such notes until the period beginning 30 days before the maturity date and ending at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the final maturity date. See “Description of the 2029 Notes — Conversion Rights.”
 
The 2029 notes may be convertible into shares of our common stock. The trading price of the 2029 notes is expected to move in the same direction as the trading price of our common stock. Thus, volatility and fluctuations in our common stock may have a material adverse effect on the price of the 2029 notes. Volatility or weakness in the trading price of the 2029 notes could limit the amount of cash payable, as well as the number of shares of our common stock issuable, upon conversion of such notes. Holders who receive common stock upon conversion of the 2029 notes also will be subject to the risk of volatility and depressed prices of our common stock.
 
Our stock price and the stock market in general have from time to time experienced very significant and, at times, extreme, price fluctuations. Often, these changes have been unrelated to the operating performance of the affected companies. The trading price of our common stock is affected by many factors, including our results of operations, announcements relating to significant corporate transactions, conditions specific to the wire and cable industry, earnings and other announcements by our competitors, conditions in securities markets in general and recommendations by securities analysts. Furthermore, quarter-to-quarter fluctuations in our results of operations caused by changes in customer demand or other factors may have a significant effect on the market price of our common stock. In addition, general market conditions and international political or economic factors unrelated to our performance may affect our stock price. These and other conditions and factors could cause the price of our common stock, and therefore the price of the 2029 notes, to fluctuate substantially over short periods or in the long term.


37


Table of Contents

A downgrade in our credit ratings could affect the market price of the 2029 notes, limit our ability to conduct our business or offer and sell additional debt securities, and hurt our relationships with creditors.
 
Nationally recognized rating agencies currently rate our debt, and are expected to rate the 2029 notes. Ratings are not recommendations to buy or sell our securities. We may in the future incur indebtedness with interest rates that may be affected by changes in our credit ratings. Each of the rating agencies reviews its ratings periodically, and previous ratings for our debt may not be maintained in the future. Rating agencies may also place us under review for potential downgrade if we announce our intention to obtain additional indebtedness or take other actions. A downgrade of our debt ratings, or other negative action, such as a review for possible downgrade, could affect the market price of the 2029 notes. Furthermore, these events may affect our ability to raise additional debt with terms and conditions similar to our current debt, and accordingly, likely increase our cost of capital. In addition, a downgrade of these ratings could make it more difficult for us to raise capital to refinance any maturing debt obligations, to support business growth and to maintain or improve the current financial strength of our business and operations.
 
The conditional conversion feature of the 2029 notes and the 2012 notes could result in your receiving less than the value of the common stock into which a 2029 note or 2012 note is convertible.
 
The 2029 notes and the 2012 notes are convertible into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of our common stock only if specified conditions are met. Until these conditions are met, you will not be able to convert your 2029 notes or your 2012 notes, and you may not be able to receive the value of the common stock into which the 2029 notes and the 2012 notes might otherwise be convertible.
 
The adjustment to the conversion rate that may occur in connection with a change of control may not adequately compensate you for the lost option value of your 2029 notes as a result of such change of control.
 
If and to the extent you elect to convert your 2029 notes in connection with certain transactions that result in a change of control, we will increase the applicable conversion rate for the 2029 notes surrendered for conversion. While this increase in the conversion rate is designed to compensate you for the lost option value of your 2029 notes as a result of a change of control, such increase is only an approximation of such lost value and may not adequately compensate you for such loss. In addition, even if a change of control occurs, in certain instances described under “Description of the 2029 Notes — Determination of Make Whole Premium,” there will be no such increase in the conversion rate.
 
Illiquidity and an absence of a public market for the 2029 notes could cause you to be unable to resell the 2029 notes for an extended period of time.
 
There is no established trading market for the 2029 notes and we do not intend to apply for listing of the 2029 notes on any national securities exchange. An active trading market for the 2029 notes may not develop or, if even such a market develops, it could be very illiquid. While each of the dealer managers has indicated that it intends to make a market in the 2029 notes, neither dealer manager is required to do so, and if a dealer manager does make a market in the 2029 notes, it may discontinue such activity at any time for any reason without notice. Holders of the 2029 notes may experience difficulty in reselling, or an inability to sell, the 2029 notes.
 
Even if a trading market for the 2029 notes is established, the liquidity of any such trading market, and the market price quoted for the 2029 notes, may be adversely affected by changes in:
 
  •  prevailing interest rates;
 
  •  liquidity of the 2029 notes;
 
  •  the overall market for debt and convertible securities generally;
 
  •  our operating results, financial performance or prospects; or
 
  •  the prospects for companies in the wire and cable industry generally.


38


Table of Contents

 
Moreover, historically, the market for non-investment grade and convertible debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial fluctuation in the prices of these securities. You should be aware that you may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the 2029 notes for an indefinite period of time.
 
The conversion rates of the 2029 notes may not be adjusted for all dilutive events that may adversely affect the trading price of the 2029 notes or the common stock that may be issuable upon conversion of the 2029 notes.
 
The conversion rate of the 2029 notes is subject to adjustment upon certain events, including the issuance of stock dividends on our common stock, subdivisions, combinations, distributions of capital stock (other than our common stock), indebtedness or assets, cash dividends and issuer tender or exchange offers. The conversion rate will not be adjusted for certain other events, such as our issuance of common stock for cash, that may adversely affect the trading price of the 2029 notes or the common stock that may be issuable upon conversion of the 2029 notes.
 
If you hold 2029 notes, you are not entitled to any rights with respect to our common stock, but you are subject to all changes made with respect to our common stock.
 
If you hold 2029 notes, you are not entitled to any rights with respect to our common stock (including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on our common stock), but you are subject to all changes affecting the common stock. You will only be entitled to rights on the common stock if and when we deliver shares of common stock to you upon conversion of your 2029 notes. For example, in the event that an amendment is proposed to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated by-laws requiring stockholder approval and the record date for determining the stockholders of record entitled to vote on the amendment occurs prior to delivery of the common stock, you will not be entitled to vote on the amendment, although you will nevertheless be subject to any changes in the powers, preferences or special rights of our common stock.
 
You should consider the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning 2029 notes.
 
We and each holder agree in the indenture to treat the 2029 notes as “contingent payment debt instruments” subject to the contingent payment debt regulations and, for purposes of those regulations, to treat the cash and the fair market value of any stock received upon any conversion of the 2029 notes as a contingent payment. As a result, a holder will be required to include amounts in income, as original issue discount, in advance of cash such holder receives on a 2029 note, and to accrue interest on a constant yield to maturity basis at a rate comparable to the rate at which we would borrow in a fixed-rate, noncontingent, nonconvertible borrowing (which we have estimated to be 12.5%, compounded semi-annually), even though the 2029 notes will have a significantly lower yield to maturity. You may obtain the actual comparable yield of the 2029 notes determined as of the initial issue date by submitting a written request for it to us at General Cable Corporation, 4 Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076-9753, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. A holder will recognize taxable income significantly in excess of cash received while the 2029 notes are outstanding. In addition, a holder will recognize ordinary income, if any, upon a sale, exchange, conversion, repurchase or redemption of the 2029 notes at a gain. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the U.S. federal, state and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of the 2029 notes and shares of common stock. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
In connection with any conversion rate adjustments, you may be deemed to receive a taxable distribution without the receipt of any cash.
 
The conversion rate of the 2029 notes will be adjusted in certain circumstances. Under Section 305(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, adjustments, or failures to make adjustments, that have the effect of increasing your proportionate interest in our assets or earnings may in some circumstances result in a deemed distribution to you. Certain of the possible conversion rate adjustments provided in the 2029 notes (including, without limitation, adjustments in respect of taxable dividends to


39


Table of Contents

holders of our common stock) will result in deemed distributions to the holders of 2029 notes even though they have not received any cash or property as a result of such adjustments. Any deemed distributions will be taxable as a dividend, return of capital or capital gain in accordance with the earnings and profits rules under the Code. If you are a non-U.S. holder, such deemed dividend may be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
We could enter into various transactions, such as acquisitions, refinancings, recapitalizations or other highly leveraged transactions, which would not constitute a fundamental change under the terms of the 2029 notes, but which could nevertheless increase the amount of our outstanding debt at such time, or adversely affect our capital structure or credit ratings, or otherwise adversely affect holders of the 2029 notes.
 
Under the terms of the 2029 notes, a variety of acquisition, refinancing, recapitalization or other highly leveraged transactions would not be considered fundamental change transactions. As a result, we could enter into any such transactions without being required to make an offer to repurchase the 2029 notes even though the transaction could increase the total amount of our outstanding debt, adversely affect our capital structure or credit ratings or otherwise materially adversely affect the holders of the 2029 notes. In addition, if such transaction is not considered a fundamental change under the terms of the 2029 notes, holders may not be able to convert their 2029 notes or be eligible to receive a make whole premium adjustment in connection with such conversion.
 
Provisions of the 2029 notes, our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes and our other debt securities could discourage an acquisition of us by a third party.
 
Certain provisions of the 2029 notes, our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes and our other debt securities could make it more difficult or more expensive for a third party to acquire us. Upon the occurrence of certain transactions constituting a fundamental change, holders of the 2029 notes, our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes and our other debt securities will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase all or a portion of their 2029 notes, their 2012 notes, their 2013 notes or their other debt securities. In addition, the occurrence of certain change of control transactions may result in the 2029 notes, our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes or our other debt securities becoming convertible for additional shares or require us to repurchase such notes or securities at the option of the holder thereof, which may have the effect of making an acquisition of us less attractive. We may also be required to issue additional shares upon conversion or provide for conversion into the acquirer’s capital stock in the event of certain change of control transactions.
 
The issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of any of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our 2029 notes or our Series A preferred stock would have a dilutive effect on our existing security holders, and this future potential dilution may encourage short selling by market participants.
 
The issuance of shares of our common stock upon the conversion of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our 2029 notes or our Series A preferred stock would dilute the ownership interests of our existing security holders. The issuance of shares of our common stock upon conversion of these convertible securities also may have the effect of reducing our net income per share and could reduce the market price of our common stock unless revenue growth or cost savings sufficient to offset the effect of such issuance can be achieved. In addition, the existence of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, the 2029 notes or our Series A preferred stock may encourage short selling by market participants due to this potential dilution.
 
It may be difficult to enforce judgments against us in foreign jurisdictions.
 
Because a significant portion of our assets are located outside the United States, any judgments obtained in the United States against us, including judgments with respect to the payment of principal, premium, interest or other amounts payable with respect to the 2029 notes, may be not collectible within the United States. If holders of 2029 notes intend to enforce a judgment obtained in the United States against our assets located outside the United States, they may be subject to additional procedures and other difficulties that


40


Table of Contents

would not be required for enforcement of judgments in the United States, and there can be no assurance that such courts will be required to enforce any final judgment obtained in a court located in the United States.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our net sales, net income and growth depend largely on the economic strength of the geographic markets that we serve, and if these markets become weaker, we would suffer decreased sales and net income.
 
Many of our customers use our products as components in their own products or in projects undertaken for their customers. Our ability to sell our products is largely dependent on general economic conditions, including how much our customers and end-users spend on power transmission and distribution infrastructures, industrial manufacturing assets, new construction and building, information technology and maintaining or reconfiguring their communications networks. Should the economic slowdown in the United States and European markets worsen or expand more fully to other parts of the world, we would suffer a decrease in sales and net income.
 
The markets for our products are highly competitive, and if we fail to invest in product development, productivity improvements and customer service and support, sales of our products could be adversely affected.
 
The markets for copper, aluminum and fiber optic wire and cable products are highly competitive, and some of our competitors may have greater financial resources than we have. We compete with at least one major competitor in each of our business segments. Many of our products are made to common specifications and therefore may be fungible with competitors’ products. Accordingly, we are subject to competition in many markets on the basis of price, delivery time, customer service and our ability to meet specific customer needs.
 
We believe that competitors will continue to improve the design and performance of their products and to introduce new products with competitive price and performance characteristics. We expect that we will be required to continue to invest in product development, productivity improvements and customer service and support in order to compete in our markets. Furthermore, an increase in imports of competing products could adversely affect our sales on a region-by-region basis.
 
Our business is subject to the economic, political and other risks of maintaining facilities and selling products in foreign countries.
 
During the six fiscal months ended July 3, 2009, approximately 65% of our sales and approximately 77% of our assets were in markets outside North America. Our operations outside North America generated approximately 96% of our cash flows from operations during this period. Our financial results may be adversely affected by significant fluctuations or devaluations in the value of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies or by the enactment of exchange controls or foreign governmental or regulatory restrictions on the transfer of funds. In addition, negative tax consequences relating to the repatriation of certain foreign income may adversely affect our cash flows.
 
Furthermore, our foreign operations are subject to risks inherent in maintaining operations abroad, such as economic and political destabilization, international conflicts, restrictive actions by foreign governments, nationalizations or expropriations, changes in regulatory requirements, the difficulty of effectively managing diverse global operations, adverse foreign tax laws and the threat posed by potential pandemics in countries that do not have the resources necessary to deal with such outbreaks. Over time, we intend to continue to expand our foreign operations, which would serve to exacerbate these risks and their potential effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. In particular, with the acquisition of PDIC, we have significant operations in countries in Central and South America, Africa and Asia. Economic and political developments in these countries, including future economic changes or crises (such as inflation, currency devaluation or recession), government deadlock, political instability, civil strife, international conflicts, changes in laws and regulations and expropriation or nationalization of property or other resources, could impact our operations or the market value of our common stock and have an adverse effect on our business, financial


41


Table of Contents

condition and results of operations. Although PDIC and its subsidiaries maintain political risk insurance related to its operations in a number of countries, any losses we may incur may not be covered by this insurance and, even if covered, such insurance may not fully cover such losses. In addition to these general risks, there are significant country specific risks, including:
 
  •  Brazil and other Latin American countries have historically experienced uneven periods of economic growth as well as recession, high inflation, currency devaluation and economic instability. These countries’ governments have been known to intervene in their respective economies in the form of price controls, currency devaluations, capital controls and limits on imports.
 
  •  Thailand recently experienced significant political and militant unrest in certain provinces. The country’s elected government was overthrown in September 2006, with an elected government only recently restored.
 
  •  Venezuela has experienced difficult economic conditions, relatively high levels of inflation, and foreign exchange and price controls. The President of Venezuela has the authority to legislate certain areas by decree, and the Venezuelan government has nationalized or announced plans to nationalize certain industries and has sought to expropriate certain companies and property.
 
  •  Algeria has a tumultuous past, characterized by violence and terrorism. The country’s government has been moderately successful in neutralizing these threats creating a more receptive political and social atmosphere.
 
Compliance with foreign and U.S. laws and regulations applicable to our international operations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, is difficult and may increase the cost of doing business in international jurisdictions.
 
Various laws and regulations associated with our current international operations are complex and increase our cost of doing business. Furthermore, these laws and regulations expose us to fines and penalties if we fail to comply with them. These laws and regulations include import and export requirements, U.S. laws such as the FCPA, and local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to governmental officials and other corrupt practices. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws, there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies, particularly as we expand our operations through organic growth and acquisitions. Any such violations could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, including substantial fines or prohibitions on our ability to offer our wire and cable products in one or more countries, and could also materially damage our reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our business and our operating results. In addition, if we fail to address the challenges and risks associated with our international expansion and acquisition strategy, we may encounter difficulties implementing our strategy, which could impede our growth or harm our operating results.
 
Volatility in the price of copper and other raw materials, as well as fuel and energy, could adversely affect our businesses.
 
The costs of copper and aluminum, the most significant raw materials we use, have been subject to considerable volatility over the past few years. Volatility in the price of copper, aluminum, polyethylene, petrochemicals, and other raw materials, as well as fuel, natural gas and energy, may in turn lead to significant fluctuations in our cost of sales. Additionally, sharp increases in the price of copper can also reduce demand if customers decide to defer their purchases of copper wire and cable products or seek to purchase substitute products. Although we attempt to recover copper and other raw material price changes either in the selling price of our products or through our commodity hedging programs, there is no assurance that we can do so successfully or at all in the future.


42


Table of Contents

Interruptions of supplies from our key suppliers may affect our results of operations and financial performance.
 
Interruptions of supplies from our key suppliers, including as a result of catastrophes such as hurricanes, earthquakes, floods or terrorist activities, could disrupt production or impact our ability to increase production and sales. All copper and aluminum rod used in our North American operations is externally sourced, and our largest supplier of copper rod, Freeport McMoRan Copper & Gold, Inc., accounted for approximately 89% of our North American purchases during the first six fiscal months of 2009, while our largest supplier of aluminum rod, Alcoa Inc., accounted for approximately 87% of our North American purchases during the first six fiscal months of 2009. Our European operations purchase copper and aluminum rod from many suppliers with each supplier generally providing a small percentage of the total copper and aluminum rod purchased, while operations in ROW internally produce the majority of their copper and aluminum rod production needs and obtain cathode and ingots from various sources with each supplier generally providing a small percentage of the total amount of raw materials purchased. Any unanticipated problems with our copper or aluminum rod suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, we use a limited number of sources for most of the other raw materials that we do not produce. We do not have long-term or volume purchase agreements with most of our suppliers, and may have limited options in the short-term for alternative supply if these suppliers fail to continue the supply of material or components for any reason, including their business failure, inability to obtain raw materials or financial difficulties. Moreover, identifying and accessing alternative sources may increase our costs.
 
Failure to negotiate extensions of our labor agreements as they expire may result in a disruption of our operations.
 
As of July 3, 2009, approximately 49% of our employees were represented by various labor unions. From January 1, 2004 to July 3, 2009, we have experienced only two strikes, which were settled on satisfactory terms. There have been no strikes during the six fiscal months ended July 3, 2009.
 
We are party to labor agreements with unions that represent employees at many of our manufacturing facilities. In the United States, Canada, Chile, Thailand, Venezuela and Zambia, labor agreements expired at seven facilities during the first six fiscal months of 2009, representing approximately 9% of total employees as of July 3, 2009, and agreements at seven facilities will expire in 2010, representing approximately 14% of total employees as of July 3, 2009. During the first six fiscal months of 2009, we successfully renegotiated three labor agreements and continue to negotiate the remaining four labor agreements. Labor agreements are generally negotiated on an annual or bi-annual basis unless otherwise noted above and the risk exists that labor agreements may not be renewed on reasonably satisfactory terms to us or at all. We cannot predict what issues may be raised by the collective bargaining units representing our employees and, if raised, whether negotiations concerning such issues will be successfully concluded. A protracted work stoppage could result in a disruption of our operations which could, in turn, adversely affect our ability to deliver certain products and our financial results.
 
Our inability to continue to achieve productivity improvements may result in increased costs.
 
Part of our business strategy is to increase our profitability by lowering costs through improving our processes and productivity. In the event we are unable to continue to implement measures improving our manufacturing techniques and processes, we may not achieve desired efficiency or productivity levels and our manufacturing costs may increase. In addition, productivity increases are related in part to factory utilization rates. Unanticipated decreases in utilization rates may adversely impact productivity.
 
Changes in industry standards and regulatory requirements may adversely affect our business.
 
As a manufacturer and distributor of wire and cable products for customers that operate in various industries, we are subject to a number of industry standard-setting authorities, such as Underwriters Laboratories, the Telecommunications Industry Association, the Electronics Industries Association, the International Electrotechnical Commission and the Canadian Standards Association. In addition, many of our products are


43


Table of Contents

subject to the requirements of federal, state and local or foreign regulatory authorities. Changes in the standards and requirements imposed by such authorities could have an adverse effect on us. In the event that we are unable to meet any such new or modified standards when adopted, our business could be adversely affected.
 
In addition, changes in the legislative environment could affect the growth and other aspects of important markets served by us. The Energy Policy Act of 2005 was enacted to establish a comprehensive, long-range national energy policy. Among other things, it provides tax credits and other incentives for the production of traditional sources of energy, as well as alternative energy sources, such as wind, wave, tidal and geothermal power generation systems. Although we believe this legislation has had a positive impact on us and our financial results, we cannot be certain that this impact will continue. Further, we cannot predict the impact, either positive or negative, that changes in laws or industry standards may have on our future financial results, cash flows or financial position.
 
Advancing technologies, such as fiber optic and wireless technologies, may continue to make some of our products less competitive.
 
Technological developments continue to have an adverse effect on elements of our business. For example, a continued increase in the rate of installations using fiber optic systems or an increase in the cost of copper-based systems may have an adverse effect on our business. While we do manufacture and sell fiber optic cables, any further acceleration in the erosion of our sales of copper cables due to increased market demand for fiber optic cables would most likely not be offset by an increase in sales of our fiber optic cables.
 
Also, advancing wireless technologies, as they relate to network and communications systems, represent an alternative to certain copper cables we manufacture and may reduce customer demand for premise wiring. Traditional telephone companies are facing increasing competition within their respective territories from, among others, providers of voice over Internet protocol, or VoIP, and wireless carriers. Wireless communications depend heavily on a fiber optic backbone and do not depend as much on copper-based systems. The increased acceptance and use of VoIP and wireless technology, or introduction of new wireless or fiber-optic based technologies, continues to have an adverse effect on the marketability of our products and our profitability. Our sales of copper premise cables currently face downward pressure from wireless and VoIP technology, and the increased acceptance and use of these technologies has heightened this pressure and the potential negative impact on our results of operations.
 
We are substantially dependent upon distributors and retailers for non-exclusive sales of our products and they could cease purchasing our products at any time.
 
During 2008 and the first six fiscal months of 2009, approximately 38% and 35%, respectively, of our domestic net sales were made to independent distributors and four and three, respectively, of our ten largest customers were distributors. Distributors accounted for a substantial portion of sales of our communications- and industrial-related products. During 2008 and the first six fiscal months of 2009, approximately 10% and 12%, respectively, of our domestic net sales were to retailers. The two largest retailers combined to account for approximately 2% of our worldwide net sales in each of 2008 and the first six fiscal months of 2009.
 
These distributors and retailers are not contractually obligated to carry our product lines exclusively or for any period of time. Therefore, these distributors and retailers may purchase products that compete with our products or cease purchasing our products at any time. The loss of one or more large distributors or retailers could have a material adverse effect on our ability to bring our products to end users and on our results of operations. Moreover, a downturn in the business of one or more large distributors or retailers could adversely affect our sales and could create significant credit exposure.
 
In each of our markets, we face pricing pressures that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial performance.
 
We face pricing pressures in each of our markets as a result of significant competition or over-capacity. While we continually work toward reducing our costs to respond to the pricing pressures that may continue,


44


Table of Contents

we may not be able to achieve proportionate reductions in costs. As a result of over-capacity and economic and industry downturn, pricing pressures have increased in the last several quarters. While we generally have been successful in raising prices to recover increased raw material costs, pricing pressures have continued through the first six fiscal months of 2009, and price volatility is expected for the foreseeable future. Further pricing pressures, without offsetting cost reductions, could adversely affect our financial results.
 
If either our uncommitted accounts payable confirming arrangement or our accounts receivable financing arrangement for our European operations is terminated, our liquidity may be negatively impacted.
 
Our Spanish operations participate in accounts payable confirming arrangements with several European financial institutions. We negotiate payment terms with suppliers of generally 180 days and submit invoices to the financial institutions with instructions for the financial institutions to transfer funds from our Spanish operations’ accounts on the due date (on the 180 th day) to the receiving parties to pay the invoices in full. As of July 3, 2009, the arrangements had a maximum availability limit of the equivalent of approximately $431.2 million, of which approximately $192.7 million was drawn. We also have approximately $138.4 million available under uncommitted, Euro-denominated facilities in Europe, which allow us to sell at a discount, with no or limited recourse, a portion of our accounts receivable to financial institutions. As of July 3, 2009, we have drawn approximately $34.3 million from these accounts receivable facilities. We do not have firm commitments from these institutions to purchase our accounts receivable. Should the availability under these arrangements be reduced or terminated, we may be required to repay the outstanding obligations over 180 days and may have to seek alternative arrangements. We cannot assure you that alternate arrangements will be available on favorable terms or at all. Failure to obtain alternative arrangements in such case would negatively impact our liquidity.
 
We are exposed to counterparty risk in our hedging arrangements.
 
From time to time we enter into arrangements with financial institutions to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices, currency and interest rates, including forward contracts and swap agreements. Recently, a number of financial institutions similar to those that serve as counterparties to our hedging arrangements have been adversely affected by the global credit crisis. The failure of one or more counterparties to our hedging arrangements to fulfill or renew their obligations to us could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
As a result of market and industry conditions, we may be required to recognize impairment charges for our long-lived assets, including goodwill, or in the event we close additional plants.
 
In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we periodically assess our assets, including goodwill, to determine if they are impaired. Significant negative industry or economic trends, disruptions to our business, unexpected significant changes or planned changes in use of the assets, divestitures and market capitalization declines may result in impairments to goodwill and other long-lived assets. Future impairment charges could significantly affect our results of operations in the period recognized.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2007, we rationalized outside plant telecommunication products manufacturing capacity due to continued declines in telecommunications cable demand. We closed a portion of our telecommunications capacity located primarily at our Tetla, Mexico facility and have taken a pre-tax charge to write-off certain production equipment of $6.6 million. This action has freed approximately 100,000 square feet of manufacturing space, which has been converted and is being utilized for other products for the Central and South American markets. Future rationalization of plant manufacturing capacity could result in charges that affect our results of operations in the period recognized.
 
As a result of market and industry conditions, we may be required to reduce our recorded inventory values, which would result in charges against income.
 
If, as a result of volatile copper prices, we are not able to recover the LIFO value of our inventory in a period when replacement costs are lower than the LIFO value of the inventory, we would be required to take a


45


Table of Contents

charge to recognize an adjustment of LIFO inventory to market value. If LIFO inventory quantities are reduced in a future period when replacement costs exceed the LIFO value of the inventory, we would experience an increase in reported earnings. Conversely, if LIFO inventory quantities are reduced in a future period when replacement costs are lower than the LIFO value of the inventory, we would experience a decline in reported earnings.
 
We are subject to certain asbestos litigation and unexpected judgments or settlements that could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.
 
As of July 3, 2009, there were 1,128 pending non-maritime asbestos cases involving our subsidiaries. The majority of these cases involve plaintiffs alleging exposure to asbestos-containing cable manufactured by our predecessors. In addition to our subsidiaries, numerous other wire and cable manufacturers have been named as defendants in these cases. Our subsidiaries have also been named, along with numerous other product manufacturers, as defendants in 33,550 suits in which plaintiffs alleged that they suffered an asbestos-related injury while working in the maritime industry. These cases are referred to as MARDOC cases and are currently managed under the supervision of the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. On May 1, 1996, the District Court ordered that all pending MARDOC cases be administratively dismissed without prejudice and the cases cannot be reinstated, except in certain circumstances involving specific proof of injury. We cannot assure you that any judgments or settlements of the pending non-maritime and/or MARDOC asbestos cases or any cases which may be filed in the future will not have a material adverse effect on our financial results, cash flows or financial position. Moreover, certain of our insurers may become financially unstable and in the event one or more of these insurers enter into insurance liquidation proceedings, we will be required to pay a larger portion of the costs incurred in connection with these cases. While the cumulative average settlement through July 3, 2009 has been approximately $475 per case, the average settlement paid to resolve litigation has increased significantly above that amount, reaching $5,900 per case for litigation settled in 2009, as the mix of cases currently being listed for trial in state courts and those which may be listed in the future, which may need to be resolved, generally involve more serious asbestos related injuries.
 
Environmental liabilities could potentially adversely impact us and our affiliates.
 
We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign environmental protection laws and regulations governing our operations and the use, handling, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances currently or formerly used by us and our affiliates. A risk of environmental liability is inherent in our and our affiliates’ current and former manufacturing activities in the event of a release or discharge of a hazardous substance generated by us or our affiliates. Under certain environmental laws, we could be held jointly and severally responsible for the remediation of any hazardous substance contamination at our facilities and at third party waste disposal sites and could also be held liable for any consequences arising out of human exposure to such substances or other environmental damage. We and our affiliates have been named as potentially responsible parties in proceedings that involve environmental remediation. There can be no assurance that the costs of complying with environmental, health and safety laws and requirements in our current operations or the liabilities arising from past releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances, will not result in future expenditures by us that could materially and adversely affect our financial results, cash flows or financial condition.
 
Growth through acquisition has been a significant part of our strategy and we may not be able to successfully identify or integrate acquisitions.
 
Growth through acquisition has been, and is expected to continue to be, a significant part of our strategy. We regularly evaluate possible acquisition candidates. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in identifying, financing and closing acquisitions at favorable prices and terms. Potential acquisitions may require us to issue additional shares of stock or obtain additional or new financing. The issuance of shares of our common or preferred stock in connection with potential acquisitions may dilute the value of shares held by our then existing equity holders. Further, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in integrating any such acquisitions that are completed. Integration of any such acquisitions may require substantial management,


46


Table of Contents

financial and other resources and may pose risks with respect to production, customer service and market share of existing operations. In addition, we may acquire businesses that are subject to technological or competitive risks, and we may not be able to realize the benefits originally expected from such acquisitions.
 
We have assumed substantially all of the liabilities of the PDIC operations, which may expose us to additional risks and uncertainties that we would not face if the acquisition had not occurred.
 
As a result of the PDIC acquisition, we succeeded to substantially all of the liabilities associated with the wire and cable business we acquired, which may include, without limitation:
 
  •  environmental risks and liabilities related to the operation of the acquired assets;
 
  •  risks associated with these operations in various foreign countries, including in Brazil, China, Colombia, India, Thailand, Venezuela and Zambia;
 
  •  existing product liability claims with respect to the acquired wire and cable products;
 
  •  other existing litigation and tax liabilities involving the acquired wire and cable business;
 
  •  issues relating to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including issues relating to internal control over financial reporting, or other applicable laws;
 
  •  issues related to debt assumed in connection with the acquisition; and
 
  •  employee and employee benefit liabilities.
 
In addition to the risks set forth above, we may discover additional information, risks or uncertainties about this business that may adversely affect us. An acquisition of operations in many foreign countries, such as this acquisition, makes it extremely difficult for the acquirer to discover and adequately protect itself against all potentially adverse liabilities, risks or uncertainties that exist or may arise. Based on all of the foregoing liabilities, risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the acquisition will not, in fact, have a negative impact on our business or financial results.
 
Subject to certain limitations and exceptions, the stock purchase agreement we entered into in connection with the acquisition provides us with indemnification rights for losses we incur in connection with:
 
  •  a breach by the sellers of specified representations and warranties;
 
  •  a breach by the sellers of a covenant in the stock purchase agreement; or
 
  •  specified environmental and tax liabilities.
 
Our right to seek indemnification for such losses is limited by the terms of the stock purchase agreement, which requires us to absorb specified amounts of losses before we may seek indemnification. Moreover, the maximum amount of indemnity we may seek under the stock purchase agreement is limited. Furthermore, it may be extremely difficult for us to prove that a loss we incur was caused by a specified breach of a covered representation or warranty or covenant. Except in the case of fraud and as to available equitable remedies, our right to seek indemnification will be the exclusive remedy we may pursue under the stock purchase agreement for any losses we incur in connection with the acquisition.
 
If we are unable to prove a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant necessary to support an indemnification claim, if a claim or loss we incur is not covered by these indemnification provisions, or if the total amount of liabilities and obligations we incur in the acquisition exceeds the amount of indemnification provided, we may be responsible to pay unforeseen additional expenses and costs. Furthermore, any claim by us for indemnification under the stock purchase agreement may be contested, which could have the effect of delaying or ultimately preventing our receipt of remuneration for such a claim. As a result, our business may be materially adversely affected and our stock price could decline.


47


Table of Contents

Terrorist and other attacks or acts of war may adversely affect the markets in which we operate and our profitability.
 
The attacks of September 11, 2001 and subsequent events, including the military actions in Afghanistan, Iraq and elsewhere in the Middle East, have caused and may continue to cause instability in our markets and have led, and may continue to lead to, further armed hostilities or further acts of terrorism worldwide, which could cause further disruption in our markets. Acts of terrorism and those of guerilla groups or drug cartels may impact any or all of our facilities and operations, or those of our customers or suppliers and may further limit or delay purchasing decisions of our customers. Depending on their magnitude, these or similar acts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial results, cash flows and financial position.
 
We carry insurance coverage on our facilities of types and in amounts that we believe are in line with coverage customarily obtained by owners of similar properties. We continue to monitor the state of the insurance market in general and the scope and cost of coverage for acts of terrorism and similar acts in particular, but we cannot anticipate what coverage will be available on commercially reasonable terms in future policy years. Currently, we do not carry terrorism insurance coverage. If we experience a loss that is uninsured or that exceeds policy limits, we could lose the capital invested in the damaged facilities, as well as the anticipated future net sales from those facilities. Depending on the specific circumstances of each affected facility, it is possible that we could be liable for indebtedness or other obligations related to the facility. Any such loss could materially and adversely affect our business, financial results, cash flows and financial position.
 
If we fail to retain our key employees, our business may be harmed.
 
Our success has been largely dependent on the skills, experience and efforts of our key employees and the loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees, without a properly executed transition plan, could have an adverse effect on us. The loss of our key employees who have intimate knowledge of our manufacturing process could lead to increased competition to the extent that those employees are hired by a competitor and are able to recreate our manufacturing process. Our future success will also depend in part upon our continuing ability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel, who are in great demand.
 
Declining returns in the investment portfolio of our defined benefit pension plans and changes in actuarial assumptions could increase the volatility in our pension expense and require us to increase cash contributions to the plans.
 
We sponsor defined benefit pension plans around the world. Pension expense for the defined benefit pension plans sponsored by us is determined based upon a number of actuarial assumptions, including an expected long-term rate of return on assets and discount rate. The use of these assumptions makes our pension expense and our cash contributions subject to year-to-year volatility. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the defined benefit pension plans were underfunded by approximately $122.2 million, $72.5 million and $35.7 million, respectively, based on the actuarial methods and assumptions utilized for purposes of the applicable accounting rules and interpretations. We have experienced volatility in our pension expense and in our cash contributions to our defined benefit pension plans. Pension expense for our defined benefit pension plans increased from $4.0 million for the first six fiscal months of 2008 to $8.1 million for the first six fiscal months of 2009, and our required cash contributions for each period were $2.2 million and $3.6 million, respectively. We estimate our 2009 pension expense for our defined benefit pension plans will increase approximately $8.5 million from 2008. In the event that actual results differ from the actuarial assumptions or actuarial assumptions are changed, the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans may change and any such deficiency could result in additional charges to equity and an increase in future pension expense and cash contributions.


48


Table of Contents

An ownership change could result in a limitation of the use of our net operating losses.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had U.S. net operating losses, or NOL, carryforwards of approximately $5.4 million that are subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 of the Code. This NOL carryforward is scheduled to expire at December 31, 2009. Our ability to utilize this NOL carryforward, including any future NOL carryforwards that may arise, may be further limited by Section 382 if we undergo an ownership change as a result of the sale of our stock by holders of our equity securities or as a result of subsequent changes in the ownership of our outstanding stock. We would undergo an ownership change if, among other things, the stockholders, or group of stockholders, who own or have owned, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of the value of our stock or are otherwise treated as 5% stockholders under Section 382 and the regulations promulgated thereunder increase their aggregate percentage ownership of our stock by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest percentage of our stock owned by these stockholders at any time during the testing period, which is generally the three-year period preceding the potential ownership change. In the event of an ownership change, Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the amount of post-ownership change taxable income a corporation may offset with pre-ownership change NOL carryforwards and certain recognized built-in losses. The limitation imposed by Section 382 for any post-change year would be determined by multiplying the value of our stock immediately before the ownership change (subject to certain adjustments) by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate in effect at the time of the ownership change. Any unused annual limitation may be carried over to later years, and the limitation may under certain circumstances be increased by built-in gains which may be present in assets held by us at the time of the ownership change that are recognized in the five-year period after the ownership change.
 
Risks Related to Our Capital Stock
 
Our stock price has been and continues to be volatile, and our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited.
 
The price of our common stock may fluctuate as a result of various factors, such as:
 
  •  announcements relating to significant corporate transactions;
 
  •  operating and stock price performance of companies that investors deem comparable to us;
 
  •  sales or the expectation of sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market;
 
  •  changes in government regulation or proposals relating thereto; and
 
  •  general stock market fluctuations unrelated to our operating performance.
 
We do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on the earnings and cash flows of our business and that of our subsidiaries, and on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or to advance or repay funds to us. Before declaring any dividend, our board of directors will consider factors that ordinarily affect dividend policy, such as earnings, cash flow, estimates of future earnings and cash flow, business conditions, regulatory factors, our financial condition and other matters within its discretion, as well as contractual restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. We may not be able to pay dividends in the future or, if paid, we cannot assure you that the dividends will be in the same amount or with the same frequency as in the past.
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, we may pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, only if we have surplus in an amount at least equal to the amount of the relevant dividend payment. Any payment of cash dividends will depend upon our financial condition, capital requirements, earnings and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Further, our senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our 2015 notes and our 2017 notes limit our ability to pay cash dividends, including cash dividends on our common stock. In addition, the certificate of designations for our Series A preferred stock prohibits us from the payment of any cash dividends on our common stock if we are not current on dividend payments with


49


Table of Contents

respect to our Series A preferred stock. Agreements governing future indebtedness will likely contain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends.
 
Future issuances of shares of our common stock may depress its market price.
 
Sales or issuances of substantial numbers of additional shares of common stock, including shares of common stock underlying our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes and the 2029 notes and shares of our outstanding Series A preferred stock, as well as sales of shares that may be issued in connection with future acquisitions, or the perception that such sales could occur, may have a harmful effect on prevailing market prices for our common stock, our convertible securities, including the 2029 notes and our 2012 notes, and our ability to raise additional capital in the financial markets at a time and price favorable to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, provides that we have authority to issue 200 million shares of common stock. As of October 21, 2009, there were approximately 52.0 million shares of common stock outstanding (net of treasury shares), approximately 1.2 million shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of currently outstanding stock options and approximately 0.4 million shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding Series A preferred stock. In addition, a maximum of approximately 9.0 million shares of common stock may be issuable upon conversion of our 2013 notes and related guarantees and a maximum of approximately 7.0 million shares of common stock may be issuable due to the issuance of warrants we issued in connection with the offering of our 2013 notes and related guarantees. Also, additional shares of common stock may be issuable upon conversion of any 2012 notes that remain outstanding at the expiration of the exchange offer. Based on the minimum conversion price of $36.75 with respect to the 2029 notes, a maximum of approximately 12.0 million shares of common stock would be issuable upon conversion in full of approximately $439.4 million aggregate principal amount of the 2029 notes to be offered hereby, to the extent that all such 2029 notes are issued in the exchange offer. All of the shares of our common stock that could be issued pursuant to conversions of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes and, to the extent issued in the exchange offer, our 2029 notes, by holders who are not our affiliates will be freely tradable by such holders.
 
Our convertible note hedge and warrant transactions may affect the trading price of our common stock.
 
In connection with the issuance of our 2013 notes, we entered into convertible note hedge transactions with one or more of the then participating underwriters or their affiliates, referred to as the counterparties. The convertible note hedge transactions are comprised of purchased call options and sold warrants. The purchased call options are expected to reduce our exposure to potential dilution upon the conversion of our 2013 notes. We also entered into warrant transactions with such counterparties. The sold warrants have an exercise price that is approximately 92.4% higher than the closing price of our common stock on the date our 2013 notes were priced. The warrants are expected to provide us with some protection against increases in our stock price over the conversion price per share with respect to our 2013 notes. In connection with these transactions, the counterparties, or their affiliates:
 
  •  may enter into various over-the-counter derivative transactions or purchase or sell our common stock in secondary market transactions; and
 
  •  may enter into, or may unwind, various over-the-counter derivatives or purchase or sell our common stock in secondary market transactions, including during any conversion reference period with respect to a conversion of our 2013 notes.
 
These activities may have the effect of increasing, or preventing a decline in, the market price of our common stock. In addition, any hedging transactions by the counterparties, or their affiliates, including during any conversion reference period with respect to our 2013 notes, may have an adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock. The counterparties, or their affiliates, are likely to modify their hedge positions from time to time prior to conversion or maturity of our 2013 notes by purchasing and selling shares of our common stock, other of our securities, or other instruments, including over-the-counter derivative instruments, that they may wish to use in connection with such hedging. In addition, we intend to exercise our purchased call options whenever our 2013 notes are converted, although we are not required to do so. In order to unwind any hedge positions with respect to our exercise of the purchased call options, the counterparties or their


50


Table of Contents

affiliates would expect to sell shares of common stock in secondary market transactions or unwind various over-the-counter derivative transactions with respect to our common stock during the conversion reference period for any 2013 notes that may be converted.
 
The effect, if any, of these transactions and activities in connection with our 2013 notes on the market price of our common stock will depend in part on market conditions and cannot be ascertained at this time, but any of these activities could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock and, as a result, the number of shares and value of the common stock received upon conversion of our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes or the 2029 notes.
 
Issuances of additional series of preferred stock could adversely affect holders of our common stock.
 
Our board of directors is authorized to issue additional series of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders. Our board of directors also has the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any such series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, conversion rights, dividend rights, preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or if we liquidate, dissolve or wind up our business and other terms. If we issue preferred stock in the future that has preference over our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.
 
Provisions in our constituent documents could make it more difficult to acquire our company.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, only our board of directors may call special meetings of stockholders, and stockholders must comply with advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings. Directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause and only by the effective vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of all shares of capital stock then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Additionally, the severance policy applicable to our executive officers may have the effect of making a transaction that would constitute a change of control more expensive and, therefore, less attractive.
 
Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors may by resolution establish one or more series of preferred stock, having such number of shares, designation, relative voting rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, liquidation or other rights, preferences and limitations as may be fixed by our board of directors without any further stockholder approval. Such rights, preferences, privileges and limitations as may be established, as well as provisions related to our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes and the 2029 notes that may entitle holders of those notes to receive make whole or other payments upon the consummation of a change of control or other fundamental transaction, could have the further effect of impeding or discouraging the acquisition of control of our company.


51


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The selected historical consolidated financial information for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial information for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial information for the six fiscal months ended June 27, 2008 and July 3, 2009 and as of July 3, 2009 was derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus, which, in our opinion, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of the financial information for such periods. The financial information for the years ended and as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, and for the six fiscal months ended June 27, 2008, reflects the retrospective implementation of FSP APB 14-1 as to the 2012 notes and the 2013 notes. The adoption of FSP APB 14-1 did not impact 2004 or 2005, and the financial information for the years ended and as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 has not been adjusted.
 
The following selected historical financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2009, each filed with the SEC on August 12, 2009. The historical financial information presented below may not be indicative of our future performance.


52


Table of Contents

 
                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Fiscal Months Ended  
                                  June 27,
    July 3,
 
    2004     2005(1)     2006(2)(3)     2007(2)(4)(5)     2008(2)(4)     2008(2)(4)     2009  
                                  (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions, except per share information)  
 
Statement of Operations Information:
                                                       
Net sales
  $ 1,970.7     $ 2,380.8     $ 3,665.1     $ 4,614.8     $ 6,230.1     $ 3,311.2     $ 2,174.4  
Cost of sales
    1,756.0       2,110.1       3,194.1       3,952.1       5,427.7       2,871.2       1,810.2  
                                                         
Gross profit
    214.7       270.7       471.0       662.7       802.4       440.0       364.2  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    158.2       172.2       235.1       296.6       381.0       194.1       176.7  
                                                         
Operating income
    56.5       98.5       235.9       366.1       421.4       245.9       187.5  
Other income (expense)
    (1.2 )     (0.5 )     (0.1 )     (3.4 )     (27.2 )     (0.4 )     10.1  
Interest expense, net
    (35.9 )     (37.0 )     (36.7 )     (48.5 )     (91.8 )     (42.5 )     (42.8 )
Loss on extinguishment of debt
                      (25.3 )                  
                                                         
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    19.4       61.0       199.1       288.9       302.4       203.0       154.8  
Income tax benefit (provision)
    18.1       (21.8 )     (65.3 )     (97.6 )     (104.9 )     (71.2 )     (49.5 )
Equity in net earnings of affiliated companies
                      0.4       4.6       2.8       0.3  
                                                         
Income from continuing operations including noncontrolling interest
    37.5       39.2       133.8       191.7       202.1       134.6       105.6  
Income on disposal of discontinued operations
    0.4                                      
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest
                      (0.2 )     (13.1 )     (6.8 )     (4.2 )
                                                         
Net income
    37.9       39.2       133.8       191.5       189.0       127.8       101.4  
Less: Series A preferred stock dividends
    (6.0 )     (22.0 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )     (0.2 )     (0.2 )
                                                         
Net income attributable to common shareholders
  $ 31.9     $ 17.2     $ 133.5     $ 191.2     $ 188.7     $ 127.6     $ 101.2  
                                                         
 


53


Table of Contents

                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Fiscal Months Ended  
                                  June 27,
    July 3,
 
    2004     2005(1)     2006(2)(3)     2007(2)(4)(5)     2008(2)(4)     2008(2)(4)     2009  
                                  (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions, except per share information)  
 
Per Share Information:
                                                       
Earnings of continuing operations per common share — basic
  $ 0.81     $ 0.42     $ 2.62     $ 3.66     $ 3.59     $ 2.42     $ 1.95  
Earnings of continuing operations per common share — assuming dilution
  $ 0.75     $ 0.41     $ 2.57     $ 3.51     $ 3.54     $ 2.32     $ 1.92  
Earnings of discontinued operations per common share — basic
  $ 0.01                                      
Earnings of discontinued operations per common share — assuming dilution
  $ 0.01                                      
Earnings per common share — basic(6)
  $ 0.82     $ 0.42     $ 2.62     $ 3.66     $ 3.59     $ 2.42     $ 1.95  
Earnings (loss) per common share assuming dilution
  $ 0.75     $ 0.41     $ 2.57     $ 3.51     $ 3.54     $ 2.32     $ 1.92  
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic(6)
    39.0       41.1       51.0       52.2       52.6       52.7       51.9  
Weighted average shares outstanding — assuming dilution
    50.3       41.9       52.0       54.6       53.4       55.0       52.8  
 
                                                 
    December 31,        
    2004     2005(1)     2006(2)(3)     2007(2)(4)(5)     2008(2)(4)     July 3, 2009  
                                  (Unaudited)  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance Sheet Information:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 36.4     $ 72.2     $ 310.5     $ 325.7     $ 282.6     $ 301.3  
Working capital(7)
  $ 298.0     $ 378.6     $ 734.0     $ 838.8     $ 1,060.6     $ 1,249.2  
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 356.0     $ 366.4     $ 416.7     $ 738.8     $ 880.9     $ 971.1  
Total assets
  $ 1,239.3     $ 1,523.2     $ 2,215.3     $ 3,765.6     $ 3,836.4     $ 3,841.9  
Total debt
  $ 374.9     $ 451.6     $ 617.7     $ 1,168.9     $ 1,254.0     $ 1,253.1  
Net debt(8)
  $ 338.5     $ 379.4     $ 307.2     $ 843.2     $ 971.4     $ 951.8  
Shareholders’ equity
  $ 301.4     $ 293.3     $ 553.9     $ 931.4     $ 992.1     $ 1,184.7  
 
                                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Fiscal Months Ended  
                                  June 27,
    July 3,
 
    2004     2005(1)     2006(2)(3)     2007(2)(4)(5)     2008(2)(4)     2008(2)(4)     2009  
                                  (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
    (In millions, except ratio and metal price data)  
 
Other Information:
                                                       
Cash flows of operating activities(9)
  $ 12.5     $ 121.0     $ 94.0     $ 231.7     $ 229.4     $ (60.1 )   $ 136.3  
Cash flows of investing activities
  $ (36.3 )   $ (130.5 )   $ (95.8 )   $ (759.8 )   $ (263.3 )   $ (126.1 )   $ (84.9 )
Cash flows of financing activities
  $ 28.8     $ 52.5     $ 234.7     $ 528.1     $ 29.6     $ 257.8     $ (29.0 )
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends(10)
    1.2 x     1.4 x     5.6 x     5.0 x     3.8 x     5.0 x     4.3 x
Average daily COMEX price per pound of copper cathode
  $ 1.29     $ 1.68     $ 3.09     $ 3.22     $ 3.13     $ 3.67     $ 1.86  
Average daily selling price per pound of aluminum rod
  $ 0.85     $ 0.92     $ 1.22     $ 1.23     $ 1.21     $ 1.33     $ 0.69  

54


Table of Contents

 
(1) This period includes the preliminary opening balance sheet as of December 31, 2005 for Silec (the wire and cable business of SAFRAN SA) and Beru S.A., which were acquired in 2005. Due to the purchase dates, the effects of the acquisitions on the statement of operations information were not material for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
(2) As adjusted for FSP APB 14-1. See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
(3) This period includes the effects of the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , and SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) .
 
(4) As adjusted for SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements . See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
(5) Includes operating results of the acquisition of the worldwide wire and cable business of Freeport-McMoRan Copper and Gold, Inc., which operated as PDIC since October 31, 2007 and the effects of the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes .
 
(6) As adjusted for FSP EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities . See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
 
(7) Working capital means current assets less current liabilities.
 
(8) Net debt means our total debt less cash and cash equivalents.
 
(9) For the year ended December 31, 2007, our operating cash flows were increased by $25.3 million from a pre-tax loss on the extinguishment of debt, consisting of $20.5 million for the inducement premium, and related fees and expenses; and the write-off of approximately $4.8 million in unamortized fees and expenses related to our 9.5% senior notes due 2010.
 
(10) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends, earnings consist of the sum of (i) pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees; (ii) combined fixed charges and preferred dividends; (iii) amortization of capitalized interest; (iv) distributed income of equity investees; and (v) our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed charges, minus (vi) capitalized interest; (vii) preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and (viii) the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges. Combined fixed charges and preferred dividends include: (a) interest expense, whether expensed or capitalized; (b) amortization of debt issuance cost; (c) the portion of rent expense representative of the interest factor; and (d) the amount of pre-tax earnings required to cover preferred stock dividends and any accretion in the carrying value of the preferred stock.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus, the 2029 notes will be issued in the exchange offer in exchange for any and all 2012 notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as of the expiration time. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange of the 2029 notes for the 2012 notes pursuant to the exchange offer or upon any conversion of the 2029 notes into our common stock.


55


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of July 3, 2009 on:
 
  •  an actual basis; and
 
  •  an as adjusted basis to reflect the consummation of the exchange offer, assuming all $475.0 million in outstanding principal amount of 2012 notes are exchanged in the exchange offer and after deducting (i) anticipated cash interest payments of approximately $0.5 million in the aggregate to holders of 2012 notes in the exchange offer and (ii) payments of approximately $14.5 million in the aggregate for the maximum fee payable to the dealer managers and our other estimated expenses of the exchange offer.
 
This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements, including all related notes, incorporated by reference in this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference.”
 
                 
    As of July 3, 2009  
    Actual     As Adjusted  
    (Unaudited, in millions)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
  $ 301.3     $ 286.3  
                 
Debt:
               
Senior secured credit facility(2)
    10.6       10.6  
Spanish term loans and credit facilities
    57.0       57.0  
Senior convertible notes due 2012, net of debt discount
    387.4        
Senior convertible notes due 2013, net of debt discount
    269.7       269.7  
Senior floating rate notes due 2015
    125.0       125.0  
Senior fixed rate notes due 2017
    200.0       200.0  
PDIC credit facilities
    71.1       71.1  
Silec credit facilities
    49.4       49.4  
Subordinated convertible notes due 2029 being offered hereby, net of debt discount
          159.8  
Other debt(3)
    82.9       82.9  
                 
Total debt
    1,253.1       1,025.5  
                 
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized: Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock; 2,070,000 shares authorized; 76,202 shares issued and outstanding actual and as adjusted
  $ 3.8     $ 3.8  
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 51,981,549 shares issued and outstanding actual and as adjusted (net of 6,148,591 treasury shares actual and as adjusted)(4)
    0.6       0.6  
Additional paid-in capital
    493.0       636.2  
Treasury stock
    (73.3 )     (73.3 )
Retained earnings
    699.2       699.3  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (73.0 )     (73.0 )
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    1,050.3       1,193.6  
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 2,303.4     $ 2,219.1  
                 
 
 
(1) Includes (i) payments of approximately $14.5 million in the aggregate for the maximum fee payable to the dealer managers and our other estimated expenses of the exchange offer; and (ii) estimated cash interest payments of approximately $0.5 million in the aggregate to holders of 2012 notes that may tender such


56


Table of Contents

2012 notes for exchange with respect to accrued and unpaid interest on the 2012 notes accepted for exchange from the last applicable interest payment date to, but excluding, the settlement date (assuming the settlement date occurs on November 24, 2009).
 
(2) Excludes $29.9 million of letters of credit outstanding under the senior secured credit facility. As of July 3, 2009, we have the ability to borrow up to $305.6 million under the senior secured credit facility.
 
(3) Includes $26.9 million, which is the balance outstanding on debt assumed in connection with the acquisition of ECN Cable, $6.4 million in capital lease obligations and $49.6 million in other indebtedness.
 
(4) Excludes: (i) an aggregate of 1.2 million shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options; (ii) an aggregate of 7.0 million shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants issued as part of convertible note hedging transactions we entered into in connection with the issuance of our 2013 notes; and (iii) an estimated aggregate of 13.2 million shares of common stock that may be received upon conversion in full of the outstanding Series A preferred stock, the 2012 notes and the 2013 notes; and (iv) shares of common stock issuable upon conversion in full of the 2029 notes being offered hereby.


57


Table of Contents

 
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends for each of the periods indicated. For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred dividends, earnings consist of the sum of (i) pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees; (ii) combined fixed charges and preferred dividends; (iii) amortization of capitalized interest; (iv) distributed income of equity investees; and (v) our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed charges, minus (vi) capitalized interest; (vii) preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and (viii) the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges.
 
Combined fixed charges and preferred dividends include:
 
  •  interest expense, whether expensed or capitalized;
 
  •  amortization of debt issuance cost;
 
  •  the portion of rent expense representative of the interest factor; and
 
  •  the amount of pre-tax earnings required to cover preferred stock dividends and any accretion in the carrying value of the preferred stock.
 
                                                 
        Six Fiscal
    Year Ended December 31,   Months Ended
    2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   July 3, 2009
 
Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends
    1.2x       1.4x       5.6x       5.0x       3.8x       4.3x  


58


Table of Contents

 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Purpose of the Exchange Offer
 
The 2012 notes mature on October 15, 2012. The purpose of the exchange offer is to provide us with financial and strategic flexibility by extending the maturity of a portion of our total debt represented by the 2012 notes, which mature on October 15, 2012.
 
Terms of the Exchange Offer
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the related letter of transmittal, we are offering to exchange $925 principal amount of our new 2029 notes for each $1,000 in principal amount of our 2012 notes. The maximum aggregate principal amount of 2029 notes that we will issue in the exchange offer is approximately $439.4 million. We will also pay in cash accrued and unpaid interest on 2012 notes accepted for exchange from the last interest payment date to, but excluding, the settlement date. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the exchange offer and the terms of the exchange offer described in this prospectus, 2012 notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as of the expiration date will be accepted for exchange in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer. The 2029 notes will be issued only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
The exchange offer is subject to the conditions discussed under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” including, among other things, that the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part having been declared effective and not being subject to a stop order or any proceedings for that purpose. The exchange offer is also conditioned on at least $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes being validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as of the expiration date. If only $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes is accepted for exchange pursuant to the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, approximately $92.5 million aggregate principal amount of 2029 notes will be issued. We will not be required to accept for exchange any outstanding 2012 notes tendered and may terminate the exchange offer if any condition of the exchange offer as described under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” is not satisfied on or prior to the expiration date. We also will not be required to, but we reserve the right to, waive any of the conditions to the exchange offer except as to the condition that the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part having been declared effective and not being subject to a stop order or any proceedings for that purpose, and the condition that at least $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes shall have been validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as of the expiration date, which conditions we cannot waive.
 
The exchange offer will expire at midnight, New York City time, on November 24, 2009, unless extended or earlier terminated by us. You may withdraw your tendered 2012 notes at any time on or prior to the expiration date. You must validly tender and not validly withdraw your 2012 notes for exchange in the exchange offer on or prior to the expiration date to be eligible to receive the exchange offer consideration. If the initial conversion price is set at the minimum conversion price because the average VWAP otherwise would result in an initial conversion price of less than the minimum conversion price, we will extend the exchange offer until midnight, New York City time, on the second trading day following the previously scheduled expiration date to permit holders to tender or withdraw their 2012 notes during those days. Any changes in the price of our common stock on those additional days of the exchange offer will not, however, affect the initial conversion price or the initial conversion ratio.
 
Assuming that we have not previously elected to terminate the exchange offer, 2012 notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn in accordance with the procedures set forth in this prospectus and the related letter of transmittal on or prior to midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date, will, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, be accepted for exchange and payment by us of the exchange offer consideration, and payments will be made therefor on the settlement date, which will be promptly after the expiration date. We expect that the settlement date will occur within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.
 
This prospectus and the related letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of 2012 notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of 2012 notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.


59


Table of Contents

Any 2012 notes that are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be cancelled and retired in accordance with the terms of the indenture governing the 2012 notes. Any 2012 notes tendered but not accepted because they were not validly tendered or were validly withdrawn shall remain outstanding following the completion of the exchange offer. If any tendered 2012 notes are not accepted for exchange and payment because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of other events set forth in this prospectus or otherwise, they will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder as promptly as practicable after the expiration date. Any 2012 notes that are not exchanged in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits their holders have under the indenture governing the 2012 notes. Holders of 2012 notes do not have any appraisal rights under the indenture governing the 2012 notes or otherwise in connection with the exchange offer.
 
If your 2012 notes are held through a broker or other nominee who tenders the 2012 notes on your behalf (other than those tendered through a dealer manager), your broker may charge you a commission for doing so. You should consult with your broker or nominee to determine whether any charges will apply. In addition, holders who tender 2012 notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of 2012 notes, subject to the instructions in the related letter of transmittal. We will pay all charges and expenses in connection with the exchange offer, other than applicable taxes as described below in “— Transfer Taxes.” See “ Fees and Expenses” for more details regarding fees and expenses to be incurred in the exchange offer.
 
We shall be deemed to have accepted for exchange 2012 notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the holders of 2012 notes who tender their 2012 notes in the exchange offer for the purposes of receiving the exchange offer consideration from us and delivering the exchange offer consideration to the exchanging holders. We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any 2012 notes not previously accepted for exchange, if the conditions specified below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” are not satisfied, or where permitted by the terms of the exchange offer, waived, on or prior to the expiration date.
 
In lieu of issuing 2029 notes in denominations of other than a minimum denomination of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof, if the amount of 2012 notes accepted for exchange from a particular holder is such that the minimum denomination threshold of the 2029 notes is not reached, at settlement, we will deliver 2029 notes in a minimum denomination of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof and cash equal to the remaining principal amount of 2029 notes that would otherwise have been issued to such holder but for the minimum denomination threshold.
 
Resale of 2029 Notes Received Pursuant to the Exchange Offer
 
Any 2029 notes received pursuant to the exchange offer generally may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivery of a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act if the holder is not our “affiliate” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(1) under the Securities Act. Any holder who is our affiliate at the time of the exchange must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale, unless such sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements and the requirements under applicable state securities laws.
 
Consequences of Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer
 
Any 2012 notes that are not exchanged in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits their holders have under the indenture governing the 2012 notes.
 
There currently is a limited trading market for the 2012 notes. To the extent that 2012 notes are tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, the trading market for the remaining 2012 notes will be even more limited or may cease to exist altogether. A debt security with a small outstanding aggregate principal amount or “float” may command a lower price than would a comparable debt security with a larger


60


Table of Contents

float. Therefore, the market price for the unexchanged 2012 notes may be adversely affected. The reduced float may also make the trading price of the remaining 2012 notes more volatile.
 
Following completion of the exchange offer, we may (but are not required to) repurchase 2012 notes that remain outstanding after the exchange offer in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions, tender offers, additional exchange offers, or otherwise. Future purchases of 2012 notes that remain outstanding after the exchange offer may be on terms that are more or less favorable than the exchange offer. Exchange Act Rule 13e-4 generally prohibits us and our affiliates from purchasing any 2012 notes, other than pursuant to the exchange offer, until 10 business days after the expiration date of the exchange offer. Exchange Act Rule 14e-5 also prohibits us and our affiliates and the dealer managers and their affiliates from purchasing the 2012 notes outside of the exchange offer from the time that the exchange offer is first announced until the expiration of the exchange offer, subject to certain exceptions. Future purchases, if any, will depend on many factors, which include market conditions and the condition of our business.
 
Expiration Date; Extension; Termination; Amendment
 
The exchange offer will expire at midnight, New York City time, on November 24, 2009, unless we have extended the period of time that the exchange offer is open. The exchange offer will be open for at least 20 business days as required by Rules 13e-4(f)(1) and 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act.
 
If the initial conversion price is set at the minimum conversion price because the average VWAP otherwise would result in an initial conversion price of less than the minimum conversion price, we will extend the exchange offer until midnight, New York City time, on the second trading day following the previously scheduled expiration date to permit holders to tender or withdraw their 2012 notes during those days. Any changes in the price of our common stock on those additional days of the exchange offer will not, however, affect the initial conversion price or the initial minimum conversion rate.
 
We reserve the right to extend the period of time that the exchange offer is open, and delay acceptance for exchange of any 2012 notes, by giving oral or written notice to the exchange agent and by timely public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. During any extension, all 2012 notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer unless properly withdrawn.
 
In addition, we reserve the right to:
 
  •  terminate or amend the exchange offer and not to accept for exchange any 2012 notes not previously accepted for exchange upon the occurrence of any of the events specified below under “— Conditions to the exchange offer” that have not been waived by us; and
 
  •  amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner permitted or not prohibited by law.
 
If we terminate or amend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent by oral or written notice (with any oral notice to be promptly confirmed in writing) and will issue a timely press release or other public announcement regarding the termination or amendment.
 
Other than with respect to changes described in the following paragraph, if we make a material change in the terms of the exchange offer or the information concerning the exchange offer, we will promptly disseminate disclosure regarding the changes to the exchange offer and extend the exchange offer, if required by law, to ensure that the exchange offer remains open a minimum of five business days from the date we disseminate disclosure regarding the changes.
 
If we make a change in the principal amount of 2012 notes sought or the exchange offer consideration, including the applicable exchange ratio or in the provisions for determining the initial conversion price and initial conversion rate, we will promptly disseminate disclosure regarding the changes and extend the exchange offer, if required by law, to ensure that the exchange offer remains open a minimum of ten business days from the date we disseminate disclosure regarding the changes.


61


Table of Contents

Procedures for Tendering 2012 Notes
 
We have forwarded to you, along with this prospectus, a letter of transmittal relating to the exchange offer. A holder need not submit a letter of transmittal if the holder tenders 2012 notes in accordance with the procedures mandated by DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program, or ATOP. To tender 2012 notes without submitting a letter of transmittal, the electronic instructions sent to DTC and transmitted to the exchange agent must contain your acknowledgment of receipt of, and your agreement to be bound by and to make all of the representations contained in, the letter of transmittal. In all other cases, a letter of transmittal must be manually executed and delivered as described in this prospectus.
 
Only a holder of record of 2012 notes may tender 2012 notes in the exchange offer. To tender in the exchange offer, a holder must:
 
(1) either:
 
  •  properly complete, duly sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if the letter of transmittal so requires and deliver the letter of transmittal or facsimile together with any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date; or
 
  •  instruct DTC to transmit on behalf of the holder an agent’s message to the exchange agent in which the holder of the 2012 notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and to make all of the representations contained in, the letter of transmittal, which agent’s message shall be received by the exchange agent on or prior to midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date, according to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below; and
 
(2) deliver to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date confirmation of book-entry transfer of such holder’s 2012 notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfers described below.
 
To be tendered effectively, the exchange agent must receive any physical delivery of the letter of transmittal and other required documents at the address set forth on the back cover of this prospectus on or prior to the expiration date. To receive confirmation of valid tender of 2012 notes, a holder should contact the exchange agent at its telephone numbers listed on the back cover of this prospectus.
 
The tender of 2012 notes by a holder that is not validly withdrawn prior to expiration of the exchange offer will constitute an agreement between that holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the related letter of transmittal. Such agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
If the related letter of transmittal or any other required documents are physically delivered to the exchange agent, the method of delivery is at the holder’s election and risk. Rather than mail these items, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, holders should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the exchange agent before expiration of the exchange offer. Holders should not send letters of transmittal to us, the dealer managers or the information agent. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or other nominees to effect the above transactions for them.
 
Any beneficial owner whose 2012 notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct it to tender on the owner’s behalf if it wishes to participate in the exchange offer. You should keep in mind that your intermediary may require you to take action with respect to the exchange offer a number of days before the expiration date in order for such entity to tender 2012 notes on your behalf on or prior to the expiration date in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer.
 
If the applicable letter of transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the holder of the 2012 notes.


62


Table of Contents

A signature on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution in certain circumstances. As used in this prospectus, “eligible institution” means a bank, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, municipal securities broker, government securities dealer, government securities broker, credit union, national securities exchange, registered securities association, clearing agency or savings association. The signature need not be guaranteed by an eligible institution if the 2012 notes are tendered:
 
  •  by a registered holder who has not completed either of the boxes entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or
 
  •  for the account of an eligible institution.
 
If the letter of transmittal is signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, these persons should so indicate when signing. Unless we waive this requirement, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to deliver the letter of transmittal.
 
We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal, of tendered 2012 notes. Our determination will be final and binding, absent a finding to the contrary by a court of competent jurisdiction. We reserve the absolute right to reject any 2012 notes not validly tendered or any 2012 notes the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular 2012 notes. A waiver of any defect or irregularity with respect to the tender of one tendered security shall not constitute a waiver of the same or any other defect or irregularity with respect to the tender of any other tendered securities except to the extent we may otherwise so provide. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties, absent a finding to the contrary by a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of 2012 notes must be cured within the time that we determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of 2012 notes, none of us, the dealer managers, the information agent, the exchange agent or any other person will incur any liability for failure to give notification. Tenders of 2012 notes will not be deemed made until those defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any 2012 notes received by the exchange agent that are not validly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent without cost to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly following the expiration date.
 
In all cases, we will accept 2012 notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:
 
  •  a timely book-entry confirmation that 2012 notes have been transferred into the exchange agent’s account at DTC; and
 
  •  a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message to the exchange agent.
 
Holders should receive copies of the letter of transmittal with this prospectus. A holder may obtain additional copies of the letter of transmittal for the 2012 notes from the information agent at its offices listed on the back cover of this prospectus.
 
Book-Entry Transfer
 
The exchange agent has established accounts with respect to the 2012 notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer.
 
The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC may utilize DTC’s ATOP procedures to tender 2012 notes.


63


Table of Contents

Any participant in DTC may make book-entry delivery of 2012 notes by causing DTC to transfer the 2012 notes into the exchange agent’s applicable account in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer.
 
However, the exchange for the 2012 notes so tendered will be made only after a book-entry confirmation of such book-entry transfer of 2012 notes into the exchange agent’s applicable account, and timely receipt by the exchange agent of an agent’s message and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal. The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant tendering 2012 notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and to make all of the representations contained in, the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce that agreement against the participant.
 
No Guaranteed Delivery
 
There are no guaranteed delivery procedures applicable to the exchange offer and, accordingly, 2012 notes may not be tendered by delivering a notice of guaranteed delivery. All tenders must be completed by midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date in order to be considered valid.
 
Withdrawal Rights
 
You may withdraw your tender of 2012 notes at any time on or prior to midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date. In addition, if not previously returned, you may withdraw 2012 notes that you have tendered and that have not been accepted by us for exchange after expiration of 40 business days from October 27, 2009. For a withdrawal to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a notice of withdrawal, transmitted by DTC on behalf of the holder in accordance with the standard operating procedures of DTC or a written notice of withdrawal, sent by facsimile transmission, receipt confirmed by telephone, or letter, before the expiration date. A form of notice of withdrawal may be obtained from the information agent. Any notice of withdrawal must:
 
  •  specify the name of the person that tendered the 2012 notes to be withdrawn;
 
  •  identify the 2012 notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers, if physical certificates were tendered, and principal amount of such 2012 notes;
 
  •  include a statement that the holder is withdrawing its election to have the 2012 notes exchanged;
 
  •  be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the 2012 notes were tendered, or by the same entity previously delivering the related agent’s message, including any required signature guarantees, and, in the case of certificated securities, be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee under the indenture governing the 2012 notes register the transfer of the 2012 notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and
 
  •  specify the name in which any of the 2012 notes are to be registered, if different from that of the person that tendered the 2012 notes.
 
Any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn 2012 notes or otherwise comply with DTC’s procedures, or, in the case of certificated securities, the name and address to which such withdrawn 2012 notes are to be sent.
 
Any 2012 notes validly withdrawn will not have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any 2012 notes that have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be credited to an account with DTC specified by the holder, or, in the case of certificated securities, if any, returned to the tendering holder, as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn 2012 notes may be re-tendered by following one of the procedures described under “— Procedures for Tendering 2012 Notes” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.


64


Table of Contents

Acceptance of 2012 Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Offer Consideration
 
Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer and upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, we will promptly accept such 2012 notes validly tendered that have not been validly withdrawn. We will pay the exchange offer consideration in exchange for such 2012 notes accepted for exchange on the settlement date. We expect that the settlement date will occur within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date. For purposes of the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted 2012 notes for exchange when we give oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent.
 
In all cases, we will pay the exchange offer consideration in exchange for 2012 notes that are accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives a book-entry confirmation of the transfer of the 2012 notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents, or a properly transmitted agent’s message.
 
We will deliver 2029 notes in exchange for 2012 notes accepted for exchange in the exchange offer, pay in cash accrued and unpaid interest on 2012 notes accepted for exchange and cash equal to the principal amount of 2029 notes that would have been issued to a holder tendering 2012 notes in an amount that would result in the issuance of 2029 notes in less than the minimum denomination of $1,000, on the settlement date, by issuing the 2029 notes and paying such accrued and unpaid interest and any other cash payments on the settlement date to the exchange agent (or upon its instructions, to DTC), which will act as agent for you for the purpose of receiving the 2029 notes and accrued and unpaid interest and any other cash payments and transmitting the 2029 notes and accrued and unpaid interest and any other cash payments to you. Tendering holders of the 2012 notes should indicate in the applicable box in the letter of transmittal or to the book-entry transfer facility in the case of holders who electronically transmit their acceptance through ATOP the name and address to which delivery of the 2029 notes and payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the 2012 notes accepted for exchange and any other cash payments is to be sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing the letter of transmittal or transmitting such acceptance through ATOP.
 
We expressly reserve the right, subject to applicable law, to (1) delay acceptance for exchange of 2012 notes tendered under the exchange offer or the delivery of 2029 notes in exchange for the 2012 notes tendered and accepted (subject to Rule 14e-1(e) under the Exchange Act, which requires that we pay the consideration offered or return the 2012 notes deposited by or on behalf of the holders promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the exchange offer), or (2) terminate the exchange offer at any time if the conditions to the exchange offer have not been satisfied, or to the extent permitted by the terms of the exchange offer, waived.
 
We will not be liable for any interest as a result of a delay by the exchange agent or DTC in distributing the consideration for the exchange offer.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer to the contrary, the exchange offer is subject to the following conditions that we cannot waive: (i) the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part shall have been declared effective; (ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or be pending, or to our knowledge, be contemplated or threatened by the SEC; and (iii) a minimum of at least $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes shall have been validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as of the expiration date.
 
In addition, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to pay the exchange offer consideration in exchange for, any 2012 notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, by oral or written notice (with any oral notice to be promptly confirmed in writing) to the exchange agent, followed by a timely press release, at any time before accepting any of the 2012 notes for exchange, if, in our reasonable judgment:
 
  •  there shall have been instituted, threatened in writing or be pending any action or proceeding before or by any court, governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or instrumentality, or by any other person, in connection with the exchange offer, that is, or is reasonably likely to be, in our reasonable


65


Table of Contents

  judgment, materially adverse to our business, operations, properties, condition, assets, liabilities or prospects, or which would or might, in our reasonable judgment, prohibit, prevent, restrict or delay consummation of the exchange offer or materially impair the contemplated benefits to us (as set forth under “— Purpose of the Exchange Offer”) of the exchange offer;
 
  •  an order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, stay, decree, judgment or injunction shall have been proposed, enacted, entered, issued, promulgated, enforced or deemed applicable by any court or governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or instrumentality, or there shall have occurred any development, that, in our reasonable judgment, would or would be reasonably likely to prohibit, prevent, restrict or delay consummation of the exchange offer or materially impair the contemplated benefits to us of the exchange offer, or that is, or is reasonably likely to be, materially adverse to our business, operations, properties, condition, assets, liabilities or prospects;
 
  •  there shall have occurred or be reasonably likely to occur any material adverse change to our business, operations, properties, condition, assets, liabilities or prospects; or
 
  •  there shall have occurred:
 
  •  any general suspension of, or limitation on prices for, trading in securities in U.S. securities or financial markets;
 
  •  a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect to banks in the United States;
 
  •  any limitation (whether or not mandatory) by any government or governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or other event that, in our reasonable judgment, would or would be reasonably likely to affect the extension of credit by banks or other lending institutions; or
 
  •  a commencement or significant worsening of a military action or armed hostilities or other national or international calamity, including, but not limited to, catastrophic terrorist attacks against the United States or its citizens.
 
We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to reject for exchange any 2012 notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. In addition, we expressly reserve the right, at any time or at various times, to waive any of the conditions of the exchange offer, in whole or in part, except as to the requirements that the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part shall not have been declared effective and shall not be subject to a stop order or any proceedings for that purpose, or that at least $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2012 notes shall have been validly tendered and not validly withdrawn as of the expiration date, which conditions we cannot waive. We will give oral or written notice (with any oral notice to be promptly confirmed in writing) of any amendment, non-acceptance, termination or waiver to the exchange agent as promptly as practicable, followed by a timely press release.
 
These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times.
 
All conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or, to the extent permitted by the terms of the exchange offer, waived, prior to the expiration date.


66


Table of Contents

Transfer Taxes
 
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of 2012 notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:
 
  •  tendered 2012 notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or
 
  •  a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of 2012 notes under the exchange offer.
 
If satisfactory evidence of payment of transfer taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of any transfer taxes will be billed to the tendering holder.
 
Future Purchases and Exchanges
 
Following completion of the exchange offer, we may, but are not obligated to, acquire additional 2012 notes that remain outstanding in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions, in tender offers, in new exchange offers or otherwise. Future purchases or exchanges of 2012 notes that remain outstanding after the exchange offer may be on terms that are more or less favorable than the exchange offer. However, Exchange Act Rules 14e-5 and 13e-4 generally prohibit us and our affiliates from purchasing any 2012 notes other than pursuant to the exchange offer until 10 business days after the expiration date of the exchange offer. Future purchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on many factors, which include market conditions and the condition of our business.
 
No Appraisal Rights
 
No appraisal rights are available to holders of 2012 notes under applicable law in connection with the exchange offer.
 
Compliance With “Short Tendering” Rule
 
It is a violation of Rule 14e-4 under the Exchange Act for a person, directly or indirectly, to tender 2012 notes for such person’s own account unless the person so tendering (a) has a net long position equal to or greater than the aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes being tendered and (b) will cause such 2012 notes to be delivered in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer. Rule 14e-4 provides a similar restriction applicable to the tender or guarantee of a tender on behalf of another person.
 
A tender of 2012 notes in response to the exchange offer under any of the procedures described above will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering holder and us with respect to the exchange offer upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, including the tendering holder’s acceptance of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, as well as the tendering holder’s representation and warranty that (a) such holder has a net long position in the 2012 notes being tendered pursuant to the exchange offer within the meaning of Rule 14e-4 under the Exchange Act and (b) the tender of such 2012 notes complies with Rule 14e-4.
 
Compliance With Securities Laws
 
We are making the exchange offer to all holders of outstanding 2012 notes. We are not aware of any jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer is not in compliance with applicable law. If we become aware of any jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer would not be in compliance with applicable law, we will make a good faith effort to comply with any such law. If, after such good faith effort, we cannot comply with any such law, the exchange offer will not be made to, nor will tenders of 2012 notes be accepted from or on behalf of, the holders of 2012 notes residing in any such jurisdiction. In any jurisdiction where the securities, blue sky or other laws require the exchange offer to be made by a licensed


67


Table of Contents

broker or dealer, the exchange offer will be deemed to be made on our behalf by one of the dealer managers if licensed under the laws of that jurisdiction.
 
No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction other than in the United States that would permit a public offering of our 2029 notes, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or our 2029 notes in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, our 2029 notes may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisement in connection with our 2029 notes may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy in any jurisdiction where such offer or solicitation would be unlawful. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the exchange offer, the distribution of this prospectus, and the resale of the 2029 notes.
 
European Economic Area
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, or EEA, which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a relevant member state, no offer to the public of any 2029 notes as contemplated by this document may be made in that relevant member state, except that an offer to the public in that relevant member state of any such 2029 notes may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, to the extent those exemptions have been implemented in that relevant member state:
 
(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
(c) by any managers to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the dealer managers for any such offer; or
 
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any 2029 notes in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any 2029 notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to exchange for any 2029 notes, as the same may be varied in that relevant member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that relevant member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.
 
This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that all offers of such 2029 notes will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive, as implemented in member states of the EEA, from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of such 2029 notes. Accordingly any person making or intending to make any offer within the EEA of 2029 notes that are the subject of the placement contemplated in this document should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or the dealer managers to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor either of the dealer managers have authorized, nor do we or either dealer manager authorize, the making of any offer of such 2029 notes through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the dealer managers that constitute the final placement of such 2029 notes contemplated in this prospectus.
 
Each person in a relevant member state who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any 2029 notes under, the offer contemplated in this document will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with the dealer managers and us that in the case of any 2029 notes acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the 2029 notes


68


Table of Contents

acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any relevant member state other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the dealer managers has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where 2029 notes have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any relevant member state other than qualified investors, the offer of those 2029 notes to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.
 
United Kingdom
 
This prospectus is only being distributed to and directed at (i) persons outside the United Kingdom, (ii) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or Order, or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, all such persons, relevant persons. 2029 notes are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe or otherwise acquire such 2029 notes will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
 
Hong Kong
 
The 2029 notes may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the 2029 notes may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to notes which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
 
Japan
 
The 2029 notes have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and will not offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
 
Singapore
 
This prospectus or any other offering material relating to 2012 notes has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the 2012 notes may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the 2029 notes be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to person in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the Securities and Futures Act; (b) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act; or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.


69


Table of Contents

Where the 2029 notes are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
 
Schedule TO
 
Pursuant to Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act, we have filed with the SEC an Issuer Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO that contains additional information with respect to the exchange offer. Such Schedule TO, including the exhibits and any amendment thereto, may be examined, and copies may be obtained, at the same places and in the same manner as is set forth under the caption “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
Accounting Treatment
 
We will consider the fair value of the debt component of the 2012 notes tendered compared to the book value of the debt component and will record the resulting anticipated gain or loss on the transaction on our consolidated statement of operations in the period the exchange offer closes. Any excess between the face value of the 2029 notes to be issued and the aggregate fair value of the debt component of the 2012 notes will reduce stockholders’ equity. Any remaining deferred tax liability relating to the 2012 notes will increase stockholders’ equity.


70


Table of Contents

 
MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
 
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BGC.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales price per share of our common stock during the periods shown.
 
                 
    High   Low
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007:
               
First Fiscal Quarter
  $ 55.66     $ 42.25  
Second Fiscal Quarter
    79.23       51.82  
Third Fiscal Quarter
    84.95       48.16  
Fourth Fiscal Quarter
    83.50       62.16  
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
               
First Fiscal Quarter
  $ 73.93     $ 47.88  
Second Fiscal Quarter
    75.00       57.84  
Third Fiscal Quarter
    63.95       32.96  
Fourth Fiscal Quarter
    38.00       6.73  
Year Ending December 31, 2009:
               
First Fiscal Quarter
  $ 23.64     $ 12.77  
Second Fiscal Quarter
    41.69       21.02  
Third Fiscal Quarter
    42.73       32.13  
Fourth Fiscal Quarter (through October 26, 2009)
    40.68       33.50  
 
On October 26, 2009, the closing sale price of our common stock, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, was $34.44 per share. As of October 21, 2009, there were approximately 1,830 holders of record of our common stock.
 
We paid a $0.05 per share dividend on our common stock each quarter beginning in the fourth quarter of 1997 and through the third quarter of 2002. In October 2002, as a result of an amendment to our then existing credit facility, our board of directors suspended the payment of the quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. As a result, we have not paid a cash dividend on our common stock since 2002. The future payment of dividends on our common stock is subject to:
 
  •  the discretion of our board of directors;
 
  •  restrictions under our outstanding Series A preferred stock;
 
  •  limitations under our senior secured credit facility;
 
  •  provisions of the indentures governing our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our 2015 notes and our 2017 notes;
 
  •  provisions of the indenture governing our 2029 notes that we are offering in the exchange offer; and
 
  •  the requirements of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
 
Furthermore, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will depend upon general business conditions, our financial performance and other factors our board of directors may consider relevant. We do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.


71


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
 
The following contains a summary of the material provisions of our senior secured credit facility and certain other of our indebtedness. It does not purport to be complete, is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the underlying documents. Some of the terms used herein are defined in these agreements and we have not included all of such definitions herein.
 
Senior Secured Credit Facility
 
On October 31, 2007, in connection with the acquisition of PDIC, we and certain of our subsidiaries amended and restated our asset based senior secured revolving credit facility. We originally established this senior secured credit facility in November 2003. General Cable Industries, our wholly-owned subsidiary, is the borrower under this senior secured credit facility, and General Cable Corporation and its U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries are guarantors thereunder. On October 26, 2009, we amended the terms of our senior secured credit facility to, among other things, permit us to effect the exchange offer with respect to the 2012 notes and to issue the 2029 notes therein.
 
The senior secured credit facility, as amended, is a $400.0 million asset based revolving credit agreement that includes a sublimit of approximately $50.0 million for the issuance of commercial and standby letters of credit and a $20.0 million sublimit for swingline loans. The senior secured credit facility will mature on July 16, 2012. The borrower has the option (subject to certain limitations and conditions) to elect whether loans under the senior secured credit facility will be LIBOR loans or alternative base rate loans. Eurodollar loans bear interest at a rate equal to an adjusted LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin percentage (which margin has a range of 1.125% to 1.875%) and alternative base rate loans bear interest at a rate equal to an alternative base rate plus an applicable margin percentage (which margin has a range of 0.00% to 0.625%). The applicable margin percentage is subject to adjustments based upon the excess availability, as defined in the senior secured credit facility. An unused line fee is payable with respect to the unborrowed portion of the senior secured credit facility. At July 3, 2009, we had outstanding borrowings of $10.6 million and undrawn availability of $305.6 million under the senior secured credit facility. We also had outstanding letters of credit related to the senior secured credit facility of $29.9 million at July 3, 2009.
 
Indebtedness under the senior secured credit facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in tangible and intangible property and assets of our U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries. The lenders have also received a pledge of all of the capital stock of our existing domestic and Canadian subsidiaries and any future domestic and Canadian subsidiaries and also a pledge of 65% of our first tier foreign subsidiaries (excluding certain designated immaterial foreign subsidiaries and certain other specifically excluded first tier foreign subsidiaries).
 
The senior secured credit facility requires us to comply with certain financial covenants, the principal covenant of which is a quarterly minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test, which is only applicable when excess availability, as defined, is below a certain threshold. In addition, the senior secured credit facility includes negative covenants, which limit, among other things, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to:
 
  •  incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
 
  •  create liens;
 
  •  enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
 
  •  make investments, loans or advances;
 
  •  make certain restricted payments;
 
  •  consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all assets; and
 
  •  engage in transactions with affiliates.
 
The senior secured credit facility also contains customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including upon the occurrence of a change of control. However, we will be permitted to declare and pay dividends or distributions on our Series A preferred stock so long as there is no default under the senior secured credit facility and we meet certain financial conditions. At July 3, 2009, we were in compliance with all covenants under our senior secured credit facility.


72


Table of Contents

Certain of the parties to the agreements governing the senior secured credit facility or their affiliates from time to time have provided and currently provide investment banking and financial advisory services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received or will receive customary fees and commissions. Certain of the parties to these agreements or their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking or other transactions of a financial nature with us or our affiliates, including the provision of advisory services, for which they would receive customary fees or other payments.
 
Spanish Term Loans and Spanish Credit Facilities
 
In February 2008, we entered into a term loan in the amount of 20 million euros with an interest rate of Euribor plus 0.5%. The term loan is payable in semi-annual installments, due in September and March, maturing in March 2013. Simultaneously, we entered into a fixed interest rate swap to coincide with the terms and conditions of the term loan starting in September 2008 and maturing in March 2013, which effectively hedges the variable interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 4.2%. In April 2008, we entered into a term loan in the amount of 10 million euros with an interest rate of Euribor plus 0.75%. The term loan is payable in semi-annual installments, due in April and October, maturing in April 2013. Simultaneously, we entered into a fixed interest rate swap to coincide with the terms and conditions of the term loan starting in October 2008 and maturing in April 2013 that effectively hedges the variable interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 4.58%. In June 2008, we entered into a term loan in the amount of 21 million euros with an interest rate of Euribor plus 0.75%. The term loan is payable in quarterly installments, due in March, June, September and December, maturing in June 2013. Simultaneously, we entered into a fixed interest rate swap to coincide with the terms and conditions of the term loan starting in September 2008 and maturing in June 2013 that effectively hedges the variable interest rate with a fixed interest rate of 4.48%. As of July 3, 2009, the U.S. dollar equivalent of $57.0 million was outstanding under these term loan facilities. There is no remaining availability under these Spanish term loans. The weighted average interest rate, including the effect of the interest rate swaps, was 4.4% under these Spanish term loans as of July 3, 2009. In September 2009, we entered into a term loan in the amount of 15 million euros with an interest rate of Euribor plus 2%. The term loan is payable in semi-annual installments, due in February and August, maturing in August 2014.
 
Three Spanish credit facilities totaling 45 million euros were established in 2008, and mature in 2010, 2011 and 2013, respectively. The facilities bear interest at a rate of Euribor plus 0.4% to 0.65%, depending on certain debt ratios. No funds are currently drawn under these facilities, leaving undrawn availability of approximately the U.S. dollar equivalent of $62.9 million as of July 3, 2009. We are required to pay quarterly commitment fees ranging from 15 to 25 basis points per year on any unused commitments under these credit facilities.
 
The Spanish term loans and the Spanish credit facilities are subject to certain financial ratios of our European subsidiaries, including minimum net equity and net debt to EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization). At July 3, 2009, we were in compliance with all covenants under these facilities.
 
PDIC Credit Facilities
 
On October 31, 2007, we acquired PDIC and assumed the U.S. dollar equivalent of $64.3 million (at the prevailing exchange rate on that date) of mostly short-term PDIC debt as a part of the acquisition. As of July 3, 2009, PDIC-related debt was $71.1 million, of which approximately $70.9 million was short-term financing agreements at various interest rates. The weighted average interest rate was 3.0% as of July 3, 2009. We have approximately $327.6 million of borrowing availability, subject to certain defined conditions, under the various credit facilities at July 3, 2009.
 
0.875% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2013
 
On November 15, 2006, we issued $355.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 0.875% senior convertible notes due 2013. At July 3, 2009, $355.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2013 notes was outstanding (excluding $85.3 million in debt discount attributable to the 2013 notes). The 2013 notes were


73


Table of Contents

issued by us under an indenture with U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, by each of our subsidiaries that is a borrower or a guarantor under any U.S. senior credit facility. The 2013 notes bear cash interest at a fixed rate of 0.875% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 2013 notes mature on November 15, 2013.
 
The 2013 notes and the related guarantees are our and the guarantors’ unsecured senior obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness and senior in right of payment to any of our and the guarantors’ future subordinated indebtedness. The 2013 notes are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and any future secured debt, including obligations under our existing senior secured credit facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and are effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the 2013 notes. The indenture governing the 2013 notes does not contain any financial covenants.
 
The 2013 notes are convertible at the option of the holder into our common stock at a conversion rate of 19.8560 shares per $1,000 principal amount of 2013 notes, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $50.36 per share, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Holders may convert the 2013 notes upon the occurrence of certain events, including:
 
  •  at any time from October 15, 2013 to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date;
 
  •  if, during a specified period in any calendar quarter, the closing price of our common stock is greater than 130% of the applicable conversion price per share, as calculated under the terms of the indenture governing the 2013 notes;
 
  •  upon us making certain distributions to the holders of our common stock;
 
  •  if we become a party to certain corporate transactions (including any consolidation or merger);
 
  •  upon a fundamental change, as defined in the indenture governing the 2013 notes; or
 
  •  if the trading price of the 2013 notes falls below certain stated thresholds for specified periods of time.
 
For each $1,000 principal amount of 2013 notes surrendered for conversion, a holder will receive:
 
  •  an amount of cash equal to the lesser of $1,000 and the conversion value, as determined in the manner set forth in the 2013 note indenture; and
 
  •  if the conversion value is greater than $1,000, a specified number of shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment, and subject to our election to deliver cash in lieu of all or a portion of such shares of our common stock.
 
Upon a fundamental change, which is generally a change of control (as defined in the 2013 note indenture) or a termination of the trading of our common stock, each holder of the 2013 notes may require us to purchase all or a portion of such holder’s notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment as provided in the indenture governing the 2013 notes and, if holders of the 2013 notes convert their notes in connection with certain transactions, we may be required to pay a make-whole premium to those holders by increasing the conversion rate as provided in the 2013 note indenture.
 
1.00% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2012
 
On October 2, 2007, we issued our 1.00% senior convertible notes due 2012 in the aggregate principal amount of $475.0 million. At July 3, 2009, $475.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes was outstanding (excluding $87.6 million in debt discount attributable to the 2012 notes). The 2012 notes were issued by us under an indenture with U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and are unconditionally


74


Table of Contents

guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, by each of our subsidiaries that is a borrower or guarantor under any U.S. senior credit facility, or under our 2013 notes, our 2015 notes or our 2017 notes. The 2012 notes bear cash interest at a fixed rate of 1.00% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year. The 2012 notes mature on October 15, 2012.
 
The 2012 notes and the related guarantees are our and the guarantors’ unsecured senior obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness and senior in right of payment to any of our and the guarantors’ future subordinated indebtedness. The 2012 notes are effectively subordinated to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and any future secured debt, including obligations under our existing senior secured credit facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and are effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the 2012 notes. The indenture governing the 2012 notes does not contain any financial covenants.
 
The 2012 notes are convertible at the option of the holder into our common stock at a conversion rate of 11.9142 shares per $1,000 principal amount of 2012 notes, which is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $83.93 per share, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Holders may convert the 2012 notes upon the occurrence of certain events, including:
 
  •  at any time from September 15, 2012 to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the maturity date;
 
  •  if, during a specified period in any calendar quarter, the closing price of our common stock is greater than 130% of the applicable conversion price per share, as calculated under the terms of the indenture governing the 2012 notes;
 
  •  upon us making certain distributions to holders of our common stock;
 
  •  if we become a party to certain corporate transactions (including any consolidation or merger);
 
  •  upon a fundamental change, as defined in the indenture governing the 2012 notes; or
 
  •  if the trading price of the 2012 notes falls below certain stated thresholds for specified periods of time.
 
For each $1,000 principal amount of 2012 notes surrendered for conversion, a holder will receive:
 
  •  an amount of cash equal to the lesser of $1,000 and the conversion value, as determined in the manner set forth in the 2012 note indenture; and
 
  •  if the conversion value is greater than $1,000, a specified number of shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment, and subject to our election to deliver cash in lieu of all or a portion of such shares of our common stock.
 
Upon a fundamental change, which is generally a change of control (as defined in the 2012 note indenture) or a termination of the trading of our common stock, each holder of the 2012 notes may require us to purchase all or a portion of such holder’s notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment as provided in the indenture governing the 2012 notes and, if holders of the 2012 notes convert their notes in connection with certain transactions, we may be required to pay a make-whole premium to those holders by increasing the conversion rate as provided in the 2012 note indenture.
 
Senior Floating Rate Notes Due 2015 and 7.125% Senior Fixed Rate Notes Due 2017
 
On March 21, 2007, we completed the issuance and sale of $325.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes, comprised of $125.0 million of senior floating rate notes due 2015 and $200.0 million of 7.125% senior fixed rate notes due 2017. The 2015 notes and 2017 notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by each of our subsidiaries that is a borrower or a guarantor under any U.S. credit facility.


75


Table of Contents

The 2015 notes bear cash interest at an annual rate equal to the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 2.375%, or 2.9% at July 3, 2009. Interest on the 2015 notes is payable quarterly in arrears in cash on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year. The 2017 notes bear cash interest at a fixed rate of 7.125% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on April 1 and October 1 of each year. The 2015 notes mature on April 1, 2015 and the 2017 notes mature on April 1, 2017.
 
The indenture governing these notes contains covenants that limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to:
 
  •  pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;
 
  •  incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
 
  •  make investments;
 
  •  create liens;
 
  •  sell assets;
 
  •  engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
 
  •  create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries; and
 
  •  consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all assets.
 
However, these covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, one of which will permit us to declare and pay dividends or distributions on our Series A preferred stock so long as there is no default on either series of notes and we meet certain financial conditions.
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of the indenture governing these notes, we may, at our option, redeem these notes, in whole or in part, on or after the following dates and at the following repurchase prices (stated as a percentage of the aggregate principal amount redeemed) plus accrued and unpaid interest:
 
                     
2015 Notes   2017 Notes
Beginning Date
  Repurchase Price  
Beginning Date
  Percentage
 
April 1, 2009
    102.000 %   April 1, 2012     103.563 %
April 1, 2010
    101.000 %   April 1, 2013     102.375 %
April 1, 2011
    100.000 %   April 1, 2014     101.188 %
            April 1, 2015     100.000 %
 
These notes may also be repurchased at the option of the holders in connection with a change of control (as defined in the indenture governing the 2015 notes and the 2017 notes) or in connection with certain asset sales.
 
Silec Credit Facilities
 
At July 3, 2009, SILEC Cable, S.A.S., our French subsidiary, had approximately $32.3 million in debt relating to an uncommitted accounts receivable facility and $17.1 million of short-term financing agreements at a weighted average interest rate of 2.6%. At July 3, 2009, we had a total of approximately $59.1 million of excess availability under these short-term financing agreements.
 
Other Indebtedness
 
As of July 3, 2009, ECN Cable, a Spanish subsidiary, had outstanding debt of $26.9 million, consisting of approximately $2.0 million relating to an uncommitted accounts receivable facility and approximately $24.9 million of various credit facilities. As of July 3, 2009, we had a total of approximately $48.2 million of excess availability under the uncommitted accounts receivable facility and the credit facilities.


76


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF THE 2029 NOTES
 
We will issue the 2029 notes under an indenture (the “2029 note indenture”) to be dated as of the settlement date for the exchange offer, between General Cable Corporation, as issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. We have summarized the material provisions of the 2029 notes below. The following description is not complete and is subject to, and qualified by reference to, all of the provisions of the 2029 note indenture and the 2029 notes, which we urge you to read because they, and not this “Description of the 2029 Notes,” define your rights as a holder of 2029 notes. As used in this “Description of the 2029 Notes,” the words “the company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or “General Cable” refer only to General Cable Corporation and do not include any of our current or future subsidiaries. As used in this “Description of the 2029 Notes,” all references to our common stock are to our common stock, par value $0.01 per share. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
 
Brief Description of the 2029 Notes
 
The 2029 notes will:
 
  •  be limited to $439,375,000 aggregate principal amount;
 
  •  mature on November 15, 2029, unless earlier converted, redeemed by us at our option or repurchased by us at your option upon the occurrence of a fundamental change;
 
  •  bear cash interest at the rate of 4.50% per year until November 15, 2019 and thereafter until maturity bear cash interest at the rate of 2.25% per year;
 
  •  beginning with the six-month interest period commencing November 15, 2019, may bear contingent interest at the rates and under the circumstances described under “— Contingent Interest;”
 
  •  be unsecured obligations subordinated in right of payment to our existing and future senior debt, effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries;
 
  •  be convertible by you at any time on or prior to the close of business on the trading day preceding the maturity date, only upon satisfaction of one of the conditions for conversion, as described under “— Conversion Rights,” into cash and, under certain circumstances, shares of our common stock, at an initial conversion price equal to 122.5% of the average VWAP, provided that in no event will the initial conversion price be less than $36.75;
 
  •  have an increased conversion rate in the event of certain types of fundamental changes, as described herein;
 
  •  be subject to redemption for cash by us at any time on or after November 15, 2019, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) to, but not including, the redemption date if the last reported sale price of our common stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during any 30 consecutive trading day period prior to the date on which we provide notice of redemption;
 
  •  be subject to redemption for cash by us at any time on or prior to November 15, 2010, in whole or in part, if a tax triggering event has occurred, at a redemption price equal to 101.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus, if the redemption conversion value as of the redemption date of the 2029 notes being redeemed exceeds their initial conversion value, 95% of the amount determined by subtracting the initial conversion value of such 2029 notes from their redemption conversion value as of the redemption date, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) to, but excluding, the redemption date;
 
  •  be subject to repurchase by us at your option if a fundamental change occurs, at a cash repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) to, but not including, the repurchase date, as set


77


Table of Contents

  forth under “— Purchase of 2029 Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change”; and
 
  •  will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.
 
Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be subject to any financial covenants under the 2029 note indenture. The 2029 note indenture will not limit the amount of additional indebtedness that we can create, incur, assume or guarantee, nor will the 2029 note indenture limit the amount of indebtedness or other liabilities that our subsidiaries can create, incur, assume or guarantee. In addition, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be restricted under the 2029 note indenture from paying dividends, incurring debt or issuing or repurchasing our securities. You are not afforded protection under the 2029 note indenture in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or a change in control of us, except to the extent described below under “— Conversion Rights” and “— Purchase of 2029 Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change.”
 
We have applied to list the common stock issuable upon conversion of the 2029 notes on the New York Stock Exchange. We do not intend to list the 2029 notes on any national securities exchange.
 
The 2029 notes initially will be issued the form of one or more global notes. The global notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. Except in limited circumstances described below under “—  Global Notes; Book-Entry; Form”, beneficial interests in the 2029 notes will be shown on, and transfers of beneficial interests in the 2029 notes will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee, and any such interests may not be exchanged for certificated notes. For information regarding conversion, registration of transfer and exchange of global notes held by DTC, see ‘‘— Global Notes; Book-Entry; Form.”
 
If certificated notes are issued, you may present them for conversion, registration of transfer and exchange, without service charge, at our office or agency in New York City, which will initially be the office or agency of the trustee in New York City.
 
Subordination
 
The payment of the principal, any premium and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on the 2029 notes, and any cash payable upon conversion of the 2029 notes, including amounts payable on any redemption or repurchase, will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all of our existing and future senior debt. The 2029 notes are also effectively subordinated to all secured indebtedness of the company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and are also effectively subordinated to the existing and future debt or other liabilities of our subsidiaries, including trade payables.
 
As of July 3, 2009, our total consolidated debt was approximately $1,253.1 million (net of $172.9 million of debt discount), $129.8 million of which was secured indebtedness. In addition, as of July 3, 2009, our subsidiaries had $1,411.5 million in liabilities, excluding consolidated indebtedness but including trade payables, all of which liabilities will be effectively senior to the 2029 notes. Assuming that $475.0 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of 2012 notes are validly tendered in the exchange offer and are exchanged for approximately $439.4 million aggregate principal amount of 2029 notes pursuant to the terms of the exchange offer, our total consolidated debt as of July 3, 2009 would have been approximately $1,025.5 million (net of $364.9 million of debt discount).
 
“Senior debt” is defined in the 2029 note indenture to mean the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any, and all interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on, and all fees and other amounts payable in connection with, the following, whether absolute or contingent, secured or unsecured, due or to become due, outstanding on the date of the 2029 note indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed:
 
  •  our indebtedness evidenced by a credit or loan agreement, note, bond or other written obligation;
 
  •  all of our obligations for money borrowed;


78


Table of Contents

 
  •  our obligations (i) as lessee under leases required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee under generally accepted accounting principles or (ii) as lessee under other leases for facilities, capital equipment or related assets, whether or not capitalized, entered into or leased for financing purposes;
 
  •  all of our obligations under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and similar agreements or arrangements and (ii) foreign currency or commodity hedge, swap, exchange and similar agreements;
 
  •  all of our obligations with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and similar facilities (including reimbursement obligations with respect to the foregoing);
 
  •  all of our obligations issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business);
 
  •  all obligations of the type referred to in the above clauses of another person and all dividends of another person, the payment of which, in either case, we have assumed or guaranteed, or for which we are responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, jointly or severally, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, or which are secured by a lien on our property; and
 
  •  renewals, extensions, modifications, replacements, restatements and refundings of, or any indebtedness or obligation issued in exchange for, any such indebtedness or obligation described in the above clauses of this definition.
 
Senior debt will not include
 
  •  indebtedness or other obligations under the 2029 notes;
 
  •  any other indebtedness or obligation created, evidenced, assumed or guaranteed if its terms or the terms of the instrument under which or pursuant to which it is issued expressly provide that it is subordinate, or not superior, in right of payment, to the 2029 notes or expressly provide that it is “pari passu” or “junior” to the 2029 notes;
 
  •  any indebtedness or obligation of ours to any of our subsidiaries; or
 
  •  trade payables or indebtedness for goods or materials purchased or services obtained in the ordinary course.
 
We may not make any payment on account of principal, premium or interest (including contingent or additional interest, if any) on the 2029 notes, or cash payable upon conversion of the 2029 notes, or redeem or repurchase the 2029 notes, if either of the following occurs:
 
  •  we default in our obligations to pay principal, premium, interest or other amounts on our senior debt, including a default under any redemption or repurchase obligation, and the default continues beyond any grace period that we may have to make those payments; or
 
  •  any other default occurs and is continuing on any designated senior debt (a “nonpayment default”) and (i) the default permits the holders of the designated senior debt to accelerate its maturity and (ii) the trustee has received a notice (a “payment blockage notice”) of the default from us, the holder of such debt or such other person permitted to give such notice under the 2029 note indenture.
 
If payments on the 2029 notes have been blocked by a payment default on senior debt, payments on the 2029 notes may resume when the payment default has been cured or waived or ceases to exist. If payments on the 2029 notes have been blocked by a nonpayment default, payments on the 2029 notes may resume on the earlier of (i) the date the nonpayment default is cured or waived or ceases to exist and (ii) 179 days after the payment blockage notice is received.
 
No nonpayment default that existed on the day a payment blockage notice was delivered to the trustee can be used as the basis for any subsequent payment blockage notice. In addition, once a holder of designated senior debt has blocked payment on the 2029 notes by giving a payment blockage notice, no new period of payment blockage can be commenced pursuant to a subsequent payment blockage notice until both of the following are satisfied:
 
  •  365 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior payment blockage notice; and


79


Table of Contents

 
  •  all scheduled payments of principal, any premium and interest with respect to the 2029 notes that have come due, and all cash payments due in respect of conversions of 2029 notes, have been paid in full in cash.
 
“Designated senior debt” means our obligations under any particular senior debt in which the instrument creating or evidencing the same or the assumption or guarantee thereof (or related agreements or documents to which we are a party) expressly provides that such indebtedness shall be “designated senior debt” for purposes of the 2029 note indenture. The instrument, agreement or other document evidencing any designated senior debt may place limitations and conditions on the right of such senior debt to exercise the rights of designated senior debt.
 
Upon any acceleration of the principal due on the 2029 notes as a result of an event of default or payment or distribution of our assets to creditors upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, whether voluntary or involuntary, marshaling of assets, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceedings, all principal, premium, if any, interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) and other amounts due on all senior debt must be paid in full before you are entitled to receive any payment. See “— Events of Default and Acceleration.”
 
In addition to the contractual subordination provisions described above, the 2029 notes will also be effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables and lease obligations, of our subsidiaries. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other payments to us is also restricted by, among other things, applicable corporate and other laws and regulations as well as agreements to which our subsidiaries are or may become a party.
 
By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the 2029 note indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency proceeding, creditors of the company who are holders of senior debt of the company may recover more, ratably, than the holders of the 2029 notes, and holders of the 2029 notes will likely experience a reduction or elimination of payments on the 2029 notes.
 
Payment at Maturity
 
On the maturity date, each holder will be entitled to receive on such date $1,000 in cash for each $1,000 in principal amount of 2029 notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) to, but not including, the maturity date. With respect to global notes, principal, premium, if any, and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) will be paid to DTC in immediately available funds. With respect to any certificated notes, principal, premium, if any, and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) will be payable at our office or agency in New York City, which initially will be the office or agency of the trustee in New York City.
 
Interest
 
The 2029 notes will bear cash interest at a rate of 4.50% per year until November 15, 2019 and thereafter until maturity will bear cash interest at the rate of 2.25% per year. Interest will accrue from the date of initial issue of the 2029 notes, namely the settlement date for the exchange offer, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. Beginning with the six-month interest period commencing November 15, 2019, we will pay contingent interest under certain circumstances as described below under “— Contingent Interest.”
 
We will pay interest semi-annually in arrears in cash on November 15 and May 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2010, to the holders of record at the close of business on the preceding November 1 and May 1, respectively; provided, however, that accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) payable upon a redemption or a purchase by us upon a fundamental change will be paid to the person to whom principal is payable, unless the redemption date or fundamental change purchase date is after a record date and on or prior to the related interest payment date, in which case accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) to, but excluding, such interest payment date shall be paid on such interest payment date to the record holder as of the record date.


80


Table of Contents

In general, we will not pay accrued and unpaid interest (or contingent or additional interest) on any 2029 notes that are surrendered for conversion. If a holder surrenders a 2029 note for conversion after the close of business on the record date for the payment of an installment of interest and before the related interest payment date, then, despite the conversion, we will, on the interest payment date, pay the interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) due with respect to the 2029 note to the person who was the record holder of the 2029 note at the close of business on the record date. A holder who surrenders the 2029 note for conversion after the close of business on the record date must pay to the conversion agent upon surrender of the 2029 note an amount equal to the interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) payable on such next succeeding interest payment date on the portion of the 2029 note being converted, provided that no such payment need be made:
 
  •  in connection with a conversion following the regular record date preceding the maturity date;
 
  •  if we have specified a redemption date that is after a regular record date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date; or
 
  •  if we have specified a fundamental change purchase date that is after a regular record date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date; or
 
  •  to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to the 2029 note.
 
Except as provided below, we will pay interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on:
 
  •  the global 2029 note to DTC in immediately available funds;
 
  •  any certificated 2029 notes having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less by check mailed to the holders of those 2029 notes; and
 
  •  any certificated 2029 notes having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000 by wire transfer in immediately available funds if requested by the holders of those 2029 notes.
 
At maturity, interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on outstanding certificated 2029 notes will be payable at the office of the trustee as set forth in the 2029 note indenture. We will make payments of interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) at maturity on outstanding global 2029 notes to DTC in immediately available funds.
 
Any payment required to be made on any day that is not a business day will be made on the next succeeding business day, and no interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on such payment will accrue or be payable for the period from and after the date on which such payment is due to such next succeeding business day. Interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) will be calculated using a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months. A “business day” is any day that is not a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated to close.
 
Contingent Interest
 
Beginning with the six-month interest period commencing November 15, 2019, we will pay contingent interest during any six-month interest period to the holders of the 2029 notes if the trading price of the 2029 notes for each of the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes.
 
During any six-month period when contingent interest shall be payable, the contingent interest payable per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 notes will equal 0.50% of the average trading price of $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes during the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period. We will pay contingent interest semi-annually in arrears in cash on the same dates on which payments of non-contingent interest are made.
 
“Trading price” for purposes of determining contingent interest shall have the meaning set forth under “— Conversion Rights — Conversion Based on Trading Price of 2029 Notes,” except that, for purposes of


81


Table of Contents

determining the trading price for the contingent interest provisions only, if the trustee cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the 2029 notes from a nationally recognized securities dealer, then the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 notes will be deemed to equal the product of:
 
  •  the conversion rate then in effect; and
 
  •  the average closing price of our common stock over the five trading-day period ending on the determination date.
 
We will notify holders by issuing a press release prior to the beginning of any six-month interest period that they will be entitled to receive contingent interest during such six-month interest period.
 
Conversion Rights
 
General
 
Holders may convert their 2029 notes into cash and, if applicable, shares of our common stock prior to the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, only if the conditions for conversion described below are satisfied.
 
The initial conversion rate of the 2029 notes will be specified in the 2029 note indenture for the 2029 notes, and will equal 1,000 divided by the initial conversion price. The initial conversion price will be a price specified in the 2029 note indenture for the 2029 notes equal to 122.5% of the average VWAP, rounded to four decimal places; provided that in no event will the initial conversion price be less than $36.75. The “average VWAP” means the arithmetic average, as determined by us, of the daily VWAP for each trading day during the ten trading day period ending on and including the expiration date, rounded to four decimal places. The “daily VWAP” for any trading day means the per share volume weighted average price of our common stock on that day as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg Page BGC.N <Equity> AQR (or its equivalent successor page if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading on the relevant trading day until the scheduled close of trading on the relevant trading day (or if such volume weighted average price is unavailable, the market price of one share of our common stock on such trading day determined, using a volume weighted average method, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by us for this purpose).
 
Throughout the exchange offer, the indicative average VWAP, the resulting indicative initial conversion price and initial conversion rate will be available at http://www.dfking.com/generalcable and from the information agent at one of its numbers listed on the back cover page of this prospectus. We will announce the definitive initial conversion price and initial conversion rate by 4:30 p.m., New York City time, on the date the exchange offer is currently scheduled to expire, and the definitive initial conversion price and initial conversion rate will also be available by that time at http://www.dfking.com/generalcable and from the information agent.
 
The following summarizes the initial conversion price and initial conversion rate information that will be available during the exchange offer:
 
  •  By 4:30 p.m., New York City time, on each trading day before the ten trading day period referred to in the next bullet, the web page referred to above will show an indicative initial conversion price and initial conversion rate calculated using the daily VWAP for that day and the preceding nine trading days (as though that day were the expiration date of the exchange offer).
 
  •  During the ten trading day period ending on and including the currently scheduled expiration date, the web page will show indicative initial conversion price and initial conversion rate using cumulative actual trading data, updated every three hours starting at 10:30 a.m., New York City time. In particular:
 
  •  On the first trading day of that ten trading day period, indicative conversion price and initial conversion rate will reflect actual intra-day VWAP during the elapsed portion of that day.
 
  •  On each subsequent trading day during that ten trading day period, indicative conversion price and initial conversion rate will reflect the simple arithmetic average of VWAP on the preceding trading


82


Table of Contents

  days in that ten trading day period and actual intra-day VWAP during the elapsed portion of that subsequent trading day, weighting VWAP for each preceding trading day in the period the same as such actual intra-day VWAP. For example, on the last trading day of the ten trading day period the simple arithmetic average will equal (a) the combined VWAP for the preceding nine trading days plus the actual intra-day VWAP during the elapsed portion of the last trading day divided by (b) ten.
 
“Intra-day VWAP” at any time on any day means the volume weighted average price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the period beginning at the official open of trading on that day and ending as of that time on that day, as calculated by Bloomberg. The data used to derive the intra-day VWAP during the last five trading days will reflect a 20-minute reporting delay.
 
  •  We will announce the definitive initial conversion price and initial conversion rate by 4:30 p.m., New York City time, on the date the exchange offer is scheduled to expire, and the definitive exchange ratio, initial conversion price and initial conversion rate will also be available by that time at http://www.dfking.com/generalcable.
 
  •  At any time during the exchange offer, you may also contact the information agent to obtain the indicative average VWAP, the resulting indicative initial conversion price and initial conversion rate (and, once determined, the definitive initial conversion price and initial conversion rate) at its toll-free number provided on the back cover page of this prospectus.
 
The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment as described below under “— Conversion Rate Adjustments and Business Combinations.”
 
As described under “— Conversion Procedures — Settlement Upon Conversion,” upon conversion of 2029 notes, holders who convert will receive cash and, if applicable, at our option as described below, shares of our common stock. The conversion rate per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes in effect at any given time is referred to as the applicable conversion rate in this prospectus and will be subject to adjustment as described below. The “applicable conversion price” per share of common stock as of any given time is equal to $1,000 divided by the then applicable conversion rate, rounded to the nearest cent. A 2029 note for which a holder has delivered a fundamental change purchase notice, as described below, requiring us to purchase the 2029 note may be surrendered for conversion only if such notice is withdrawn in accordance with the 2029 note indenture. A holder may convert fewer than all of such holder’s 2029 notes so long as the 2029 notes converted are an integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount.
 
Settlement Upon Conversion
 
Upon conversion of any 2029 note, a holder will receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes surrendered for conversion:
 
  •  cash in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) $1,000 and (2) the conversion value, as defined below; and
 
  •  if the conversion value is greater than $1,000, a number of shares of our common stock, which we refer to as the “remaining shares,” equal to the sum of the daily share amounts, as defined below, for each of the 20 consecutive trading days in the conversion reference period, as defined below, appropriately adjusted to reflect events occurring during the conversion reference period that would result in a conversion rate adjustment, subject to our right to deliver cash in lieu of all or a portion of such remaining shares as described below.
 
The “conversion value” means the average of the daily conversion values, as defined below, for each of the 20 consecutive trading days of the conversion reference period.
 
The “daily conversion value” means, with respect to any trading day, for each $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes, an amount equal to the product of (1) the applicable conversion rate and (2) the daily VWAP (as defined above under “— Conversion Rights — General”) per share of our common stock on each such trading day; provided that after the consummation of a change of control in which the consideration is comprised entirely of cash, the amount used in clause (2) will be the cash price per share received by holders of our common stock in such change of control.


83


Table of Contents

The “conversion reference period” means:
 
  •  for 2029 notes that are converted during the 25 scheduled trading days prior to the maturity date of the 2029 notes, the 20 consecutive trading days preceding and ending on the third trading day prior to the maturity date, subject to any extension due to a market disruption event; and
 
  •  in all other instances, the 20 consecutive trading days beginning on the third trading day following the conversion date.
 
The “conversion date” with respect to a 2029 note means the date on which the holder of the 2029 note has complied with all requirements under the 2029 note indenture to convert such 2029 note.
 
The “daily share amount” means, for each trading day during the conversion reference period and each $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes surrendered for conversion, a number of shares (but in no event less than zero) determined by the following formula:
 
(daily VWAP per share of our common stock for such trading day × applicable conversion rate) — $1,000
daily VWAP per share of our common stock for such trading day × 20
 
A “trading day” is any day on which (i) there is no market disruption event (as defined below) and (ii) the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, or, if our common stock is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, any day on which the Nasdaq Global Market is open for trading, or, if our common stock is neither listed on the New York Stock Exchange nor quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, any day on which the principal national securities exchange on which our common stock is listed is open for trading, or, if the common stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, any business day. A “trading day” only includes those days that have a scheduled closing time of 4:00 p.m., New York City time, or the then standard closing time for regular trading on the relevant exchange or trading system.
 
A “market disruption event” means the occurrence or existence for more than one half hour period in the aggregate on any scheduled trading day for our common stock of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise) in our common stock or in any options, contracts or future contracts relating to our common stock, and such suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time before 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on such day.
 
On any day prior to the first trading day of the applicable conversion reference period, we may specify a percentage of the daily share amount that will be settled in cash, referred to as the cash percentage in this prospectus. If we elect to specify a cash percentage, the amount of cash that we will deliver in respect of each trading day in the applicable conversion reference period will equal the product of: (1) the cash percentage; (2) the daily share amount for such trading day; and (3) the daily VWAP of our common stock on such trading day (provided that after the consummation of a change of control in which the consideration is comprised entirely of cash, the amount used in this clause (3) will be the cash price per share received by holders of our common stock in such change of control). The number of shares deliverable in respect of each trading day in the applicable conversion reference period will be a percentage of the daily share amount equal to 100% minus the cash percentage. If we do not specify a cash percentage by the start of the applicable conversion reference period, we must settle 100% of the daily share amount for each trading day in the applicable conversion reference period with shares of our common stock; provided, however, that we will pay cash in lieu of fractional shares otherwise issuable upon conversion of such 2029 note.
 
A holder of a 2029 note otherwise entitled to a fractional share will receive cash equal to the applicable portion of the arithmetic average of the daily VWAP of our common stock for each of the 20 consecutive trading days of the conversion reference period, rounding to the nearest whole cent.
 
The conversion value, daily share amount and the number of shares, if any, to be issued upon conversion of the 2029 notes will be determined by us at the end of the conversion reference period. Upon conversion of a 2029 note, we will pay the cash and deliver the shares of common stock, as applicable, as promptly as


84


Table of Contents

practicable after the later of the conversion date and the date all calculations necessary to make such payment and delivery have been made, but in no event later than ten business days after the later of such dates.
 
We may not have sufficient cash to pay, or may not be permitted to pay, the cash portion of the required consideration that we may need to pay if the 2029 notes are converted. If we do not have sufficient cash on hand at the time of conversion, we may have to borrow funds under our senior secured credit facility or raise additional funds through other debt or equity financing. Our ability to raise such financing will depend on prevailing market conditions and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. Further, we may not be able to raise such financing within the period required to satisfy our obligation to make timely payment upon any conversion. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the 2029 Notes — We may not be able to pay the cash portion of the conversion price pursuant to any conversion of the 2029 notes, the 2012 notes or the 2013 notes.” In addition, your receipt of cash payable upon conversion may be delayed or prevented by the subordination provisions applicable to the 2029 notes. See “— Subordination.”
 
The ability to surrender 2029 notes for conversion will expire at the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the stated maturity date.
 
Conversion Based on Common Stock Price
 
Holders may surrender 2029 notes for conversion on any business day in any calendar quarter commencing at any time after March 31, 2010, and only during such calendar quarter, if, as of the last day of the preceding calendar quarter, the closing price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of such preceding calendar quarter was more than 130% of the applicable conversion price per share of common stock on the last day of such preceding calendar quarter, referred to as the conversion trigger price in this prospectus.
 
The “closing price” of our common stock on any trading day means the reported last sale price per share (or, if no last sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices per share or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices per share) on such date reported by the New York Stock Exchange, or, if our common stock is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market, or, if our common stock is not quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, as reported by the principal national securities exchange on which our common stock is listed, or otherwise as provided in the 2029 note indenture.
 
The conversion agent will, on our behalf, determine at the beginning of each calendar quarter commencing at any time after March 31, 2010 whether the 2029 notes are convertible as a result of the price of our common stock and notify us and the trustee.
 
Conversion Based on Trading Price of 2029 Notes
 
Holders may also surrender 2029 notes for conversion on any business day during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the “trading price” per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes, as determined following a request by a holder of 2029 notes in accordance with the procedures described below, for each day of that period was less than 98% of the product of the closing price of our common stock and the then applicable conversion rate, referred to as the trading price condition in this prospectus.
 
The “trading price” of the 2029 notes on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations obtained by the trustee for $5,000,000 principal amount of the 2029 notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from three nationally recognized securities dealers we select, which may include Goldman, Sachs & Co. and/or J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.; provided, that if three such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the trustee, but two such bids are obtained, then the average of the two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the trustee, that one bid shall be used. If the trustee cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the 2029 notes from a nationally recognized securities dealer or, in our reasonable judgment, the bid quotations are not indicative of the secondary market value of the 2029 notes, then the


85


Table of Contents

trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of the closing price of our common stock and the then applicable conversion rate per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 notes.
 
In connection with any conversion upon satisfaction of the trading price condition, the trustee shall have no obligation to determine the trading price of the 2029 notes unless we have requested such determination; and we shall have no obligation to make such request unless a holder of the 2029 notes provides us with reasonable evidence that the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes would be less than 98% of the product of the closing price of our common stock and the then applicable conversion rate per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 notes. At such time, we shall instruct the trustee to determine the trading price of the 2029 notes beginning on the next trading day and on each successive trading day until the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 notes is greater than 98% of the product of the closing price of our common stock and the then applicable conversion rate per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes.
 
Conversion Upon Occurrence of Specified Corporate Transactions
 
Conversions Upon Certain Distributions
 
If we elect to:
 
  •  distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock any rights entitling them to purchase, for a period expiring within 45 days of distribution, common stock, or securities convertible into common stock, at less than, or having a conversion price per share less than, the then current market price of our common stock; or
 
  •  distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock our assets, cash, debt securities or certain rights to purchase our securities, which distribution has a per share value as determined by our board of directors exceeding 15% of the closing price of our common stock on the trading day immediately preceding the declaration date for such distribution,
 
we will notify the holders of 2029 notes at least 25 trading days prior to the ex-dividend date for such distribution; provided, that if we distribute rights pursuant to a stockholder rights agreement, we will notify the holders of the 2029 notes on the business day after we are required to give notice generally to our stockholders pursuant to such stockholder rights agreement if such date is less than 25 trading days prior to the date of such distribution. Once we have given that notice, holders may surrender their 2029 notes for conversion at any time until the earlier of the close of business on the business day prior to the ex-dividend date or our announcement that such distribution will not take place. A holder may not convert its 2029 notes under this conversion provision upon the above specified distributions if the holder will otherwise participate in such distribution without converting their 2029 notes. The “ex-dividend” date is the first date upon which a sale of the common stock does not automatically transfer the right to receive the relevant distribution from the seller of the common stock to its buyer.
 
Conversions Upon Specified Events
 
If we are party to any transaction or event (including, but not limited to, any consolidation, merger or binding share exchange, other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination) pursuant to which all or substantially all shares of our common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property, a holder may surrender 2029 notes for conversion at any time from and after the date that is 15 days prior to the anticipated effective date of the transaction until the earlier of 35 days after the actual date of such transaction or the date that we announce that such transaction will not take place. We will notify holders and the trustee as promptly as practicable following the date we publicly announce such transaction (but in no event less than 15 days prior to the effective date of such transaction or, if such transaction also constitutes a fundamental change, no later than the date we provide notice of the occurrence of the fundamental change).
 
If such transaction also constitutes a fundamental change, the holder will be able to require us to purchase all or a portion of such holder’s 2029 notes as described under “— Purchase of 2029 Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change.” In addition, if a transaction described in clause (1),


86


Table of Contents

(2) or (4) of the definition of “change of control” occurs, we will adjust the conversion rate for the 2029 notes tendered for conversion in connection with such fundamental change transaction, as described under “— Determination of Make Whole Premium.”
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, 2029 notes will not become convertible by reason of a merger, consolidation or other transaction effected with one of our direct or indirect subsidiaries for the purpose of changing our state of incorporation to any other state within the United States or the District of Columbia.
 
Conversion Upon a Fundamental Change
 
We will notify the holders of 2029 notes and the trustee at least 15 days prior to the anticipated effective date of any fundamental change, as defined below under “— Purchase of 2029 Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change,” that we know or reasonably should know will occur. If we do not know, or should not reasonably know, that a fundamental change will occur until a date that is within 15 days before the anticipated effective date of such fundamental change, we will notify the holders and the trustee promptly after we have knowledge of such fundamental change. Holders may surrender 2029 notes for conversion at any time beginning 15 days before the anticipated effective date of a fundamental change and until the trading day prior to the fundamental change purchase date.
 
Conversion in Connection with a Redemption
 
If we elect to redeem 2029 notes, such 2029 notes to be redeemed may be converted, in full or in part, at any time from the date notice of redemption is given by the company to holders until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately preceding the redemption date.
 
Conversion at Maturity
 
Holders may surrender 2029 notes for conversion at any time beginning on August 31, 2029 and ending at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately preceding the maturity date.
 
Conversion Procedures
 
To convert a certificated 2029 note, a holder must:
 
  •  complete and manually sign a conversion notice, a form of which is on the back of the 2029 note, and deliver the conversion notice to the conversion agent;
 
  •  surrender the 2029 note to the conversion agent;
 
  •  if required by the conversion agent, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents;
 
  •  if required, pay funds equal to interest payable (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on the next interest payment date to which a holder is not entitled; and
 
  •  if required, pay any transfer or similar taxes.
 
To convert a beneficial interest in a global note, a holder must deliver to DTC the appropriate instruction form for conversion pursuant to DTC’s conversion program and, if required, pay funds equal to interest payable (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on the next interest payment date to which the holder is not entitled and, if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes.
 
On conversion of a 2029 note, a holder will receive the payment described under “— Conversion Rights” above. On conversion of a 2029 note, a holder will not receive, except as described below, any cash payment representing any accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any). Instead, accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) will be deemed paid by the consideration paid upon conversion. Delivery to the holder of the cash consideration and any remaining shares (or any cash in lieu thereof) upon conversion of such holder’s 2029 notes as described above under


87


Table of Contents

“— Conversion Rights,” together with any cash payment of such holder’s fractional shares, will thus be deemed:
 
  •  to satisfy our obligation to pay the principal amount of a 2029 note; and
 
  •  to satisfy our obligation to pay accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any).
 
As a result, accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) is deemed paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. Holders of 2029 notes surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any regular record date next preceding any interest payment date to the opening of business of such interest payment date will receive the semiannual interest payable (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on such 2029 notes on the corresponding interest payment date notwithstanding the conversion, and such 2029 notes upon surrender must be accompanied by funds equal to the amount of such payment; provided that no such payment need be made:
 
  •  in connection with a conversion following the regular record date preceding the maturity date;
 
  •  if we have specified a redemption date that is after a regular record date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date; or
 
  •  if we have specified a fundamental change purchase date that is after a regular record date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date; or
 
  •  to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such 2029 note.
 
We will not be required to convert any 2029 notes that are surrendered for conversion without payment of interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) as required by this paragraph.
 
The conversion rate will not be adjusted for accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any). For a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations with respect to a holder that receives cash consideration and any remaining shares (and any cash in lieu thereof), upon surrendering 2029 notes for conversion, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
Conversion Rate Adjustments and Business Combinations
 
We will adjust the conversion rate for certain events, including:
 
(1) the issuance of our common stock as a dividend or distribution to holders of our common stock;
 
(2) subdivisions and combinations of our common stock;
 
(3) the distribution to all or substantially all holders of our common stock of any rights entitling them to purchase, for a period expiring within 45 days of distribution, common stock, or securities convertible into common stock, at less than, or having a conversion price per share less than, the then current market price of our common stock;
 
(4) the dividend or other distribution to all or substantially all holders of our common stock of shares of our capital stock, other than common stock, or evidences of our indebtedness or our assets, including securities (but excluding any issuance of those rights referred to in clause (3) above, dividends and distributions in connection with a reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, liquidation, dissolution, winding up, sale or conveyance resulting in a change in the conversion consideration pursuant to the second succeeding paragraph, or dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash for which adjustment is made pursuant to clause (5) below);
 
(5) dividends or other distributions consisting exclusively of cash to all or substantially all holders of our common stock; and
 
(6) payments to holders in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for our common stock by us or any of our subsidiaries to the extent that the cash and fair market value of any other consideration


88


Table of Contents

included in the payment per share exceeds the closing price of our common stock on the trading day following the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer.
 
In the event that we pay a dividend or make a distribution to all or substantially all holders of our common stock consisting of capital stock of, or similar equity interests in, a subsidiary or other business unit of ours, the conversion rate will be adjusted, unless we make an equivalent distribution to holders of 2029 notes, based on the market value of the securities so distributed relative to the market value of our common stock, in each case based on the average closing prices of those securities for the ten trading days commencing on and including the fifth trading day after the date on which “ex-dividend trading” commences for such dividend or distribution on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Market or such other national or regional exchange or market on which the securities are then listed or quoted.
 
In the case of the following events (each, a “business combination”):
 
  •  any recapitalization, reclassification or change of our common stock, other than (a) a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or (b) as a result of a subdivision or combination;
 
  •  any consolidation, merger or combination involving us;
 
  •  any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of the consolidated assets of us and our subsidiaries substantially as an entirety; or
 
  •  any statutory share exchange;
 
in each case as a result of which holders of our common stock are entitled to receive stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) with respect to or in exchange for our common stock, the holders of the 2029 notes then outstanding will be entitled thereafter to convert those 2029 notes into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (“reference property”) which they would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such business combination had such 2029 notes been converted into our common stock immediately prior to such business combination, except that a holder will not receive any additional cash or shares of common stock that would have resulted from the adjustment to the conversion rate as described under “— Determination of Make Whole Premium” if such holder does not convert its 2029 notes “in connection with” the relevant fundamental change (as defined below under “— Purchase of 2029 Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change”).
 
If the transaction causes our common stock to be converted into the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), the reference property into which the 2029 notes will become convertible will be deemed to be the kind and amount of consideration elected to be received by a majority of our common stock voted for such an election (if electing between two types of consideration) or a plurality of our common stock voted for such an election (if electing between more than two types of consideration), as the case may be. In all cases the provisions above under “— Settlement Upon Conversion” relating to the satisfaction of our conversion obligation shall continue to apply with respect to the calculation of the consideration deliverable upon settlement of a conversion, with the daily conversion value, daily share amount and the daily VWAP based on the reference property; provided, however, that if the holders of our common stock receive only cash in such transaction, the consideration deliverable upon settlement of a conversion shall equal the conversion rate in effect on the conversion date multiplied by the price paid per share of common stock in such transaction and settlement will occur on the third trading day following the conversion date. We may not become a party to any such transaction unless its terms are consistent with the foregoing in all material respects.
 
In addition, the 2029 note indenture provides that upon conversion of the 2029 notes, the holders of such 2029 notes will receive, to the extent that we deliver shares of common stock upon such conversion, the rights related to such common stock pursuant to any future stockholder rights plan, whether or not such rights have


89


Table of Contents

separated from the common stock at the time of such conversion. However, there will not be any adjustment to the conversion privilege or conversion rate as a result of:
 
  •  the issuance of such rights;
 
  •  the distribution of separate certificates representing such rights;
 
  •  the exercise or redemption of such rights in accordance with any rights plan; or
 
  •  the termination or invalidation of such rights.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a holder of 2029 notes exercising its right of conversion after the distribution of rights pursuant to any rights plan in effect at the time of such conversion is not entitled to receive the rights that would otherwise be attributable, but for the date of conversion, to the shares of common stock to be received upon such conversion, if any, the conversion rate will be adjusted as though the rights were being distributed to holders of common stock on the date the rights become separable from such stock. If such an adjustment is made and such rights are later redeemed, invalidated or terminated, then a corresponding reversing adjustment will be made to the conversion rate on an equitable basis.
 
The 2029 note indenture permits us to increase the conversion rate, to the extent permitted by law and subject to stockholder approval requirements, if any, of any relevant national securities exchange or automated dealer quotation system, for any period of at least 20 days. In that case we will give at least 15 days’ notice of such increase. We may also make such increase in the conversion rate, in addition to those set forth above, as our board of directors deems advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of our common stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, adjustments to the conversion rate, or failures to make certain adjustments, that have the effect of increasing the beneficial owners’ proportionate interests in our assets or earnings may in some circumstances result in a taxable deemed distribution to the beneficial owners. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
We will not be required to adjust the conversion rate unless the adjustment would result in a change of at least 1% of the conversion rate. However, we will carry forward any adjustments that are less than 1% of the conversion rate and take them into account when determining subsequent adjustments, and make such carried-forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1%, (a) five business days prior to the maturity of the 2029 notes (whether at stated maturity or otherwise) or (b) five business days prior to the redemption date or repurchase date, unless such adjustment has already been made.
 
We will not make any adjustments if holders of 2029 notes are permitted to participate without converting their 2029 notes in the transactions described above in clauses (1) through (6) that would otherwise require adjustment to the conversion rate. Except as stated above, the conversion rate will not be adjusted for the issuance of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock or carrying the right to purchase our common stock or any such security.
 
Upon determining that the holders are or will be entitled to convert their 2029 notes in accordance with these provisions, we will promptly issue a press release or otherwise publicly disclose this information and use our reasonable efforts to post such information on our website.
 
Determination of Make Whole Premium
 
If a transaction described in clauses (1), (2) or (4) of the definition of change of control (as set forth under “— Purchase of 2029 Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change”) (each a “make whole transaction”) occurs on or prior to November 15, 2029, and a holder elects to convert its 2029 notes in connection with such transaction, we will pay a make whole premium by increasing the applicable conversion rate for the 2029 notes surrendered for conversion if and as required below by a number of additional shares of common stock equal to a percentage of the applicable conversion rate (the “additional shares”), as described below. A conversion of 2029 notes will be deemed for these purposes to be “in


90


Table of Contents

connection with” such a transaction if the notice of conversion is received by the conversion agent from and including the date that is 10 trading days prior to the effective date of such transaction and prior to and including the close of business on the business day prior to the fundamental change purchase date of such transaction as described under “— Purchase of 2029 Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change.” Any make whole premium will have the effect of increasing the amount of any cash, securities or other assets otherwise due to the holders of 2029 notes upon conversion.
 
Any increase in the applicable conversion rate will be determined by reference to the table below and is based on the date on which such make whole transaction becomes effective (the “effective date”) and the price (the “stock price”) paid, or deemed paid, per share of our common stock in such transaction, subject to adjustment as described below. If the holders of our common stock receive only cash in the make whole transaction, the stock price shall be the cash amount paid per share of common stock. Otherwise, the stock price shall be the average of the closing prices of our common stock for each of the ten consecutive trading days prior to, but excluding, the effective date.
 
The stock prices described in the first row of the table (i.e., the column headers) and clauses (2) and (3) in the second succeeding paragraph below, will be adjusted as of any date on which the conversion rate of the 2029 notes is adjusted as set forth under “— Conversion Rate Adjustments and Business Combinations.” The adjusted stock prices will equal the stock prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the conversion rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the stock price adjustment and the denominator of which is the conversion rate as so adjusted. Our obligation to increase the conversion rate by the additional shares will be subject to adjustment in the same manner as the conversion rate as set forth under “— Conversion Rate Adjustments and Business Combinations.”
 
The following table sets forth the hypothetical stock price and the percentage increase to the applicable conversion rate per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes based on the stock price as a percentage of the “reference price”, which is the greater of (i) the average VWAP and (ii) (A) the minimum conversion price divided by (B) 122.5%. The definitive initial stock prices will be inserted in the 2029 note indenture.
 
                                                                                                                                         
    Stock Price as a Percentage of the Reference Price  
Date
  100%     115%     125%     130%     145%     160%     175%     200%     225%     250%     300%     350%     400%     450%     500%     600%     700%  
 
Settlement Date 
    22.5 %     22.5 %     22.5 %     22.5 %     20.1 %     18.0 %     16.2 %     13.8 %     12.0 %     10.6 %     8.4 %     6.9 %     5.8 %     4.9 %     4.2 %     3.2 %     2.4 %
November 15, 2010
    22.5 %     22.5 %     22.0 %     21.1 %     18.6 %     16.6 %     14.9 %     12.8 %     11.1 %     9.8 %     7.8 %     6.4 %     5.3 %     4.5 %     3.9 %     2.9 %     2.2 %
November 15, 2011
    22.5 %     22.5 %     20.4 %     19.5 %     17.2 %     15.3 %     13.8 %     11.8 %     10.2 %     9.0 %     7.2 %     5.9 %     4.9 %     4.2 %     3.6 %     2.7 %     2.1 %
November 15, 2012
    22.5 %     20.8 %     18.9 %     18.0 %     15.8 %     14.1 %     12.7 %     10.8 %     9.4 %     8.3 %     6.6 %     5.4 %     4.5 %     3.8 %     3.3 %     2.5 %     1.9 %
November 15, 2013
    22.5 %     19.1 %     17.3 %     16.5 %     14.5 %     12.9 %     11.6 %     9.9 %     8.6 %     7.5 %     6.0 %     4.9 %     4.1 %     3.5 %     3.0 %     2.3 %     1.8 %
November 15, 2014
    22.5 %     17.3 %     15.6 %     14.9 %     13.0 %     11.5 %     10.3 %     8.8 %     7.6 %     6.7 %     5.4 %     4.4 %     3.7 %     3.1 %     2.7 %     2.1 %     1.6 %
November 15, 2015
    22.5 %     15.3 %     13.7 %     13.0 %     11.3 %     10.0 %     8.9 %     7.5 %     6.5 %     5.7 %     4.6 %     3.8 %     3.2 %     2.7 %     2.3 %     1.8 %     1.4 %
November 15, 2016
    22.5 %     13.2 %     11.6 %     11.0 %     9.4 %     8.2 %     7.3 %     6.1 %     5.2 %     4.6 %     3.7 %     3.0 %     2.5 %     2.2 %     1.9 %     1.4 %     1.1 %
November 15, 2017
    22.5 %     10.8 %     9.3 %     8.7 %     7.3 %     6.2 %     5.4 %     4.4 %     3.8 %     3.3 %     2.6 %     2.1 %     1.8 %     1.5 %     1.3 %     1.0 %     0.8 %
November 15, 2018
    22.5 %     8.3 %     6.8 %     6.1 %     4.8 %     3.8 %     3.1 %     2.4 %     2.0 %     1.7 %     1.4 %     1.1 %     0.9 %     0.8 %     0.7 %     0.5 %     0.4 %
November 15, 2019
    22.5 %     6.1 %     4.7 %     4.1 %     2.4 %     1.2 %     0.3 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
November 15, 2024
    22.5 %     7.6 %     5.7 %     4.9 %     2.8 %     1.4 %     0.4 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
November 15, 2029
    22.5 %     6.5 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
 
The exact stock price as a percentage of the reference price and effective dates may not be set forth on the table, in which case:
 
(1) if the stock price is between two stock prices described in the table or the effective date is between two dates on the table, the percentage increase will be determined by the trustee by straight-line interpolation between the percentage increases set forth for the higher and lower stock price amounts and the two dates, as applicable, based on a 360 day year;
 
(2) if the stock price is in excess of 700% of the reference price (subject to adjustment as described above), no additional shares will be added to the conversion rate; and
 
(3) if the stock price is less than the reference price (subject to adjustment as described above), no additional shares will be added to the conversion rate.


91


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the conversion rate as adjusted upon a make whole transaction exceed a number equal to 1,000 divided by the reference price, subject to adjustment as described under “— Conversion Rate Adjustments and Business Combinations.”
 
Any conversion that entitles the converting holder to an adjustment to the conversion rate as described in this section shall be settled as described under “— Settlement Upon Conversion” above.
 
Our obligation to increase the conversion rate could be considered a penalty, in which case the enforceability thereof would be subject to general principles of reasonableness of economic remedies and may not be enforceable.
 
Optional Redemption
 
No sinking fund is provided for the 2029 notes. Except as described below with respect to a tax triggering event, prior to November 15, 2019, the 2029 notes will not be redeemable at our option. On or after November 15, 2019, we may redeem for cash all or part of the 2029 notes if the closing price of our common stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading day period immediately preceding the date on which we provide notice of redemption. The redemption price will equal 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any contingent and additional interest, if any), to but excluding the redemption date.
 
On or prior to November 15, 2010, we may redeem the 2029 notes in whole or in part for cash if any tax triggering event has occurred. The redemption price for any such redemption will be equal to (i) 101.5% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes being redeemed, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest, including any contingent and/or additional interest, to but excluding the redemption date, plus (iii) if the redemption conversion value of the 2029 notes being redeemed exceeds their initial conversion value, 95% of the amount determined by subtracting the initial conversion value of such 2029 notes from their redemption conversion value.
 
We will give notice of redemption not less than 20 nor more than 60 days before the redemption date by mail to the trustee, the paying agent and each holder of 2029 notes. Accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) payable upon a redemption will be paid to the person to whom principal is payable, unless the redemption date is after a record date and prior to the corresponding interest payment date, in which case accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) to, but excluding, such redemption date shall be paid to the record holder as of the record date.
 
We may not redeem any 2029 notes unless all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, including any contingent or additional interest, has been or is simultaneously paid for all semi-annual periods or portions thereof terminating prior to the redemption date.
 
If we decide to redeem fewer than all of the outstanding 2029 notes, the trustee will select the 2029 notes to be redeemed (in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) by lot, or on a pro rata basis or by another method the trustee considers fair and appropriate.
 
If the trustee selects a portion of a holder’s 2029 notes for partial redemption and the holder converts a portion of such 2029 notes, the converted portion will be deemed to be from the portion selected for redemption.
 
In the event of any redemption in part, we shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any 2029 notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of 2029 notes and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is mailed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any 2029 notes so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any 2029 notes being redeemed in part.
 
“Tax triggering event” means (i) the enactment of U.S. federal legislation, promulgation of Treasury regulations, issuance of a published ruling, notice, announcement or equivalent form of guidance by the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service, or the issuance of a judicial decision, in each case after the


92


Table of Contents

settlement date, if we receive an opinion of our outside counsel to the effect that, any such authority will have the effect of lowering the comparable yield or delaying or otherwise limiting the current deductibility of interest or original issue discount with respect to the 2029 notes, or (ii) any closing agreement or other final settlement entered into by us and the U.S. Treasury or Internal Revenue Service which agreement or settlement has the effect of lowering the comparable yield or delaying or otherwise limiting the current deductibility of interest or original issue discount with respect to the 2029 notes, provided that we determine that the reduction, delay or limit on our current deductibility of interest or original issue discount with respect to the 2029 notes as a result of the conditions described in clause (i) or (ii) of this definition is material.
 
“Redemption conversion value” means the product of (i) the conversion rate in effect on the redemption date and (ii) the average of the daily VWAP of our common stock for the five consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately preceding the redemption date.
 
“Initial conversion value” means the product of (i) the initial conversion rate, prior to adjustments as described under “Conversion Rights — Conversion Rate Adjustments and Business Combinations” and (ii) the greater of (a) the average VWAP and (b) the Minimum Conversion Price, in either case divided by 1.225.
 
Purchase of 2029 Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change
 
In the event of a fundamental change, as defined below, each holder of 2029 notes will have the right to require us to purchase for cash all of such holder’s 2029 notes, or any portion thereof in integral multiples of $1,000, on the date, referred as to the fundamental change purchase date in this prospectus, that is 30 business days after the later of the effective date of the fundamental change and the date we give notice of the fundamental change, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest), if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date. If such fundamental change purchase date is after a record date but prior to an interest payment date, however, then the interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) payable to, but excluding, such interest payment date will be paid to the holder of record of the 2029 notes on the relevant regular record date.
 
Within 30 days after we know or reasonably should know of the occurrence of a fundamental change, we are required to give notice to all holders of record of 2029 notes, as provided in the 2029 note indenture, stating among other things, the occurrence of a fundamental change and of their resulting purchase right, referred to as an issuer fundamental change notice in this prospectus. We must also deliver a copy of our notice to the trustee and the paying agent.
 
In order to exercise the purchase right upon a fundamental change, a holder must deliver by the close of business on the business day prior to the fundamental change purchase date a “fundamental change purchase notice” stating, among other things:
 
  •  if the 2029 notes are in certificated form, the certificate numbers of the holder’s 2029 notes to be delivered for purchase;
 
  •  the portion of the principal amount of 2029 notes to be purchased, which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000; and
 
  •  that the 2029 notes are to be purchased by us pursuant to the applicable provisions of the 2029 notes and the 2029 note indenture.
 
If the 2029 notes are not in certificated form, a fundamental change purchase notice must comply with appropriate DTC procedures.
 
A holder may withdraw any fundamental change purchase notice by a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the paying agent prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the fundamental change purchase date. If a holder of 2029 notes delivers a fundamental change purchase notice, it may not


93


Table of Contents

thereafter surrender those 2029 notes for conversion unless the fundamental change purchase notice is withdrawn. The notice of withdrawal shall state:
 
  •  the principal amount being withdrawn, which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000;
 
  •  if the 2029 notes are in certificated form, the certificate numbers of the 2029 notes being withdrawn in whole or in part; and
 
  •  the principal amount, if any, of the 2029 notes that remains subject to the fundamental change purchase notice, which amount must be a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.
 
If the 2029 notes are not in certificated form, a withdrawal notice must comply with appropriate DTC procedures.
 
In connection with any purchase offer pursuant to a fundamental change purchase notice, we will, if required:
 
  •  comply with the provisions of the tender offer rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, referred to as the Exchange Act in this prospectus, that may then be applicable; and
 
  •  file a Schedule TO or any other required schedule under the Exchange Act.
 
Payment of the fundamental change purchase price for a 2029 note for which a fundamental change purchase notice has been delivered by a holder and not validly withdrawn is conditioned upon delivery of the 2029 note, together with necessary endorsement, to the paying agent at any time after delivery of the fundamental change purchase notice. Payment of the fundamental change purchase price for the 2029 note will be made promptly following the later of the fundamental change purchase date or the time of delivery of the 2029 note, together with necessary endorsements.
 
If the paying agent holds funds sufficient to pay the fundamental change purchase price of the 2029 note on, or the business day following, the fundamental change purchase date in accordance with the terms of the 2029 note indenture, then, immediately after the fundamental change purchase date, whether or not the 2029 note is delivered to the paying agent:
 
  •  such 2029 note will cease to be outstanding;
 
  •  interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on such 2029 note will cease to accrue; and
 
  •  all rights of the holder of such 2029 note will terminate except the right to receive the fundamental change purchase price upon delivery of the 2029 note.
 
A “fundamental change” will be deemed to occur upon a change of control or a termination of trading, each as defined below.
 
A “change of control” will be deemed to have occurred at such time after the original issuance of the 2029 notes when the following has occurred (whether or not approved by our board of directors):
 
(1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of voting stock representing 50% or more of the total voting power of all our outstanding voting stock; or
 
(2) we consolidate with, or merge with or into, another person (other than a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary (as defined below)) or we and/or one or more of our Restricted Subsidiaries sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets (determined on a consolidated basis) to any person (other than us or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary), other than any such transaction where immediately after such transaction the person or persons that “beneficially owned” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange


94


Table of Contents

Act) immediately prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly, voting stock representing a majority of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock, “beneficially own or owns” (as so determined), directly or indirectly, voting stock representing a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the surviving or transferee person; or
 
(3) during any consecutive two-year period, the continuing directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of our board of directors; or
 
(4) the adoption of a plan of liquidation or dissolution of the company.
 
For purposes of this definition, “continuing directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of our board of directors who was (a) a member of such board of directors on the date of the 2029 notes indenture or (b) nominated for election or elected to such board of directors with the approval of a majority of the continuing directors who were members of such board at the time of such nomination or election.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, it will not constitute a change of control if 100% of the consideration for our common stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights) in the transaction or transactions constituting the change of control consists of common stock and any associated rights listed on a United States national securities exchange or quoted on a national automated dealer quotation system, or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with the change of control, and as a result of such transaction or transactions the 2029 notes become convertible solely into such common stock.
 
A “termination of trading” is deemed to occur if our common stock (or other common stock into which the 2029 notes are then convertible) is not listed for trading on a United States national securities exchange, quoted on a United States national automated dealer quotation system, or approved for trading on an established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States.
 
Clause (2) of the definition of change of control includes a phrase relating to the conveyance, transfer, lease, or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of our assets. There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of 2029 notes to require us to repurchase such 2029 notes as a result of a conveyance, transfer, lease, or other disposition of less than all of our assets may be uncertain.
 
In some circumstances, the fundamental change repurchase feature of the 2029 notes may make it more difficult to takeover, or discourage a takeover of, us and thus the removal of incumbent management. The fundamental change repurchase feature, however, is not the result of management’s knowledge of any specific effort to accumulate shares of common stock or to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, solicitation or otherwise, or part of a plan by management to adopt a series of anti-takeover provisions. Instead, the fundamental change repurchase feature is the result of negotiations between us and the initial purchaser of the 2029 notes.
 
We may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at any time purchase the 2029 notes in the open market or by tender at any price or by private agreement. Any 2029 note purchased by us will be surrendered to the trustee for cancellation. Any 2029 notes surrendered to the trustee may not be reissued or resold and will be canceled promptly.
 
The foregoing provisions would not necessarily protect holders of the 2029 notes if highly leveraged or other transactions involving us occur that may materially adversely affect holders. Our ability to repurchase 2029 notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change is subject to important limitations. We cannot assure holders that we would have the financial resources, or would be able to arrange financing, to pay the fundamental change purchase price for all the 2029 notes that might be delivered by holders of 2029 notes seeking to exercise the fundamental change purchase right. Furthermore, payment of the fundamental change purchase price may violate or may be limited by the terms of our existing or future indebtedness. Any failure by us to repurchase the 2029 notes when required would result in an event of default under the 2029 note indenture. Any such default may, in turn, cause a default under other indebtedness. See “Risk Factors — Risks


95


Table of Contents

Related to the 2029 Notes — We may be unable to purchase our 2012 notes, our 2013 notes, our 2015 notes, our 2017 notes or the 2029 notes upon a fundamental change, which would cause defaults under the 2029 notes and our other debt agreements.”
 
Events of Default and Acceleration
 
The following will be events of default under the 2029 note indenture:
 
  •  default in the payment of any principal amount, redemption price or fundamental change purchase price, including any make whole premium, due and payable, whether at the final maturity date, upon redemption, purchase, acceleration or otherwise;
 
  •  default in the payment of any interest (including contingent or additional interest, if any) under the 2029 notes, which default continues for 60 days;
 
  •  default in the delivery when due of all cash and any shares of common stock payable upon conversion with respect to the 2029 notes, which default continues for 15 days;
 
  •  failure to provide an issuer fundamental change notice within the time required to provide such notice;
 
  •  failure to comply with any of our other agreements in the 2029 notes or the 2029 note indenture upon our receipt of notice of such default from the trustee or from holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2029 notes then outstanding, and the failure to cure (or obtain a waiver of) such default within 60 days after receipt of such notice;
 
  •  a default or defaults under the terms of one or more instruments evidencing or securing indebtedness of the company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries having an outstanding principal amount of greater than $50,000,000 individually or in the aggregate, which default (A) is caused by a failure to pay at final maturity principal on such indebtedness within the applicable express grace period, (B) results in the acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its express final maturity or (C) results in the commencement of judicial proceedings to foreclose upon, or to exercise remedies under applicable law or applicable security documents to take ownership of, the assets securing such indebtedness; and
 
  •  certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting us or any of our significant subsidiaries.
 
“Restricted Subsidiary” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the indentures governing the senior notes and includes any subsidiary of the company (including any subsidiary formed or acquired after the date of the 2029 note indenture) which has not been designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the terms of such indentures governing the senior notes. If at any time the senior notes are not outstanding, all references to “Restricted Subsidiary” shall be changed to and deemed to be a reference to “subsidiary.”
 
If an event of default shall have happened and be continuing, either the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2029 notes then outstanding may declare the principal of the 2029 notes and any accrued and unpaid interest through the date of such declaration immediately due and payable. Upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) shall become due and payable immediately. In the case of certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency relating to us or any significant subsidiary, the principal amount of the 2029 notes together with any accrued interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) through the occurrence of such event shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable. Any declaration with respect to the 2029 notes may be rescinded or annulled by the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2029 notes if all defaults and events of default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any), have been cured or waived as provided in the 2029 note indenture, and certain other conditions specified in the 2029 note indenture are satisfied.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 2029 note indenture will provide that, at our election, the sole remedy for any event of default from time to time relating to the failure to comply with the reporting obligations in


96


Table of Contents

the indenture, which are described below under the caption “— Reports,” and for any failure to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”) (which also relate to the provision of reports), will, at our option, for the 365 days after the occurrence of such an event of default consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the 2029 notes at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes during the period in which the additional interest will accrue as described below. In the event we do not elect to pay the additional interest upon an event of default in accordance with this paragraph, the 2029 notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above. If we so elect to pay additional interest in these circumstances, we will provide prompt written notice to the trustee, and we will promptly disseminate a press release regarding our election to pay additional interest through Business Wire (or if Business Wire is no longer available, a comparable wire service), following our receipt of the notice of default specified above relating to the failure to comply with the reporting obligations in the indenture. This additional interest will be payable in the same manner as regular interest as accrued during the period that such event of default is continuing, and shall be paid on the next regular interest payment date. The additional interest will accrue on all outstanding 2029 notes from and including the date on which an event of default relating to a failure to comply with the reporting obligations in the indenture first occurs to but not including the 365th day thereafter (or such earlier date on which the event of default relating to the reporting obligations shall have been cured or waived). If the event of default is cured or waived prior to such 365th day, such additional interest will cease to accrue on the date of such cure or waiver. On such 365th day (if the event of default is continuing on such 365th day), such additional interest will cease to accrue and the 2029 notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above. The provisions of the indenture described in this paragraph will not affect the rights of holders of 2029 notes in the event of the occurrence of any other event of default.
 
Reports
 
We shall:
 
(1) file with the trustee, within 15 days after we are required to file the same with the SEC, after giving effect to any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 promulgated under the Exchange Act, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which we are required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if we are not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then we shall file with the trustee and the SEC, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;
 
(2) file with the trustee and the SEC, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by us with the conditions and covenants of the indenture as may be required by such rules and regulations;
 
(3) transmit by mail, to all holders of 2029 notes, as their names and addresses appear in the register of the registrar, within 30 days after the filing thereof with the trustee, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by us pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) above as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC; and
 
(4) comply with the other provisions of Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.
 
All information, documents and reports described above and filed with the SEC pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system or any successor shall be deemed to be filed with the trustee and transmitted by mail to all holders of 2029 notes, as applicable, as of the time they are filed via such system.


97


Table of Contents

Consolidation, Mergers or Sales of Assets
 
We shall not consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not we are the surviving person) any other entity and we shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, convey, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets (determined on a consolidated basis for us and the Restricted Subsidiaries) to any person in a single transaction or series of related transactions, unless:
 
(1) either (A) we shall be the surviving person or (B) the surviving person (if other than us) shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and shall, in any such case, expressly assume by a supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on all the 2029 notes and the performance and observance of every covenant of the 2029 note indenture to be performed or observed on the part of the company; and
 
(2) immediately thereafter, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of one or more subsidiaries, the capital stock of which constitute all or substantially all of our assets, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all our assets.
 
There is no precise established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, there may be uncertainty as to whether the provisions above would apply to a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of less than all of our assets.
 
Upon the assumption of our obligations by such corporation in such circumstances, subject to certain exceptions, we shall be discharged from all obligations under the 2029 notes and the 2029 note indenture. Although such transactions are permitted under the 2029 note indenture, certain of the foregoing transactions occurring could constitute a fundamental change of the company, permitting each holder to require us to purchase the 2029 notes of such holder or to convert their 2029 notes each as described above. An assumption of our obligations under the 2029 notes and the 2029 note indenture by such corporation might be deemed for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be an exchange of the 2029 notes for new securities by the beneficial owners thereof, resulting in recognition of gain or loss for such purposes and possibly other adverse tax consequences to the beneficial owner. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of such an assumption.
 
Modification and Waiver
 
We and the trustee may amend the 2029 note indenture or the 2029 notes with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 2029 notes then outstanding. However, the consent of the holder of each outstanding 2029 note affected is required to:
 
  •  alter the manner of calculation or rate of accrual of interest (including contingent and additional interest) on the 2029 note, reduce the rate of interest (including contingent and additional interest) on the 2029 note, or change the time of payment of any installment of interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any);
 
  •  change the stated maturity of the 2029 note;
 
  •  change the redemption provisions applicable to the 2029 notes;
 
  •  make the 2029 note payable in money or securities other than that stated in the 2029 note;
 
  •  reduce the principal amount, redemption price or fundamental change purchase price (including any make whole premium payable) with respect to the 2029 note;


98


Table of Contents

 
  •  make any change that adversely affects the rights of a holder to convert the 2029 note in any material respect;
 
  •  make any change that adversely affects the right to require us to purchase the 2029 note in any material respect;
 
  •  change the provisions in the 2029 note indenture that relate to modifying or amending the 2029 note indenture or waiving any past defaults in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on the 2029 notes;
 
  •  change our obligation to pay contingent interest or additional interest, if any; or
 
  •  impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment with respect to the 2029 note or with respect to conversion of the 2029 note.
 
Without providing notice to or obtaining the consent of any holder of 2029 notes, we and the trustee may amend the 2029 note indenture:
 
  •  to evidence a successor to us and the assumption by that successor of our obligations under the 2029 note indenture and the 2029 notes;
 
  •  to add to our covenants for the benefit of the holders of the 2029 notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon us;
 
  •  to secure our obligations in respect of the 2029 notes;
 
  •  to add a guarantor or guarantors of the 2029 notes or release any guarantor in accordance with the terms of the 2029 note indenture;
 
  •  to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor trustee under the 2029 note indenture;
 
  •  to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to maintain qualification of the 2029 note indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, as contemplated by the 2029 note indenture or otherwise;
 
  •  to provide for conversion rights of holders if any reclassification or change of common stock or any consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of our property and assets occurs or otherwise comply with the provisions of the 2029 note indenture in the event of a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets;
 
  •  to increase the conversion rate (a) in accordance with the terms of the 2029 notes or (b) provided that the increase will not adversely affect the interests of holders;
 
  •  to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency in the 2029 note indenture;
 
  •  to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to certificated notes;
 
  •  to conform the 2029 note indenture to the description of the 2029 Notes contained in this prospectus; or
 
  •  to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of the holders of the 2029 notes in any material respect.
 
The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2029 notes may, on behalf of all the holders of all 2029 notes:
 
  •  waive compliance by us with restrictive provisions of the 2029 note indenture, as detailed in the 2029 note indenture; or
 
  •  waive any past default or event of default under the 2029 note indenture and its consequences, except a default or event of default in the payment of any amount due, or in the obligation to deliver common stock, with respect to any 2029 note, or in respect of any provision which under the 2029 note indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding 2029 note affected.


99


Table of Contents

 
Discharge of the 2029 Note Indenture
 
We may satisfy and discharge our obligations under the 2029 note indenture by delivering to the trustee for cancellation all outstanding 2029 notes or by depositing with the trustee, the paying agent or the conversion agent, if applicable, after the 2029 notes have become due and payable, whether at stated maturity, a redemption date or a fundamental change purchase date, or upon conversion or otherwise, cash or shares of common stock (as applicable under the terms of the 2029 note indenture) sufficient to pay all amounts due under the outstanding 2029 notes and paying all other sums payable under the 2029 note indenture.
 
Calculations in Respect of 2029 Notes
 
We are responsible for making all calculations called for under the 2029 notes, except for those necessary to determine if the 2029 notes are convertible based on the price of our common stock (which are made by the conversion agent on our behalf). See “— Conversion Rights — Conversion Based on Common Stock Price.” These calculations include, but are not limited to, determination of the average trading prices of the 2029 notes and of our common stock. We will make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, our calculations are final and binding on holders of 2029 notes. We will provide a schedule of our calculations to the trustee upon the trustee’s request and the trustee is entitled to conclusively rely upon the accuracy of our calculations without independent verification.
 
Governing Law
 
The 2029 note indenture and the 2029 notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
 
Information Concerning the Trustee
 
U.S. Bank National Association is the trustee, registrar, paying agent and conversion agent under the 2029 note indenture for the 2029 notes. U.S. Bank National Association also serves as the trustee, registrar, paying agent and conversion agent with respect to our 2012 notes and our 2013 notes, and as the trustee, registrar and paying agent with respect to our 2015 notes and 2017 notes.
 
Global Notes; Book-Entry; Form
 
The 2029 notes will be initially issued in the form of one or more global notes. The initial global note will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. Except in limited circumstances as set forth in the 2029 note indenture, the global note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to DTC or another nominee of DTC. You will hold your beneficial interests in the global note directly through DTC if you have an account with DTC or indirectly through organizations that have accounts with DTC. 2029 notes in definitive certificated form, referred to as certificated notes in this prospectus, will be issued only in limited circumstances described below.
 
DTC has advised us that it is:
 
  •  a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;
 
  •  a member of the Federal Reserve System;
 
  •  a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code; and
 
  •  a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.
 
DTC was created to hold securities of institutions that have accounts with DTC, referred to as participants in this prospectus, and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among its participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, which may include the initial purchaser of the 2029 notes, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s book-entry system is also available to others


100


Table of Contents

such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, referred to as indirect participants in this prospectus, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, whether directly or indirectly.
 
We expect that pursuant to procedures established by DTC upon the deposit of the global note with DTC, DTC will credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the principal amount of 2029 notes represented by such global note to the accounts of participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the global note will be limited to participants or persons that may hold interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the global note will be shown on, and the transfer of those beneficial interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to participants’ interests), the participants and the indirect participants.
 
The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. These limits and laws may impair the ability to transfer or pledge beneficial interests in the global note.
 
Owners of beneficial interests in a global note who desire to convert their interests should contact their brokers or other participants or indirect participants through whom they hold such beneficial interests to obtain information on procedures, including proper forms and cut off times, for submitting requests for conversion. So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of a global note, DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the 2029 notes represented by the global note for all purposes under the 2029 note indenture and the 2029 notes. In addition, no owner of a beneficial interest in a global note will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC and the applicable procedures of its participants and indirect participants.
 
Except as set forth below, as an owner of a beneficial interest in the global note, you will not be entitled to have the 2029 notes represented by the global note registered in your name, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated notes and will not be considered to be the owner or holder of any 2029 notes under the global note. We understand that under existing industry practice, if an owner of a beneficial interest in the global note desires to take action that DTC, as the holder of the global note, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the participants to take such action. Additionally, in such case, the participants would authorize beneficial owners through such participants to take such action or would otherwise take such action upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.
 
We will make payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on the 2029 notes represented by the global note registered in the name of and held by DTC or its nominee to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner and holder of the global note. Neither we, the trustee nor any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial interests in the global note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests.
 
We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) on the global note, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the global note as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants or indirect participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global note held through such participants or indirect participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such participants or indirect participants. We will not have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial interests in the global note for any 2029 note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and its participants or indirect participants or the relationship between such participants or indirect participants and the owners of beneficial interests in the global note owning through such participants.
 
Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds.


101


Table of Contents

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of 2029 notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the global note is credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of 2029 notes as to which such participant has or participants have given such direction. However, if DTC notifies us that it is unwilling to be a depositary for the global note or ceases to be a clearing agency or there is an event of default under the 2029 notes, DTC will exchange the global note for certificated securities which it will distribute to its participants. In addition, if an event of default has occurred and its continuing, DTC may exchange the global note for certificated securities which it will distribute to its participants. Although DTC is expected to follow the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the global note among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the performance by DTC or the participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their respective operations.


102


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
Authorized Capital Stock
 
Our authorized capital stock consists of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which 2,070,000 shares have been designated as Series A preferred stock. As of October 21, 2009, there were approximately 52.0 million shares of common stock outstanding (net of treasury shares) held of record by approximately 1,830 stockholders. As of October 21, 2009, there were 76,202 shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding held of record by one stockholder. The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws are only summaries, and we encourage you to review complete copies of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and our amended and restated by-laws, which we have filed previously with the SEC. See “Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference” and “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
Common Stock
 
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive, as, when and if declared by our board of directors, dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property from our assets or funds legally available for those purposes subject to any dividend preferences that may be attributable to preferred stock, if any. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders may vote. Holders of common stock are not entitled to cumulative voting for the election of directors. There are no preemptive, conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution, subject to any prior rights of any holders of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, authorizes our board of directors, without any vote or action by the holders of common stock, to issue up to 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors is authorized to determine the number of shares and designation of any additional series of preferred stock and the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights and terms, voting rights, redemption rights and terms, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and other rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of any series of preferred stock. Issuances of preferred stock would be subject to the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange or other organizations on whose systems the preferred stock may then be quoted or listed. Depending upon the terms of preferred stock established by our board of directors, any or all series of preferred stock could have preferences over the common stock with respect to dividends and other distributions and upon liquidation. Issuance of any such shares with voting powers, or issuance of additional shares of common stock, would dilute the voting power of the outstanding common stock.
 
We believe that the availability of our preferred stock, in each case issuable in series, and additional shares of common stock could facilitate certain financings and acquisitions and provide a means for meeting other corporate needs which might arise. The authorized shares of our preferred stock, as well as authorized but unissued shares of common stock will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders, unless stockholder action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which any series of our capital stock may then be listed.
 
These provisions give our board of directors the power to approve the issuance of a series of preferred stock, or an additional series of common stock, that could, depending on its terms, either impede or facilitate the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. For example, the issuance of new shares of preferred stock might impede a business combination if the terms of those shares include voting rights which would enable a holder to block business combinations. Also, the issuance of new shares might facilitate a


103


Table of Contents

business combination if those shares have general voting rights sufficient to cause an applicable percentage vote requirement to be satisfied.
 
Series A Preferred Stock
 
Ranking
 
The Series A preferred stock ranks senior to all of our “junior stock,” which is our common stock, and each other class or series of our capital stock that has terms which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior to or on parity with the Series A preferred stock.
 
Dividends
 
Dividends accrue on the Series A preferred stock at the rate of 5.75% per year and are payable quarterly in arrears on February 24, May 24, August 24 and November 24 of each year. Dividends are payable in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and common stock. If we do not pay a dividend on a dividend payment date, then, until all accumulated dividends have been declared and paid or declared and set apart for payment, we may not take any of the following actions with respect to any of our junior stock:
 
  •  declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution of assets on any junior stock, except that we may pay dividends in shares of our junior stock and pay cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such dividend; or
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any junior stock.
 
Liquidation Preference
 
Upon our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, each holder of shares of Series A preferred stock will be entitled to payment, out of our assets legally available for distribution, of an amount equal to the liquidation preference, initially $50.00 per share, plus an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid and accumulated dividends on those shares to, but excluding, the date of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, before any distribution is made on any junior stock, including our common stock. If the amounts payable with respect to shares of Series A preferred stock and all other parity stock are not paid in full, the holders of shares of Series A preferred stock and the holders of the parity stock will share equally and ratably in any distribution of our assets in proportion to the full liquidation preference and the amount equal to all accrued and unpaid and accumulated dividends to which each such holder is entitled. Neither the voluntary sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer, for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration, of all or substantially all of our property or assets nor our consolidation, merger or amalgamation with or into any other entity, or the consolidation, merger or amalgamation of any other entity with or into us will be deemed to be our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.
 
Voting Rights
 
Holders of the Series A preferred stock are not entitled to any voting rights except as required by law and as set forth in this section. So long as any shares of Series A preferred stock remain outstanding, we shall not, without the consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Series A preferred stock outstanding at the time:
 
  •  issue shares of or increase the authorized number of shares of any senior stock; or
 
  •  amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or the resolutions contained in the certificate of designations, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, if the amendment would alter or change any power, preference or special right of the outstanding Series A preferred stock in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the holders thereof.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase in the authorized number of shares of common stock or Series A preferred stock or the authorization and issuance of junior stock or other parity stock, including those with voting or redemption rights that are different than the voting or redemption rights of the Series A


104


Table of Contents

preferred stock, shall not be deemed to be an amendment that alters or changes such powers, preferences or special rights in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the holders of the Series A preferred stock.
 
If and whenever six full quarterly dividends, whether or not consecutive, payable on the Series A preferred stock are not paid, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be increased by two and the holders of the Series A preferred stock, voting together as a single class, will be entitled to elect those additional directors. In the event of such a non-payment, any holder of the Series A preferred stock may request that we call a special meeting of the holders of Series A preferred stock for the purpose of electing the additional directors and we must call such meeting within 20 days of request. If we fail to call such a meeting upon request, then any holder of Series A preferred stock can call such a meeting. If all accumulated dividends on the Series A preferred stock have been paid in full and dividends for the current quarterly dividend period have been paid, the holders of our Series A preferred stock will no longer have the right to vote on directors and the term of office of each director so elected will terminate and the number of our directors will, without further action, be reduced by two.
 
In any case where the holders of our Series A preferred stock are entitled to vote, each holder of our Series A preferred stock will be entitled to one vote for each share of Series A preferred stock.
 
Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies
 
The amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated by-laws provide that the number of directors shall not be less than three nor more than nine and shall be determined from time to time exclusively by a vote of a majority of our board of directors then in office. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that our board of directors shall have the exclusive right to fill vacancies, including vacancies created by expansion of our board of directors. Furthermore, except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions of our board of directors providing for any class or series of preferred stock with respect to any directors elected by the holders of such class or series, directors may be removed by our stockholders only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the shares of our capital stock then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. These provisions, in conjunction with the provision of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizing our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, could prevent stockholders from removing incumbent directors without cause and filling the resulting vacancies with their own nominees.
 
Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. Each class is to be as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible. The term of our Class I director will next expire at our 2010 annual meeting of stockholders, the term of our Class II directors will next expire at our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders, and the term of our Class III directors will next expire at our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders. Directors elected to succeed directors whose terms have expired have a term of office lasting three years and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.
 
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings
 
The amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions of our board of directors providing for any class or series of preferred stock, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that special meetings of the stockholders can only be called pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors then in office. Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders.
 
Advance Notice for Raising Business or Making Nominations at Meetings
 
The amended and restated by-laws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before a meeting of our stockholders and for nominations by stockholders of candidates for election as directors at an annual meeting or a special meeting at which directors are to be elected. Subject to any other applicable requirements, including, without limitation, Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, only such


105


Table of Contents

business may be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as has been brought before the meeting by, or at the direction of, our board of directors, or by a stockholder who has given to our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. The presiding officer at such meeting has the authority to make such determinations. Only persons who are nominated by, or at the direction of, our board of directors, or who are nominated by a stockholder who has given timely written notice, in proper form, to the Secretary prior to a meeting at which directors are to be elected will be eligible for election as directors.
 
To be timely, notice of nominations or other business to be brought before an annual meeting must be received by our Secretary at our principal executive offices no later than 60 days prior to the date of such annual meeting. Similarly, notice of nominations or other business to be brought before a special meeting must be delivered to our Secretary at the principal executive office no later than the close of business on the 15th day following the day on which notice of the date of a special meeting of stockholders was given. The notice of any nomination for election as a director must set forth:
 
  •  the name, date of birth, business and residence address of the person or persons to be nominated;
 
  •  the business experience during the past five years of such person or persons; including his or her principal occupations and employment during such period, the name and principal business of any corporation or other organization in which such occupations and employment were carried on, and such other information as to the nature of his or her responsibilities and level of professional competence as may be sufficient to permit assessment of his or her prior business experience;
 
  •  a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary and non-monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among the stockholder submitting the nomination notice and any stockholder associated person acting in concert with such person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee and any stockholder associated person acting in concert with such nominee, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the nominating stockholder and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any stockholder associated person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such Item and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant;
 
  •  whether such person or persons are or have ever been at any time directors, officers or owners of 5% or more of any class of capital stock, partnership interest or other equity interest of any corporation, partnership or other entity;
 
  •  any directorships held by such person or persons in any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act or any company registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
 
  •  whether, in the last five years, such person or persons are or have been convicted in a criminal proceeding or have been subject to a judgment, order, finding or decree of any federal, state or other governmental entity, concerning any violation of federal, state or other law, or any proceeding in bankruptcy, which conviction, order, finding, decree or proceeding may be material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of the nominee;
 
  •  any other information relating to such person or persons that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and
 
  •  the consent of each such person to be named in a proxy statement as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.


106


Table of Contents

 
The person submitting the notice of nomination, and any person acting in concert with such person, must provide their names and business addresses, the name and address under which they appear on our books (if they so appear), and the class and number of shares of our capital stock that are beneficially owned by them.
 
Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
 
Any proposal to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, except as may be provided in a resolution or resolutions of our board of directors providing for any class or series of preferred stock and which relate to such class or series of preferred stock, requires approval by the affirmative vote of both a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office and a majority vote of the voting power of all of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any proposal to amend, alter, change or repeal the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation relating to:
 
  •  the classification of our board of directors;
 
  •  the removal of directors;
 
  •  the prohibition of stockholder action by written consent or stockholder calls for special meetings;
 
  •  the amendment of amended and restated by-laws; or
 
  •  the amendment of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation
 
requires approval by the affirmative vote of 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of all of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.
 
Amendment of the Amended and Restated By-Laws
 
The amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors or the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of all shares of our capital stock then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, have the power to amend or repeal our amended and restated by-laws.
 
Delaware Law and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions; Anti-Takeover Measures
 
We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which defines a person who owns 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock, or is an affiliate of a Delaware corporation and within the last three years, was the owner of 15% or more of such Delaware corporation’s voting stock, as an “interested stockholder.” Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period commencing three years from the date in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
 
  •  the board of directors approved the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation (excluding shares owned by officers, directors, or certain employee stock purchase plans); or
 
  •  at or subsequent to the time the transaction is approved by the board of directors, there is an affirmative vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder approving the transaction.
 
Section 203 could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover attempts against us, and accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us through a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.
 
Certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws could make it harder for someone to acquire us through a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For a description of such provisions, see “— Preferred Stock,” “— Series A Preferred Stock — Voting Rights,” “— Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies,” “— No Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings,” “— Advance Notice for Raising Business or Making Nominations at Meetings,” “— Amendment


107


Table of Contents

of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation” and “— Amendment of the Amended and Restated By-Laws.”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock and our Series A preferred stock is Computershare.


108


Table of Contents

 
COMPARISON OF THE 2029 NOTES TO THE 2012 NOTES
 
The following description is a comparison of the material terms and provisions of the 2029 notes and the 2012 notes. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by express reference to the respective indentures governing each of the 2029 notes and the 2012 notes, copies of which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and are available as described under “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
Issuer
  General Cable Corporation   General Cable Corporation
         
Aggregate Principal Amount Outstanding Immediately Prior to the Exchange Offer
  None.   $475.0 million.
         
Denominations of Issuance
  Minimum denomination of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.   Minimum denomination of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
         
Interest Rate
  The 2029 notes bear cash interest at the rate of 4.50% per year until November 15, 2019 and thereafter until maturity bear cash interest at the rate of 2.25% per year. Interest on the 2029 notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15, 2010.   The 2012 notes bear cash interest at the rate of 1.00% per year. Interest on the 2012 notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year.
         
Contingent Interest
  Beginning with the six-month period commencing on November 15, 2019, we will pay contingent interest in cash during any six-month interest period if the trading price of the 2029 notes for each of the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes. During any interest period when contingent interest is payable, the contingent interest will equal 0.50% of the average trading price of $1,000 in principal amount of the 2029 notes during the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period.   None.
         
Maturity
  The 2029 notes will mature on November 15, 2029 unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased.   The maturity date of the 2012 notes is October 15, 2012, unless earlier converted or repurchased.


109


Table of Contents

         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
Guarantees
  None.   The 2012 notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior basis, by each of our subsidiaries that is a borrower or a guarantor under any U.S. senior credit facility (as defined in the 2012 note indenture), our 2013 notes, our 2015 notes or our 2017 notes.
         
Ranking
  The 2029 notes will be unsecured obligations subordinated in right of payment to our existing and future senior debt, effectively subordinated to all of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and effectively subordinated in right of payment to all indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries, including trade payables.   The 2012 notes and the related guarantees are our and our guarantors’ unsecured senior obligations and: (i) rank equally in right of payment with all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness; (ii) are senior in right of payment to any of our and our guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness; (iii) are effectively subordinated to all of our and our guarantors’ existing and any future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and (iv) are effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the 2012 notes.
         
Conversion rights
 
Holders may convert their 2029 notes prior to the close of business on the trading day before November 15, 2029, the maturity date of the 2029 notes, based on the applicable conversion rate only under the following circumstances:

•   during any calendar quarter commencing after March 31, 2010, if the closing price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is more than 130% of the conversion price per share;
 
Holders may convert their 2012 notes prior to the close of business on the business day before October 15, 2012, the maturity date of the 2012 notes, based on the applicable conversion rate only under the following circumstances:

•   during any calendar quarter, if the closing price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is more than 130% of the conversion price per share;

110


Table of Contents

         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
   
•   during the five business day period after any period of five consecutive trading days in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes for each day of that period was less than 98% of the product of the closing price of our common stock for each day of that period and the then applicable conversion rate;
  •   during the five business day period after any period of five consecutive trading days in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2012 notes for each day of that period was less than 98% of the product of the closing price of our common stock for each day of that period and the then applicable conversion rate;
   
•   if specified distributions to holders of our common stock are made;

•   if we are a party to any transaction or event (including any consolidation or merger) pursuant to which all or substantially all shares of our common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property;

•   at any time beginning 15 days before the anticipated effective date of a fundamental change and until the trading day prior to the fundamental change purchase date, if a fundamental change, as defined in the 2029 note indenture, occurs;

•   if we elect to redeem 2029 notes, such 2029 notes to be redeemed may be converted, in whole or in part, at any time from the date notice of redemption is given by us to holders until the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or

•   at any time beginning on August 31, 2029 and ending at the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the November 15, 2029 maturity date.
  •   if specified distributions to holders of our common stock are made;

•   if we are a party to any transaction or event (including any consolidation or merger) pursuant to which all or substantially all shares of our common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property;

•   at any time beginning 15 days before the anticipated effective date of a fundamental change and until the trading day prior to the fundamental change purchase date, if a fundamental change, as defined in the 2012 note indenture, occurs; or

•   at any time beginning on September 15, 2012 and ending at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the October 15, 2012 maturity date.

111


Table of Contents

         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
Conversion Price and Conversion Rate
 
Subject to the conditions to conversion being satisfied, the 2029 notes will be convertible into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of our common stock. The initial conversion price of the 2029 notes will equal 122.5% of the average VWAP, rounded to four decimal places; provided that in no event will the initial conversion price be less than $36.75. The initial conversion rate of the 2029 notes will be specified in the 2029 note indenture, and will equal $1,000 divided by the initial conversion price, rounded to four decimal places. In no event will the initial conversion rate exceed 27.2109 shares of our common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2029 notes.

The conversion rate, and thus the conversion price, may be adjusted under certain circumstances.
 
Subject to the conditions to conversion being satisfied, the 2012 notes are convertible into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing the 2012 notes. The conversion rate of the 2012 notes is 11.9142 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2012 notes. This is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $83.93 per share of common stock.

The conversion rate, and thus the conversion price, may be adjusted under certain circumstances.

112


Table of Contents

         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
Adjustment to Conversion Rate upon Certain Change of Control Transactions
 
If a holder elects to convert its 2029 notes in connection with certain change of control transactions occurring on or before the maturity date that constitute a make whole transaction, we will pay a make whole premium on 2029 notes converted in connection with such transactions by increasing the conversion rate applicable to the 2029 notes. Any make whole premium will have the effect of increasing the amount of any cash, securities or other assets otherwise due to the holders of 2029 notes upon conversion.

Any increase in the applicable conversion rate will be determined by reference to a matrix applicable to the 2029 notes and is based on the date on which such make whole transaction becomes effective and the price paid, or deemed paid, per share of our common stock in such make whole transaction.

If the holders of our common stock receive only cash in the make whole transaction, the stock price shall be the cash amount paid per share of common stock. Otherwise, the stock price shall be the average of the closing sale prices of our common stock for each of the ten consecutive trading days prior to, but excluding, the effective date.
 
If a holder elects to convert its 2012 notes in connection with certain change of control transactions occurring on or before the maturity date, we will pay a make whole premium on 2012 notes converted in connection with such transactions by increasing the conversion rate applicable to the 2012 notes. Any make whole premium will have the effect of increasing the amount of any cash, securities or other assets otherwise due to the holders of 2012 notes upon conversion.

Any increase in the applicable conversion rate will be determined by reference to a matrix applicable to the 2012 notes and is based on the date on which such change of control transaction becomes effective and the price paid, or deemed paid, per share of our common stock in such transaction.

If the holders of our common stock receive only cash in the change of control transaction, the stock price shall be the cash amount paid per share of common stock. Otherwise, the stock price shall be the average of the closing sale prices of our common stock for each of the ten consecutive trading days prior to, but excluding, the effective date.

113


Table of Contents

         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
Optional Redemption
 
The 2029 notes will be subject to redemption for cash by us at any time on or after November 15, 2019, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any) to, but not including, the redemption date if the last reported sale price of our common stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading day period immediately preceding the date on which we provide notice of redemption.

The 2029 notes will also be subject to redemption for cash by us at any time on or prior to November 15, 2010, in whole or in part, if a tax triggering event (as defined in this prospectus) has occurred, at a redemption price equal to (i) 101.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus, (ii) if the redemption conversion value (as defined in this prospectus) as of the redemption date of the 2029 notes being redeemed exceeds their initial conversion value (as defined in this prospectus), 95% of the amount determined by subtracting the initial conversion value of such 2029 notes from their redemption conversion value as of the redemption date, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) to, but excluding, the redemption date.
  The 2012 notes are not subject to redemption.

114


Table of Contents

         
   
2029 Notes
 
2012 Notes
 
Purchase of Notes by Us for Cash at the Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change
 
In the event of a fundamental change, as defined in the 2029 note indenture, each holder of 2029 notes will have the right to require us to purchase for cash all of such holder’s 2029 notes, or any portion thereof, in integral multiples of $1,000, on the date, referred to as the fundamental change purchase date, that is 30 business days after the later of the effective date of the fundamental change and the date we give notice of the fundamental change.

The purchase price to be paid to holders of 2029 notes exercising this purchase right is equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest), if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date. If such fundamental change purchase date is after a record date but prior to an interest payment date, however, then the interest payable on such interest payment date will be paid to the holder of record of the 2029 notes on the relevant regular record date.
 
In the event of a fundamental change, as defined in the 2012 note indenture, each holder of 2012 notes will have the right to require us to purchase for cash all of such holder’s 2012 notes, or any portion thereof, in integral multiples of $1,000, on the date that is 30 business days after the later of the effective date of the fundamental change and the date we give notice of the fundamental change.

The purchase price to be paid to holders of 2012 notes exercising this purchase right is equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2012 notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date. If such fundamental change purchase date is after a record date but prior to an interest payment date, however, then the interest payable on such interest payment date will be paid to the holder of record of the 2012 notes on the relevant regular record date.
         
Events of Default
  If an event of default under the indenture governing the 2029 notes occurs, the principal amount of the 2029 notes, plus premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent and additional interest), if any, may be declared immediately due and payable, subject to certain conditions set forth in the 2029 note indenture. These amounts automatically become due and payable in the case of certain types of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events of default involving us or our significant subsidiaries.   If an event of default under the indenture governing the 2012 notes occurs, the principal amount of the 2012 notes, plus premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, may be declared immediately due and payable, subject to certain conditions set forth in the 2012 note indenture. These amounts automatically become due and payable in the case of certain types of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events of default involving us or our significant subsidiaries.
         
Trading
  We do not intend to list the 2029 notes on any national securities exchange or to arrange for the quotation of the 2029 notes on any automated quotation system.   The 2012 notes are not listed on any national securities exchange or quoted on any automated quotation system.

115


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders of 2012 notes in the exchange offer and the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the 2029 notes and, where noted, the common stock into which the 2029 notes are convertible. It is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, or the Treasury Regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis. No ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, has been or is expected to be sought with respect to any aspect of the transactions described herein. The following discussion relates only to 2012 notes, 2029 notes received in the exchange offer and, where noted, common stock received upon conversion of a 2029 note that is held by holders who hold such 2012 notes, 2029 notes, and common stock as capital assets. This summary does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their particular circumstances, or to certain types of holders such as banks and other financial institutions, certain expatriates, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, partnerships or other pass-through entities, dealers in securities, brokers, persons who have hedged the interest rate on the 2012 notes or who hedge the interest rate on the 2029 notes, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, U.S. persons, as defined by the Code, whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, or persons who hold the 2012 notes, 2029 notes or common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge” or “conversion transaction.” In addition, this summary does not include any description of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax or estate and gift tax consequences, or the consequences under any state, local or non-U.S. tax that may be applicable to a particular holder.
 
For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of a 2012 note, a 2029 note or our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
 
  •  an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;
 
  •  an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax without regard to its source; or
 
  •  a trust if:
 
  •  a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or
 
  •  the trust has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
A “non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of a 2012 note, a 2029 note or our common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of a 2012 note, a 2029 note or our common stock, the treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the 2012 notes, the 2029 notes and our common stock.
 
HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE CONSUMMATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER, INCLUDING THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE 2029 NOTES AND COMMON STOCK INTO WHICH THE 2029 NOTES ARE CONVERTIBLE AS WELL AS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX AND OTHER


116


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN TAX LAWS BEFORE DETERMINING WHETHER TO PARTICIPATE IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
Classification of the 2029 Notes
 
Under the indenture governing the 2029 notes, we and each holder of the 2029 notes agree, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to treat the 2029 notes as indebtedness that is subject to the regulations governing contingent payment debt instruments, or the contingent debt regulations, in the manner described below. However, the application of the contingent debt regulations to instruments such as the 2029 notes is uncertain in several respects, and no rulings have been sought from the IRS or a court with respect to any of the tax consequences discussed below. Any differing treatment could affect the amount, timing, and character of income, gain, or loss in respect of an investment in the 2029 notes. For example, a holder might be required to accrue original issue discount at a lower rate, might not recognize income, gain, or loss upon conversion of the 2029 notes to the extent of common stock received, and might recognize capital gain or loss upon a taxable disposition of its 2029 notes.
 
Except as otherwise noted below, the remainder of this discussion assumes that the 2029 notes will be treated as indebtedness subject to the contingent debt regulations and does not address any possible differing treatments of the 2029 notes. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax treatment of holding the 2029 notes.
 
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Exchanging U.S. Holders
 
The Exchange of 2012 Notes for 2029 Notes
 
We intend to take the position, although the matter is not free from doubt, that the exchange of 2012 notes for 2029 notes will constitute a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Whether such exchange qualifies as a recapitalization to a holder depends upon, among other things, whether the 2012 notes and 2029 notes constitute “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The rules for determining whether debt instruments such as the 2012 notes and 2029 notes are securities are unclear. The term “security” is not defined in the Code or Treasury Regulations and has not been clearly defined by judicial decisions. The determination of whether a debt instrument is a security requires an overall evaluation of the nature of the debt instrument, with the term of the instrument typically regarded as one of the most significant factors. In this regard, debt instruments with a term of ten years or more generally have qualified as securities, whereas debt instruments with a term of less than five years generally have not qualified as securities. Because the 2012 notes have a term of more than five years but less than ten years, it is unclear whether they will qualify as securities. We believe and intend to take the position that the 2012 notes and the 2029 notes will be treated as securities.
 
Unless clearly stated to the contrary, the remainder of this discussion assumes that the exchange will be a recapitalization and that the 2012 notes and 2029 notes qualify as securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were successful in asserting any contrary position, it could impact the amount, timing or character of the income, gain or loss you recognize with respect to the exchange or your ownership of the 2029 notes.
 
If the exchange of 2012 notes for 2029 notes is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you should not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of the exchange, except that you will recognize gain in an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) the excess, if any, of the issue price (as described below) of the 2029 notes received in the exchange over your adjusted tax basis in your 2012 notes, and (ii) the fair market value of the principal amount of the 2029 notes you receive over the principal amount of the 2012 notes that you surrender in exchange therefor (such excess, if any, is referred to herein as the “excess principal amount”). For purposes of determining the amount of gain recognized as a result of the exchange, the rules regarding the determination of the principal amount of the 2029 notes and 2012 notes are uncertain and complex. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the determination of the principal amount of the 2029 notes that you receive in the exchange offer and the 2012 notes that you surrender in exchange therefor for purposes of determining the amount (if any) of gain you would recognize as a result of the exchange. Except


117


Table of Contents

as discussed below, any recognized gain would generally be treated as capital gain and would be long-term capital gain if you held the 2012 notes for more than one year. If, however, you purchased the 2012 notes at a market discount, any gain recognized would be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount on the 2012 notes exchanged that accrued during your period of ownership, unless you previously elected to include market discount in income as it accrued for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A 2012 note generally will be considered to have been acquired with market discount if the stated principal amount of the 2012 notes at the time of the acquisition exceeded the holder’s initial tax basis in the 2012 notes (generally, its cost) by more than a statutory de minimis amount. Market discount accrues on a ratable basis unless a holder elects to accrue market discount using a constant-yield method.
 
Your adjusted tax basis in a 2012 note should generally equal the price you paid for the 2012 note, increased by market discount, if any, previously included in income and reduced by any bond premium previously amortized. Your aggregate initial tax basis in the 2029 notes received in the exchange should equal your adjusted tax basis in the 2012 notes that you exchanged, increased by the amount of any gain you recognize on the exchange. Your holding period for the 2029 notes (other than the portion of 2029 notes that constitute the excess principal amount described above) should include your holding period in the 2012 notes exchanged therefor.
 
The 2029 notes received in the exchange offer that are treated as comprising the excess principal amount, if any, will have an initial tax basis equal to their fair market value, and you will have a new holding period in such 2029 notes.
 
If the 2029 notes are considered to be “publicly traded” property, as defined by the Treasury Regulations, the “issue price” of the 2029 notes will be equal to their fair market value on the date of the exchange. The 2029 notes will generally be considered to be “publicly traded” property if, at any time during the 60-day period ending 30 days after the date of the exchange, they appear on a system of general circulation that provides a reasonable basis to determine the fair market value of 2029 notes by disseminating either (i) recent price quotations (including rates, yields, or other pricing information) of one or more identified brokers, dealers or traders or (ii) actual prices (including rates, yields, or other pricing information) of recent sales transactions. We believe that the 2029 notes will be considered “publicly traded” for these purposes, and, thus, that the issue price of the 2029 notes will be their fair market value on the date of the exchange. The rules regarding the determination of issue price are complex and highly detailed, however, and you should consult your tax advisor regarding the determination of the issue price of the 2029 notes.
 
The IRS could take positions with respect to the characterization of the exchange contrary to those described in the foregoing summary. For example, if either the 2029 notes or 2012 notes were not treated as securities, your exchange would not qualify as a recapitalization and you would generally recognize gain or loss with respect to your 2012 notes being exchanged equal to the difference between: (i) the issue price of the 2029 notes received and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the 2012 notes. Any such gain would generally be treated as capital gain (subject to the potential application of the market discount rules as described above), and any such loss would generally be treated as capital loss. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
 
Regardless of whether the exchange of 2012 notes for 2029 notes qualifies as a recapitalization, any amount received by you that is attributable to accrued and unpaid interest on the 2012 notes will be taxable as interest income if such amount had not been included previously in your gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Ownership of the 2029 Notes
 
Accrual of Interest
 
Under the contingent debt regulations, actual cash payments on the 2029 notes, including payments of contingent interest, if any, will not be reported separately as taxable income, but will be taken into account


118


Table of Contents

under such regulations. As discussed more fully below, the effect of these contingent debt regulations will be to:
 
  •  require you, regardless of your usual method of tax accounting, to use the accrual method with respect to the 2029 notes;
 
  •  require you to accrue original issue discount at the comparable yield (as described below), which will be substantially in excess of interest payments actually received by you; and
 
  •  generally result in ordinary, rather than capital, treatment of any gain, and to some extent loss, on the sale, exchange, repurchase or redemption of the 2029 notes.
 
Subject to the adjustments described below under “— Adjustments to Interest Accruals and Projected Payments on the 2029 Notes,” you will be required to accrue an amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes for each accrual period prior to and including the maturity date of the 2029 notes equal to:
 
  •  the product of: (i) the adjusted issue price (as defined below) of the 2029 notes as of the beginning of the accrual period, and (ii) the comparable yield (as defined below) of the 2029 notes, adjusted for the length of the accrual period;
 
  •  divided by the number of days in the accrual period; and
 
  •  multiplied by the number of days during the accrual period that you held the 2029 notes.
 
The initial issue price of a 2029 note will be determined as described above under the heading “— The Exchange of 2012 Notes for 2029 Notes.” The adjusted issue price of a 2029 note will be its initial issue price increased by any original issue discount previously accrued, determined without regard to any adjustments to original issue discount accruals described below under the heading “— Adjustments to Interest Accruals and Projected Payments on the 2029 Notes,” and decreased by the projected amounts of any payments previously scheduled to be made with respect to the 2029 notes.
 
As described above, and subject to the adjustments described below under “— Adjustments to Interest Accruals and Projected Payments on the 2029 Notes,” you will be required to include original issue discount in income each year, regardless of your usual method of tax accounting, based on the comparable yield of the 2029 notes. Pursuant to the contingent debt regulations, we must determine the comparable yield of the 2029 notes based on the rate, as of the initial issue date, at which we would issue a fixed-rate, non-convertible debt instrument with no contingent payments but with terms and conditions otherwise similar to the 2029 notes. Accordingly, we have estimated that the comparable yield is an annual rate of 12.5%, compounded semi-annually. This estimate may differ from the comparable yield we determine as of the initial issue date. If the comparable yield were successfully challenged by the IRS, the redetermined yield could be materially greater or less than the comparable yield we have provided.
 
We are required to furnish to you the comparable yield and, solely for tax purposes, a projected payment schedule that includes the actual interest payments, if any, on the 2029 notes and estimates the amount and timing of contingent interest payments and payment upon maturity on the 2029 notes taking into account the fair market value of the cash and common stock that might be paid upon a conversion of the 2029 notes. You may obtain the comparable yield and the projected payment schedule by submitting a written request for them to us at General Cable Corporation, 4 Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076-9753, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. By exchanging your 2012 notes for the 2029 notes, you agree in the 2029 note indenture to be bound by our determination of the comparable yield and projected payment schedule.
 
The comparable yield and the projected payment schedule are not provided for any purpose other than the determination of your original issue discount and adjustments thereof in respect of the 2029 notes and do not constitute a projection or representation regarding the actual or expected amount of the payments on a 2029 note.


119


Table of Contents

Adjustments to Interest Accruals and Projected Payments on the 2029 Notes
 
If the actual contingent payments made on the 2029 notes differ from the projected contingent payments, adjustments to your original issue discount accruals will be made for the difference. If, during any taxable year, you receive actual payments with respect to the 2029 notes for that taxable year that in the aggregate exceed the total amount of projected payments for the taxable year, you will incur a positive adjustment equal to the amount of such excess. If you receive in a taxable year actual payments with respect to the 2029 notes for the taxable year that in the aggregate are less than the amount of projected payments for that taxable year, you will incur a negative adjustment equal to the amount of such deficit. For these purposes, the payments in a taxable year include the fair market value of our common stock received upon conversion in that year.
 
If your initial tax basis in your 2029 notes differs from the initial issue price of your 2029 notes (see the discussion above under the heading “— The Exchange of 2012 Notes for 2029 Notes”), you will be required to reasonably allocate such difference to the daily portions of original issue discount that accrue on your 2029 notes or projected payments on your 2029 notes in accordance with the provisions of the contingent debt regulations. Generally, if your adjusted tax basis exceeds the adjusted issue price of your 2029 note, the portion of such excess allocated to a daily portion of original issue discount or projected payment should be treated as a negative adjustment on the date the daily portion accrues or the payment is made. If your adjusted issue price exceeds your adjusted tax basis of your 2029 note, the amount of such excess allocated to a daily portion of original issue discount or projected payment should be treated as a positive adjustment on the date the daily portion accrues or payment is made. On the date of an adjustment described in this paragraph, your adjusted basis in your 2029 note should be reduced by the amount described in this paragraph treated as a negative adjustment and increased by the amount described in this paragraph treated as a positive adjustment.
 
The amount, if any, by which the total positive adjustments on your 2029 notes in a taxable year exceed total negative adjustments on your 2029 notes in a taxable year will be treated as additional interest for the taxable year. The amount, if any, by which total negative adjustments on your 2029 notes in a taxable year exceed total positive adjustments on your 2029 notes in a taxable year will be treated as follows:
 
  •  first, a net negative adjustment will reduce the amount of original issue discount required to be accrued in the current taxable year;
 
  •  second, any net negative adjustment that exceeds the amount of original issue discount accrued in the current taxable year will be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of your total prior original issue discount inclusions with respect to the 2029 notes, reduced to the extent such prior original issue discount was offset by prior negative adjustments; and
 
  •  third, any excess net negative adjustment will be treated as a regular negative adjustment in the succeeding taxable year.
 
The rules governing the accrual of interest on the 2029 notes are extremely complex and you should consult your own tax advisors regarding the proper accrual of interest and adjustments thereto under the contingent debt regulations.
 
Sale, Exchange, Conversion or Redemption
 
Upon the sale, exchange, conversion or redemption of a 2029 note, you will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between your amount realized and your adjusted tax basis in the 2029 notes. As a holder of a 2029 note, you agree to treat the cash and fair market value of our common stock that you receive on conversion as a contingent payment. Any gain recognized on a 2029 note generally will be treated as ordinary interest income. Loss from the disposition of a 2029 note will be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of your prior net original issue discount inclusions with respect to the 2029 notes. Any loss in excess of that amount will be treated as capital loss. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
 
Special rules apply in determining the adjusted tax basis of a 2029 note. Your initial tax basis in a 2029 note (as described above under the heading “— The Exchange of 2012 Notes for 2029 Notes”) will be increased by original issue discount (without taking into account any adjustments other than any positive


120


Table of Contents

adjustments occurring as a result of a difference between your adjusted tax basis in a 2029 note and the adjusted issue price of a 2029 note) you previously accrued on the 2029 notes. Your tax basis will also be reduced by the projected amount of any payments previously scheduled to be made on the 2029 notes and any negative adjustments occurring as a result of a difference between your adjusted tax basis in a 2029 note and the adjusted issue price of a 2029 note.
 
Your adjusted tax basis in the common stock received upon conversion of a 2029 note will be equal to the then current fair market value of such common stock. Your holding period for our common stock received will commence on the day following the conversion date.
 
Given the uncertain tax treatment of instruments such as the 2029 notes, you should contact your tax advisors concerning the tax treatment on conversion of a 2029 note and the ownership of the common stock.
 
Constructive Distributions
 
The conversion ratio of the 2029 notes may be adjusted in certain circumstances. Under Section 305(c) of the Code, adjustments (or failures to make adjustments) that have the effect of increasing your proportionate interest in our assets or earnings may in some circumstances result in a deemed distribution to you. Adjustments to the conversion rate made pursuant to a bona fide reasonable adjustment formula that has the effect of preventing the dilution of the interest of the holders of the 2029 notes, however, will generally not be considered to result in a deemed distribution to you. Certain of the possible conversion rate adjustments provided in the 2029 notes (including, without limitation, adjustments in respect of taxable dividends to holders of our common stock and as discussed in “Description of the 2029 Notes — Determination of Make Whole Premium”) will not qualify as being pursuant to a bona fide reasonable adjustment formula. If such adjustments are made, you will be deemed to have received a distribution even though you have not received any cash or property as a result of such adjustments. Any deemed distributions will be taxable as a dividend, return of capital, or capital gain in accordance with the earnings and profits rules under the Code. It is not clear whether a constructive dividend deemed paid to non-corporate holders would be eligible for the current preferential U.S. federal income rates applicable to certain dividends. It is also unclear whether corporate holders would be entitled to claim the dividends received deduction with respect to any such constructive dividends. You should consult your tax advisors concerning the tax treatment of such constructive dividends that you receive.
 
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Exchanging Non-U.S. Holders
 
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to a non-U.S. Holder. Special rules may apply to certain non-U.S. Holders such as “controlled foreign corporations” and “passive foreign investment companies.” Such non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may apply to them.
 
The Exchange of 2012 Notes for 2029 Notes
 
Subject to the discussion below with respect to accrued interest, you will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized in the exchange (as described under “— U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Exchanging U.S. Holders — The Exchange of 2012 Notes for 2029 Notes’), unless:
 
  •  that gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by you (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base in the case of an individual); or
 
  •  you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the exchange, and certain other conditions are met.
 
An individual non-U.S. Holder described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. An individual non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax on the gain derived from the exchange, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the


121


Table of Contents

holder is not considered a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation and is described in the first bullet point above will be subject to tax on gain under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and, in addition, may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of its earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with the foreign corporation’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States.
 
Accrued Interest
 
Payments made to you pursuant to the exchange that are attributable to accrued interest on the 2012 notes will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, provided that the withholding agent has received or receives, prior to payment, appropriate documentation (generally, an IRS Form W-8BEN or a successor form) establishing that you are not a U.S. person, unless:
 
  •  you actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock that are entitled to vote within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) of the Code;
 
  •  you are a “controlled foreign corporation” that is, directly or indirectly, related to us through stock ownership;
 
  •  you are a bank whose receipt of interest on the 2029 notes is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code; or
 
  •  such interest is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (in which case, so long as you provide a properly-executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) to the withholding agent, you (i) generally will not be subject to withholding tax, but (ii) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as a U.S. Holder (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise), and if you are a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of your earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States).
 
If you do not qualify for exemption from withholding tax with respect to interest that is not effectively connected income, you generally will be subject to withholding at a 30% rate (or at a reduced rate or exempt from tax under an applicable income tax treaty) on any payments made to you pursuant to the exchange that are attributable to accrued interest. To claim the benefits of a treaty, you must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or a successor form) prior to the payment. For purposes of providing a properly-executed IRS Form W-8BEN, special procedures are provided under applicable Treasury Regulations for payments through qualified foreign intermediaries or certain financial institutions that hold customers’ securities in the ordinary course of their trade or business.
 
Ownership of the 2029 Notes
 
Payments with Respect to the 2029 Notes
 
Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and information reporting below, payments of interest (including amounts taken into income under the accrual rules described above under “U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Exchanging U.S. Holders — Ownership of the 2029 Notes — Accrual of Interest,” a payment of cash and common stock pursuant to a conversion, and any gain from the sale or exchange of a 2029 note that is treated as interest for this purpose) in respect of the 2029 notes will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax under the “portfolio interest” rule, provided that:
 
  •  you do not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock that are entitled to vote within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) of the Code;
 
  •  you are not a “controlled foreign corporation” that is, directly or indirectly, related to us through stock ownership;


122


Table of Contents

 
  •  you are not a bank whose receipt of interest (including original issue discount) on the 2029 notes is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code;
 
  •  our common stock continues to be actively traded within the meaning of Section 871(h)(4)(c)(v)(I) of the Code and we are not a “U.S. real property holding corporation”; and
 
  •  you: (i) provide your name and address and certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are not a U.S. person (which certification may be made on IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form)); or (ii) hold your 2029 notes through certain foreign intermediaries and satisfy the certification requirements of applicable Treasury Regulations. Special certification rules apply to holders that are pass-through entities.
 
If the requirements described above are not satisfied, a 30% withholding tax will apply to the gross amount of interest (including original issue discount or other amounts treated as interest) on the 2029 notes that is paid to you, unless, either: (i) an applicable income tax treaty reduces or eliminates such tax, and you claim the benefit of that treaty by providing a properly completed and duly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or suitable successor or substitute form) establishing qualification for benefits under the treaty, or (ii) the interest is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States and you provide an appropriate statement to that effect on a properly completed and duly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or suitable successor form).
 
If you are engaged in a U.S. trade or business and interest (including original issue discount or other amounts treated as interest) in respect of a 2029 note is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, you will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on that interest on a net income basis (and the 30% withholding tax described above will not apply provided the appropriate statement is provided to us) generally in the same manner as a U.S. Holder. If you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence, any interest income that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the manner specified by the treaty and generally will only be subject to U.S. federal income tax if: (i) such income is attributable to a permanent establishment (or a fixed base in the case of an individual) maintained by you in the United States, and (ii) you claim the benefit of the treaty by properly submitting an IRS Form W-8BEN. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of your earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States.
 
Ownership of the Common Stock
 
Dividends on Shares of Common Stock and Constructive Distributions
 
A 30% withholding tax will generally apply to any distributions (including constructive dividends, as described above under “— Tax Consequences to Exchanging U.S. Holders — Ownership of 2029 Notes — Constructive Distributions”) with respect to shares of our common stock to you to the extent that the cash and fair market value of the property distributed does not exceed your pro rata share of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, unless, either: (i) an applicable income tax treaty reduces or eliminates such tax, and you claim the benefit of that treaty by providing a properly completed and duly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or suitable successor or substitute form) establishing qualification for benefits under the treaty, or (ii) the distributions are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States and you provide an appropriate statement to that effect on a properly completed and duly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or suitable successor form).
 
If you are engaged in a U.S. trade or business and distributions with respect to our common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, you will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on the distributions (and the 30% withholding tax described above will not apply provided the appropriate statement is provided to us) generally in the same manner as a U.S. Holder. If you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence, any income arising from distributions that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will be subject to


123


Table of Contents

U.S. federal income tax in the manner specified by the treaty and generally will only be subject to U.S. federal income tax if: (i) such income is attributable to a permanent establishment (or a fixed base in the case of an individual) maintained by you in the United States, and (ii) you claim the benefit of the treaty by properly submitting an IRS Form W-8BEN. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of your earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States.
 
Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of the Common Stock
 
You will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain you realize upon a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock, unless:
 
  •  that gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by you (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base in the case of an individual);
 
  •  you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  •  we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
An individual non-U.S. Holder described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. An individual non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax on the gain derived from the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the holder is not considered a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation and is described in the first bullet point above will be subject to tax on gain under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and, in addition, may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of its earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with the foreign corporation’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States.
 
Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
In general, if you are a U.S. Holder with respect to the 2012 notes, the 2029 notes or our common stock, information reporting requirements may apply to the exchange of 2012 notes for 2029 notes (and cash, if any), and such requirements will generally apply to all payments we make to you with respect to, and the proceeds from a sale of, a 2029 note or share of common stock (unless you are an exempt recipient such as a corporation). A backup withholding tax may apply to such payments if you fail to provide a taxpayer identification number or a certification of exempt status, or if you fail to report in full dividend and interest income.
 
In general, if you are a non-U.S. Holder, you will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to the exchange of 2012 notes for 2029 notes (and cash, if any) and payments that we make to you with respect to the 2029 notes or shares of our common stock, provided that we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person and you have provided a validly completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or suitable successor or substitute form) establishing that you are a non-U.S. Holder. We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of interest and dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such interest and dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such interest and dividends and withholding may also be made available to the


124


Table of Contents

tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
 
In addition, if you are a non-U.S. Holder, payments of the proceeds of a sale of a 2012 note, 2029 note or share of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries may be subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless you certify under penalties of perjury that you are a non-U.S. Holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person) or you otherwise establish an exemption.
 
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
Tax Consequences to Non-Exchanging Holders
 
Because the terms of the 2012 notes will not be modified in connection with the exchange offer, we believe that the exchange of some of the 2012 notes for 2029 notes should not have any direct U.S. federal income tax consequences for holders of the 2012 notes who do not tender their 2012 notes or whose 2012 notes are not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.


125


Table of Contents

 
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
Each person considering the use of plan assets of a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan, individual retirement account, or other retirement plan, account or arrangement to acquire or hold our 2029 notes should consider whether an investment in our 2029 notes, as well as the underlying common stock, would be consistent with the documents and instruments governing the plan, and whether the investment would involve a prohibited transaction under Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, or Section 4975 of the Code.
 
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, as applicable, prohibit plans subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, including entities such as collective investment funds, partnerships and separate accounts or insurance company pooled separate accounts or insurance company general accounts whose underlying assets include the assets of such plans, from engaging in certain transactions involving “plan assets” with persons who are “parties in interest,” under ERISA or “disqualified persons,” under the Code with respect to the plan. A violation of these prohibited transaction rules may result in civil penalties or other liabilities under ERISA and an excise tax under Section 4975 of the Code for those persons and penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for the fiduciary of the plan, unless exemptive relief is available under an applicable statutory, regulatory or administrative exemption. Certain plans including those that are governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA and Section 414(e) of the Code with respect to which the election provided by Section 410(d) of the Code has not been made), and foreign plans (as described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA) are not subject to the prohibited transaction requirements of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code but may be subject to similar provisions under other applicable federal, state, local, foreign or other regulations, rules or laws.
 
The acquisition or holding of our 2029 notes (or the underlying common stock) by a plan with respect to which we, the exchange agent, the information agent, the dealer managers or certain of our or their affiliates is or becomes a party in interest may constitute or result in prohibited transactions under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, unless such securities are acquired or held pursuant to and in accordance with an applicable exemption. In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions, or PTCEs, that may apply to the acquisition and holding of the 2029 notes, such as PTCE 96-23, PTCE 95-60, PTCE 91-38, PTCE 90-1 and PTCE 84-14. In addition, Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code, or the “service provider exemption,” provide limited relief from the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code for certain transactions with non-fiduciary service providers for transactions that are for adequate consideration. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied.
 
Each holder of our 2029 notes, the underlying common stock or any interest therein will be deemed to have represented and warranted, on each day from the date on which the holder acquires its interest in our 2029 notes to the date on which the holder disposes of its interest in our 2029 notes, by its acquisition or holding of our 2029 notes or any interest therein that (a) its acquisition and holding of our 2029 notes is not made on behalf of or with “plan assets” of any Plan, or (b) if its acquisition and holding of our 2029 notes is made on behalf of or with “plan assets” of a Plan, then its acquisition and holding of our 2029 notes will not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a similar violation of any applicable similar laws.
 
Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is important that fiduciaries or other persons considering acquiring our 2029 notes on behalf of or with “plan assets” of any plan covered by ERISA or the Code consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any similar laws to such investment as well as the availability of exemptive relief under any of the PTCEs listed above or any other applicable exemption.


126


Table of Contents

 
INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
To our knowledge, none of our directors, executive officers or controlling persons, or any of their affiliates, beneficially own any 2012 notes.
 
THE DEALER MANAGERS
 
The dealer managers for the exchange offer are Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. The respective addresses and telephone numbers for the dealer managers are set forth on the back cover of this prospectus. The dealer managers for the exchange offer will perform services customarily provided by investment banking firms acting as dealer managers of exchange offers of a like nature, including, but not limited to, soliciting tenders of 2012 notes pursuant to the exchange offer and communicating generally regarding the exchange offer with brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies and other persons, including the holders of the 2012 notes. As compensation for their services, we have agreed to pay the dealer managers an aggregate fee in cash equal to 2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes exchanged in the exchange offer, and we may pay the dealer managers an additional discretionary fee equal to 0.75% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2012 notes exchanged in the exchange offer. The dealer managers will also be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing their services, including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel. We have also agreed to indemnify the dealer managers against certain claims and liabilities, including those that may arise under the U.S. federal securities laws.
 
Certain of the dealer managers and their respective affiliates have rendered, and the dealer managers may in the future render, various investment banking, lending and commercial banking services and other advisory services to us and our subsidiaries. Certain of the dealer managers have received, and the dealer managers may in the future receive, customary compensation from us and our subsidiaries for such services.
 
The dealer managers and their respective affiliates may from time to time hold 2012 notes, shares of our common stock and other securities of ours in their proprietary accounts, which holdings may be substantial. Certain of the dealer managers and their respective affiliates currently hold 2012 notes, and, to the extent they own 2012 notes in these accounts at the time of the exchange offer, the dealer managers and their respective affiliates may tender such 2012 notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer. During the course of the exchange offer and subject to applicable law, the dealer managers and their respective affiliates may trade 2012 notes and shares of our common stock or effect transactions in other securities of ours for their own account or for the accounts of their customers. As a result, the dealer managers and their respective affiliates may hold a long or short position in the 2012 notes, our common stock or other of our securities.
 
THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND THE INFORMATION AGENT
 
D.F. King & Co., Inc. has been appointed exchange agent and information agent for the exchange offer. We have agreed to pay D.F. King reasonable and customary fees for its services as such and will reimburse D.F. King for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. Please direct the following to D.F. King at the addresses and telephone numbers set forth on the back cover of this prospectus:
 
  •  requests for additional copies of this prospectus or related materials;
 
  •  completed letters of transmittal; and
 
  •  requests for assistance in connection with the exchange offer.
 
DELIVERY OF A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS TO AN ADDRESS OR FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THAT OF THE EXCHANGE AGENT AS SET FORTH ON THE BACK COVER OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT A VALID DELIVERY.


127


Table of Contents

 
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
Fees and expenses in connection with the exchange offer are estimated to be approximately $14.5 million. We will bear the cost of all fees and expenses relating to the exchange offer. Tendering holders of 2012 notes will not be required to pay any expenses of soliciting tenders in the exchange offer, including any fee or commission payable to the dealer managers. However, if a tendering holder handles the transactions through its broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other institution, such holder may be required to pay brokerage fees or commissions.
 
We are making the principal solicitation by mail. However, where permitted by applicable law, additional solicitations may be made by facsimile, telephone, e-mail, other electronic communication or in person by the dealer managers, as well as by our and our affiliates’ officers and employees.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the 2029 notes to be issued in the exchange offer will be passed upon by Blank Rome LLP, New York, New York. The validity of the 2029 notes to be issued in the exchange offer will be passed upon for the dealer managers by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2008 incorporated into this prospectus by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 12, 2009, and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting incorporated into this prospectus by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 2, 2009, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports (which reports (1) express an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the retrospective application of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Staff Position No. APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments that May be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) , FASB Staff Position EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities , and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements , which became effective January 1, 2009 and the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of SFAS No. 109 , in 2007, and SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) , in 2006 and (2) express an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting), which are incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements and financial statement schedule have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act to register the offer and exchange of the 2029 notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the 2029 notes. This prospectus is a part of that registration statement, which includes additional information not contained in this prospectus. Pursuant to Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act, we have filed with the SEC an issuer tender offer statement on Schedule TO that contains additional information with respect to the exchange offer.
 
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The reports, statements and other information that we file electronically with SEC are available to the public on the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of certain information filed by us with the SEC are also available on our website at http://www.generalcable.com. This reference is an inactive hyperlink, and, except as to certain of our SEC filings appearing on our website that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, information on our website is neither a part of, nor is it incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.


128


Table of Contents

You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its Public Reference Room, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330. Because our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, you may also inspect reports, proxy statements and other information about us at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.
 
This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement or the Schedule TO, or the exhibits to such filings. We strongly encourage you to read carefully the registration statement, the Schedule TO and the exhibits to such filings.
 
No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation not contained in this prospectus or in the Schedule TO, and, if given or made, such information or representation may not be relied upon as having been authorized by us or the dealer managers.
 
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
The SEC’s rules allow us to “incorporate by reference” certain information into this prospectus. This means that we can disclose important information to you, including business and financial information, by referring you to other documents. Any information referred to in this way is considered part of this prospectus except to the extent updated or superseded by information contained in this prospectus or in documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Any reports filed by us with the SEC after the date of the filing and effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and before the date that the offering of the securities is terminated or expires, will automatically update and, where applicable, supersede any information contained in this prospectus or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
 
We incorporate by reference into this prospectus the following documents filed with the SEC:
 
  •  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 1-12983) for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 2, 2009, as amended by:
 
  •  Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A filed on May 8, 2009; and
 
  •  the portion of our definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (File No. 1-12983), filed on April 17, 2009, specifically incorporating by reference certain information into Items 10 (Directors and Officers), 11 (Executive Compensation), 12 (Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management) and 13 (Certain Relationships and Related Transactions) thereof.
 
  •  Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-12983) for the fiscal quarter ended April 3, 2009, filed on May 8, 2009.
 
  •  Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 1-12983) for the fiscal quarter ended July 3, 2009, filed on August 12, 2009.
 
  •  Our Current Reports on Form 8-K (File No. 1-12983) filed June 1, 2009, August 12, 2009, September 3, 2009 and October 27, 2009 (other than any information contained in these reports that has been furnished to the SEC, which information is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus).
 
  •  The description of our common stock, filed in our Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 1-12983), filed on May 13, 1997, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, as incorporated by reference from our registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-22961), filed on March 7, 1997, as amended, and any amendment or report for the purpose of updating such description.
 
  •  All documents filed by us under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus and before the termination of the offering of the common stock underlying the 2029 notes, all of which are being registered hereby.
 
We will provide without charge to each person to whom this prospectus is delivered, upon his or her written or oral request, a copy of the filed documents referred to above, excluding exhibits, unless they are specifically incorporated by reference into those documents. You can request those documents from our Vice President of Investor Relations, 4 Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076-9753, telephone (859) 572-8000.


129


Table of Contents

The exchange agent and information agent for the exchange offer is:

D.F. King & Co., Inc.
48 Wall Street, 22nd Floor
New York, New York 10005
 
Banks and Brokers call:
(212) 269-5550

All Others Call Toll-free:
(800) 488-8035
 
By Facsimile:
(For Eligible Institutions Only)
(212) 809-8838
Attn: Mark Fahey
Confirm by Telephone:
(212) 269-5550
 
Any requests for additional copies of this prospectus and the related materials may be directed to the information agent at the addresses and telephone numbers set forth above.
 
Other requests for information relating to the exchange offer may be directed to the dealer managers at their respective addresses and telephone numbers set forth below.
 
The dealer managers for the exchange offer are:
 
     
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Liability Management Group
One New York Plaza, 48 th Floor
New York, New York 10004
(877) 686-5059 (toll-free)
(212) 902-5183 (collect)
  J.P. Morgan
Convertible Bond Desk
383 Madison Avenue, 5 th Floor
New York, New York 10179
(800) 261-5767 (toll-free)
(212) 622-2781 (collect)


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 20.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
 
Pursuant to the authority conferred by Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”), Article VII of General Cable Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended (the “Charter”), contains provisions that eliminate personal liability of members of General Cable Corporation’s board of directors for violations of their fiduciary duty of care. Neither the DGCL nor the Charter, however, limits the liability of a director for breaching his duty of loyalty, failing to act in good faith, engaging in intentional misconduct or knowingly violating a law, paying a dividend or approving a stock repurchase under circumstances where such payment or repurchase is not permitted under the DGCL, or obtaining an improper personal benefit. Article VII of the Charter provides that if the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, the liability of General Cable Corporation’s directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
 
In accordance with Section 145 of the DGCL, which provides for the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under certain circumstances, Article XIV of General Cable Corporation’s amended and restated by-laws (the “Bylaws”) provides that General Cable Corporation is obligated to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of General Cable Corporation in which such person has been adjudged liable to the General Cable Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of General Cable Corporation, or is or was a director, officer or employee of General Cable Corporation serving at the request of the General Cable Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of General Cable Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In the case of any action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of General Cable Corporation in which a claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to General Cable Corporation, such person shall be indemnified only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought has determined that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that such court shall deem proper.
 
General Cable Corporation currently maintains insurance policies that provide coverage pursuant to which it will be reimbursed for amounts it may be required or permitted by law to pay to indemnify directors and officers.
 
Item 21.    Exhibits.
 
The warranties, representations and covenants contained in any of the agreements included herein or which appear as exhibits hereto should not be relied upon by buyers, sellers or holders of our securities and are not intended as warranties, representations or covenants to any individual or entity except as specifically set forth in such agreement.
 
         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description
 
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Post Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-143017) of the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2007).
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 19, 2008 (File No. 1-12983)).
  4 .1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.


II-1


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description
 
  4 .2   Indenture, dated as of October 2, 2007, by and among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 2012 notes and related guarantees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 2007 (File No. 1-12983)).
  4 .3   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2007, with respect to the 2012 notes and related guarantees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 1, 2007 (File No. 1-12983)).
  4 .4   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 18, 2008, with respect to the 2012 notes and related guarantees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 21, 2008 (File No. 1-12983)).
  4 .5   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 2, 2009, with respect to the 2012 notes and related guarantees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 3, 2009 (File No. 1-12983)).
  4 .6   Form of 2012 note (included in Exhibit 4.2).
  4 .7   Form of Guarantee of obligations under 2012 notes (included in Exhibit 4.2).
  4 .8   Form of Indenture, by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 2029 notes.
  4 .9   Form of 2029 note (included in Exhibit 4.8).
  5 .1   Opinion of Blank Rome LLP.
  8 .1   Tax opinion of Blank Rome LLP.
  12 .1   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2009 (File No. 1-12983)).
  12 .2   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 12.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2009 (File No. 1-12983), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2009).
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23 .2   Consent of Blank Rome LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page).
  24 .2*   Power of Attorney of John E. Welsh, III.
  25 .1   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture with respect to the 2029 notes.
  99 .1   Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  99 .2   Form of Notice of Withdrawal.
  99 .3   Dealer Managers Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2009, by and among the Company, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
  99 .4   First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, effective as of April 28, 2008, by and among General Cable Industries, Inc., as borrower, the Company and those certain other subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, as guarantors, the issuing banks, the lenders and GE Business Financial Services Inc., as administrative agent for the lenders, collateral agent and security trustee.
  99 .5   Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, effective as of October 26, 2009, by and among General Cable Industries, Inc., as borrower, the Company and those certain other subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, as guarantors, the issuing banks, the lenders and GE Business Financial Services Inc., as administrative agent for the lenders, collateral agent and security trustee.
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
(b)  Financial Statement Schedules
 
1.1.  Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 1-12983), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2009).

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 22.    Undertakings.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(4) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(6) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
 
(7) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.


II-3


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Highland Heights, Commonwealth of Kentucky, on the 27th day of October, 2009.
 
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Robert J. Siverd
Robert J. Siverd
Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY *
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert J. Siverd and Brian J. Robinson, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any registration statement filed under Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with authority to do and perform each and every act and the requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities of General Cable Corporation and on the dates indicated:
 
             
Signatures
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Gregory B. Kenny

Gregory B. Kenny
  Director, President and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  October 27, 2009
         
/s/  Brian J. Robinson

Brian J. Robinson
  Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
  October 27, 2009
         
/s/  Robert J. Siverd

Robert J. Siverd
  Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
  October 27, 2009
         
/s/  Gregory E. Lawton

Gregory E. Lawton
  Director   October 27, 2009
         
/s/  Craig P. Omtvedt

Craig P. Omtvedt
  Director   October 27, 2009
         
/s/  Robert A. Smialek

Robert A. Smialek
  Director   October 27, 2009
         
/s/  John E. Welsh, III

John E. Welsh, III *
  Director   October 27, 2009
 
 
The Power of Attorney with respect to this signatory will be filed by amendment to this Registration Statement in lieu of the Power of Attorney set forth herein.


II-4


Table of Contents

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description
 
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Post Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-143017) of the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 2007).
  3 .2   Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 19, 2008 (File No. 1-12983)).
  4 .1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4 .2   Indenture, dated as of October 2, 2007, by and among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 2012 notes and related guarantees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 2007 (File No. 1-12983)).
  4 .3   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2007, with respect to the 2012 notes and related guarantees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 1, 2007 (File No. 1-12983)).
  4 .4   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 18, 2008, with respect to the 2012 notes and related guarantees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 21, 2008 (File No. 1-12983)).
  4 .5   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 2, 2009, with respect to the 2012 notes and related guarantees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 3, 2009 (File No. 1-12983)).
  4 .6   Form of 2012 note (included in Exhibit 4.2).
  4 .7   Form of Guarantee of obligations under 2012 notes (included in Exhibit 4.2).
  4 .8   Form of Indenture, by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the 2029 notes.
  4 .9   Form of 2029 note (included in Exhibit 4.8).
  5 .1   Opinion of Blank Rome LLP.
  8 .1   Tax opinion of Blank Rome LLP.
  12 .1   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2009 (File No. 1-12983)).
  12 .2   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 12.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2009 (File No. 1-12983), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2009).
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  23 .2   Consent of Blank Rome LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1).
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included in the signature page).
  24 .2*   Power of Attorney of John E. Welsh, III.
  25 .1   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture with respect to the 2029 notes.
  99 .1   Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  99 .2   Form of Notice of Withdrawal.


E-1


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
   
No.
 
Description
 
  99 .3   Dealer Managers Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2009, by and among the Company, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
  99 .4   First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, effective as of April 28, 2008, by and among General Cable Industries, Inc., as borrower, the Company and those certain other subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, as guarantors, the issuing banks, the lenders and GE Business Financial Services Inc., as administrative agent for the lenders, collateral agent and security trustee.
  99 .5   Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, effective as of October 26, 2009, by and among General Cable Industries, Inc., as borrower, the Company and those certain other subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, as guarantors, the issuing banks, the lenders and GE Business Financial Services Inc., as administrative agent for the lenders, collateral agent and security trustee.
 
 
* To be filed by amendment


E-2

     
Exhibit 4.1
(CERTIFICATE)
common stock par value $.01 per share general cable corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of delaware this certificate is transferable in canton, ma and new york, NY this is to certify that cusip 369300 10 8 see reverse for certain definition is the owner of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, par value of $.01 per share, of general cable corporation countersigned and registered: computershare trust company, N.A. transfer agent and registrar Authorized signature Secretary

 


 

GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
 
          THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO ANY STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION A FULL STATEMENT OF THE AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK AND OF ALL DESIGNATIONS, VOTING RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, LIMITATIONS AND SPECIAL RIGHTS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS OR SERIES OF THE CAPITAL STOCK AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED SO FAR AS THEY HAVE BEEN FIXED AND DETERMINED, AND OF THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO FIX AND DETERMINE THE DESIGNATIONS, VOTING RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, LIMITATIONS AND SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OR SERIES OF SHARES OF THE CORPORATION.
 
          The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
                 
          JT TEN
    as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT —                        Custodian                     
      (Cust)                          (Minor)
under Uniform Gifts to Minors
          TEN COM
    as tenants in common       Act                                          
          TEN ENT
    husband and wife as tenants by the entireties                            (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
For value received,                                                                                   hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
TAXPAYER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

      
      


         
 
 
 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ASSIGNEE)
   
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
      shares
 
 
 
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
   
 
       
 
      Attorney
 
 
 
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
   
Dated                                          
             
 
  NOTICE:  
 
THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
    
             
 
  SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:        
 
     
 
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
   

 

Exhibit 4.8
 
 
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION, as Issuer,
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of November [       ], 2009
 
Subordinated Convertible Notes Due 2029
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
 
       
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
    1  
 
       
Section 1.01. Definitions
    1  
Section 1.02. Other Definitions
    13  
Section 1.03. Trust Indenture Act Provisions
    14  
Section 1.04. Rules Of Construction
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 THE SECURITIES
    15  
 
       
Section 2.01. Form and Dating
    15  
Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication
    17  
Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent
    18  
Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money In Trust
    19  
Section 2.05. Conversion Agent To Hold Money In Trust
    20  
Section 2.06. Lists of Holders of Securities
    20  
Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange
    20  
Section 2.08. Replacement Securities
    21  
Section 2.09. Outstanding Securities
    22  
Section 2.10. Treasury Securities
    22  
Section 2.11. Temporary Securities
    23  
Section 2.12. Cancellation
    23  
Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
    23  
Section 2.14. Calculations
    24  
Section 2.15. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
    24  
Section 2.16. Computation of Interest
    25  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 PURCHASE
    25  
 
       
Section 3.01. Purchase of Securities by the Company for Cash at Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change
    25  
Section 3.02. Effect of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice
    28  
Section 3.03. Deposit of Fundamental Change Purchase Price
    28  
Section 3.04. Repayment to the Company
    29  
Section 3.05. Securities Purchased In Part
    29  
Section 3.06. Compliance With Securities Laws Upon Purchase of Securities
    29  
Section 3.07. Purchase of Securities In Open Market
    30  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 CONVERSION
    30  

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
 
Section 4.01. Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate
    30  
Section 4.02. Conversion Procedure
    35  
Section 4.03. Fractional Shares
    37  
Section 4.04. Taxes on Conversion
    37  
Section 4.05. Company To Provide Common Stock
    37  
Section 4.06. Adjustment of Conversion Rate
    37  
Section 4.07. No Adjustment
    43  
Section 4.08. Notice of Adjustment
    44  
Section 4.09. Notice of Certain Transactions
    44  
Section 4.10. Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale on Conversion Privilege
    44  
Section 4.11. Trustee’s Disclaimer
    47  
Section 4.12. Voluntary Increase
    47  
Section 4.13. Payment of Cash in Lieu of Common Stock
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 COVENANTS
    48  
 
       
Section 5.01. Payment of Securities
    48  
Section 5.02. SEC Reports
    49  
Section 5.03. Compliance Certificates
    50  
Section 5.04. Further Instruments and Acts
    50  
Section 5.05. Maintenance of Corporate Existence
    50  
Section 5.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    51  
Section 5.07. Maintenance of Office or Agency
    51  
Section 5.08. Contingent Interest
    51  
Section 5.09. Contingent Interest Notification
    52  
Section 5.10. Tax Treatment
    52  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 CONSOLIDATION; MERGER; SALE OF ASSETS
    52  
 
       
Section 6.01. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms
    52  
Section 6.02. Successor Substituted
    53  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
    54  
 
       
Section 7.01. Events of Default
    54  
Section 7.02. Acceleration
    56  
Section 7.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
    57  
Section 7.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    58  
Section 7.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities
    59  

ii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
 
Section 7.06. Application of Money Collected
    59  
Section 7.07. Limitation on Suits
    59  
Section 7.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Payment and to Convert
    60  
Section 7.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    60  
Section 7.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    60  
Section 7.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    61  
Section 7.12. Control by Holders
    61  
Section 7.13. Waiver of Past Defaults
    61  
Section 7.14. Undertaking for Costs
    61  
Section 7.15. Remedies Subject to Applicable Law
    62  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 TRUSTEE
    62  
 
       
Section 8.01. Duties of Trustee
    62  
Section 8.02. Notice of Default
    63  
Section 8.03. Certain Rights of Trustee
    63  
Section 8.04. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals, Dispositions of Securities or Application of Proceeds Thereof
    65  
Section 8.05. Trustee and Agents May Hold Securities; Collections; etc.
    65  
Section 8.06. Money Held in Trust
    65  
Section 8.07. Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim
    65  
Section 8.08. Conflicting Interests
    66  
Section 8.09. Trustee Eligibility
    66  
Section 8.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee
    66  
Section 8.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
    68  
Section 8.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
    68  
Section 8.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
    69  
Section 8.14. Reports By Trustee
    69  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
    70  
 
       
Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
    70  
Section 9.02. Application of Trust Money and Property
    70  
Section 9.03. Reinstatement
    71  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 AMENDMENTS; SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
    71  
 
       
Section 10.01. Without Consent of Holders
    71  
Section 10.02. With Consent of Holders
    72  

iii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
 
Section 10.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures and Agreements
    73  
Section 10.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures
    74  
Section 10.05. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
    74  
Section 10.06. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures
    74  
Section 10.07. Notice of Supplemental Indentures
    74  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 REDEMPTION
    74  
 
       
Section 11.01. Right to Redeem
    74  
Section 11.02. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed
    75  
Section 11.03. Notice of Redemption
    76  
Section 11.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption
    76  
Section 11.05. Deposit of Redemption Price
    77  
Section 11.06. Securities Redeemed in Part
    77  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 SUBORDINATION
    77  
 
       
Section 12.01. Agreement of Subordination
    77  
Section 12.02. Payments to Holders
    78  
Section 12.03. Subrogation of Securities
    80  
Section 12.04. Authorization to Effect Subordination
    81  
Section 12.05. Notice to Trustee
    81  
Section 12.06. Trustee’s Relation to Senior Debt
    82  
Section 12.07. No Impairment of Subordination
    82  
Section 12.08. Certain Conversions Not Deemed Payment
    82  
Section 12.09. Article Applicable to Paying Agents
    83  
Section 12.10. Senior Debt Entitled to Rely
    83  
 
       
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS
    83  
 
       
Section 13.01. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act
    83  
Section 13.02. Notices
    83  
Section 13.03. Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders
    85  
Section 13.04. Compliance Certificates and Opinions
    85  
Section 13.05. Acts of Holders
    86  
Section 13.06. Benefits of Indenture
    87  
Section 13.07. Legal Holidays
    87  
Section 13.08. Governing Law
    87  
Section 13.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    88  

iv


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page  
 
Section 13.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
    88  
Section 13.11. Successors and Assigns
    88  
Section 13.12. Multiple Counterparts
    88  
Section 13.13. Separability Clause
    88  
Section 13.14. Independence of Covenants
    88  
Section 13.15. Schedules and Exhibits
    88  
Section 13.16. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
    88  
 
       
EXHIBIT A — Form of Security
    A-1  

v


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
                     
TIA         Indenture
Section         Section(s)
Section 310(a)(1)         8.09  
 
    (a )(2)         8.09  
 
    (a )(3)         N.A. **
 
    (a )(4)         N.A.  
 
    (a )(5)         8.09  
 
    (b )         8.08  
 
    (c )         N.A.  
Section 311(a)         8.13  
 
    (b )         8.05  
 
    (c )         N.A.  
Section 312(a)         2.06  
 
    (b )         13.03  
 
    (c )         13.03  
Section 313(a)         8.14 (a)
 
    (b )(1)         N.A.  
 
    (b )(2)         8.14 (a)
 
    (c )         8.14 (a)
 
    (d )         8.14 (b)
Section 314(a)         5.02  
 
    (b )         N.A.  
 
    (c )(1)         §13.04 (a)
 
    (c )(2)         §13.04 (a)
 
    (c )(3)         N.A.  
 
    (d )         N.A.  
 
    (e )         §13.04 (b)
 
    (f )         N.A.  
Section 315(a)         8.01 (b)
 
    315 (b)         8.02  
 
    315 (c)         8.01 (a)
 
    315 (d)         8.01 (c)
 
    315(d )(2)         8.01 (c)
 
    315(d )(3)         8.01 (c)
 
    315 (e)         7.14  
Section 316(a)(1)         7.12  
 
    316(a )(2)         N.A.  
 
    316 (b)         7.08  
 
    316 (c)         13.05 (e)
Section 317(a)         7.03, 7.04 (a)
 
    317 (b)         2.04  
Section 318(a)         13.01  
 
    318 (c)         13.01  
 
*   This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Indenture.
 
**   N.A. means Not Applicable.

vi


 

          THIS INDENTURE dated as of November [ ], 2009 is between General Cable Corporation, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).
          In consideration of the purchase of the Securities (as defined herein) by the Holders thereof, the parties hereto agree as follows for the benefit of one another and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company’s Subordinated Convertible Notes Due 2029.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
     Section 1.01. Definitions .
          “ 0.875% Convertible Notes ” means the 0.875% senior convertibles notes due 2013 of the Company, issued pursuant to the indenture dated as of November 15, 2006 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
          “ 1.00% Convertible Notes ” means the 1.00% senior convertibles notes due 2012 of the Company, issued pursuant to the indenture dated as of October 2, 2007 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
          “ 7.125% Senior Notes ” means the 7.125% senior fixed rate notes due 2017 of the Company, issued pursuant to the indenture dated as of March 21, 2007 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
          “ Additional Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02.
          “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person; (ii) any other Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of such specified Person’s Capital Stock or any officer or director of any such specified Person or other Person or, with respect to any natural Person, any Person having a relationship with such Person by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin; or (iii) any other Person 10% or more of the Voting Stock of which is beneficially owned or held directly or indirectly by such specified Person.
          For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
          “ Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent.
          “ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any conversion, transfer or exchange of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, to the extent applicable to such conversion, transfer or exchange.

1


 

          “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “ Bankruptcy ” or any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors, whether in effect on the date hereof or hereafter.
          “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of such board, or any equivalent body in a limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity serving substantially the same function as a board of directors of a corporation.
          “ Board Resolution ” means, with respect to any Person, a duly adopted resolution (or other similar action) of the Board of Directors of such Person or a duly authorized committee thereof, as applicable.
          “ Business Day ” means any weekday that is not a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close or be closed.
          “ Capital Lease Obligation ” of any Person means any obligation of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis under any capital lease of real or personal property which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be recorded as a capitalized lease obligation on the books of the lessee.
          “ Capital Stock ” in any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) corporate stock or other equity participations, including partnership interests, whether general or limited, in such Person, including any Preferred Capital Stock and any right or interest which is classified as equity in accordance with GAAP (other than debt securities convertible into Capital Stock).
          “ Cash ” or “ cash ” means such coin or currency of the United States as at any time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
          “ Cash Equivalents ” means (i) any evidence of Indebtedness, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by the United States of America, or an instrumentality or agency thereof, and guaranteed fully as to principal, premium, if any, and interest by the United States of America, (ii) any certificate of deposit, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a commercial banking institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System and that has combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000, whose debt has a rating, at the time as of which any investment therein is made, of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P, (iii) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Company) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America with a rating, at the time as of which any investment therein is made, of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P, (iv) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000; provided that the short term debt of such commercial bank has a rating, at the time of Investment, of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1”

2


 

(or higher) according to S&P, and (v) shares of money market mutual funds within the definition of Rule 2a-7 promulgated by the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
          “ Certificated Security ” means a Security that is in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A but that does not include the information or the schedule called for by footnote 1 thereof.
          “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
          (1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock representing 50% or more of the total voting power of all outstanding Voting Stock of the Company; or
          (2) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, another person (other than a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company and/or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis) to any person (other than the Company or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary), other than any such transaction where immediately after such transaction the person or persons that “beneficially owned” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) immediately prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding Voting Stock of the Company, “beneficially own or owns” (as so determined), directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee person; or
          (3) during any consecutive two-year period, the Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors; or
          (4) the adoption of a plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, it will not constitute a Change of Control if 100% of the consideration for the Company’s Common Stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights) in the transaction or transactions constituting the Change of Control consists of common stock and any associated rights listed on a United States national securities exchange or quoted on a national automated dealer quotation system, or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with the Change of Control, and as a result of such transaction or transactions the Securities become convertible solely into such common stock.
          “ Closing Price ” means, with respect to the Company’s Common Stock on any Trading Day, the reported last sale price per share (or if no last sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices per share or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices per share) on such date reported by the New York Stock Exchange, or, if the Company’s Common Stock is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market, or, if the Company’s Common Stock is not quoted on the NASDAQ

3


 

Global Market, as reported by the principal national securities exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock is listed, or if no such prices are available, the Closing Price per share shall be the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as reasonably determined by the Board of Directors (which determination shall be conclusive and shall be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee).
          “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, or any successor common stock thereto.
          “ Company ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Company.
          “ Company Request ” or “ Company Order ” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by any one of its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, its Chief Operating Officer, its Chief Financial Officer or a Vice President (regardless of Vice Presidential designation), and by any one of its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, any other Vice President (regardless of Vice Presidential designation), its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who was (a) a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture or (b) nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such board at the time of such nomination or election.
          “ Conversion Price ” per share of Common Stock as of any day means the result obtained by dividing (i) $1,000 by (ii) the then applicable Conversion Rate.
          “ Conversion Rate ” means the rate at which shares of Common Stock shall be delivered upon conversion, which rate shall be initially [            ] shares of Common Stock for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.
          “ Conversion Reference Period ” means:
          (1) for Securities that are converted during the 25 scheduled Trading Days prior to the Final Maturity Date of the Securities, the 20 consecutive Trading Days preceding and ending on the third Trading Day prior to the Final Maturity Date, subject to any extension due to a Market Disruption Event; and
          (2) in all other instances, the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on the third Trading Day following the Conversion Date.
          “ Conversion Value ” means the average of the Daily Conversion Values for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days of the Conversion Reference Period.

4


 

          “ Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time the trust created by this Indenture shall be administered, which office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is located at 425 Walnut Street, 6th Floor, Cincinnati, OH, 45202, Attention: Robert T. Jones, Vice President, or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company.
          “ Daily Conversion Value ” means, with respect to any Trading Day, for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities, an amount equal to the product of (i) the applicable Conversion Rate and (ii) the Daily VWAP per share of Common Stock on such Trading Day; provided that after the consummation of a Change of Control in which the consideration is comprised entirely of cash, the amount used in clause (ii) will be the cash price per share received by holders of Common Stock in such Change of Control.
          “ Daily Share Amount ” means for each Trading Day during the Conversion Reference Period and for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities surrendered for conversion, a number of shares (but in no event less than zero) equal to (i) the amount of (a) the Daily VWAP per share of Common Stock for such Trading Day multiplied by the applicable Conversion Rate less (b) $1,000; divided by (ii) the Daily VWAP per share of Common Stock for such Trading Day multiplied by 20.
          “ Daily VWAP ” for any trading day means the per share volume weighted average price of the Common Stock on that day as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on Bloomberg Page BGC.N <Equity> AQR (or its equivalent successor page if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading on the relevant Trading Day until the scheduled close of trading on the relevant Trading Day (or if such volume weighted average price is unavailable, the market price of one share of the Common Stock on such Trading Day determined, using a volume weighted average method, by a nationally recognized investment banking firm retained by the Company for this purpose).
          “ Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “ Designated Senior Debt ” means, with respect to the Company, obligations under any Senior Debt in which the instrument creating or evidencing such Senior Debt or the assumption or guarantee thereof (or related agreements or documents to which the Company is a party) expressly provides that such Senior Debt shall be “Designated Senior Debt” for purposes of this Indenture. The instrument, agreement or other document evidencing any Designated Senior Debt may place limitations and conditions on the right of such Senior Debt to exercise the rights of Designated Senior Debt.
          “ Disposition ” means, for the purposes of the definition of “ Surviving Person ” only, with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination involving such Person (whether or not such Person is the Surviving Person) or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.

5


 

          “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s-length free market transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith and shall be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors.
          “ Final Maturity Date ” means November 15, 2029.
          “ Fundamental Change ” means the occurrence of a Change of Control or a Termination of Trading. “ Fundamental Change Effective Date ” means the date on which any Fundamental Change becomes effective.
          “ Fundamental Change Purchase Price ” of any Security, means 100% of the principal amount of the Security to be purchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Purchase Date.
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect (i) with respect to periodic reporting requirements, from time to time, and (ii) otherwise on the date hereof.
          “ Global Security ” means a Security in global form that is in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A and that includes the information and schedule called for in footnote 1 thereof and which is deposited with the Depositary or its custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.
          “ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the Obligations of such Person under (1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and similar agreements or arrangements and (2) foreign currency or commodity hedge, swap, exchange and similar agreements (agreements referred to in this definition being referred to herein as “Hedging Agreements”).
          “ Holder ” or “ Holder of a Security ” means the person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.
          “ Indebtedness ” means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent:
          (1) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed;
          (2) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of assets or business by such Person;

6


 

          (3) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person;
          (4) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of assets or services (but excluding (A) earnout or other similar obligations until such time as the amount of such obligation is capable of being determined and its payment is probable, (B) trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with industry practices (including, so long as not treated as Indebtedness in accordance with GAAP, trade payables subject to the payables extension facility), or (C) other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue or which are being contested in good faith);
          (5) every Capital Lease Obligation of such Person, including, without limitation, from Sale/Leaseback Transactions;
          (6) every net obligation payable under Hedging Agreements of such Person;
          (7) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the amount of such obligation being the maximum amount covered by such guarantee or for which such Person is otherwise liable; and
          (8) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (7) above of another Person the payment of which is secured by the assets of that Person, the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of such asset or (ii) the amount of the obligation so secured.
          Indebtedness:
          (A) shall never be calculated taking into account any cash and Cash Equivalents held by such Person;
          (B) shall not include obligations of any Person (1) arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such obligations are extinguished within 5 Business Days of their incurrence, (2) resulting from the endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past business practices and (3) under standby letters of credit to the extent collateralized by cash or Cash Equivalents;
          (C) shall include the liquidation preference and any mandatory redemption payment obligations in respect of any Redeemable Capital Stock or any Preferred Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary;
          (D) shall not include any liability for federal, provincial, state, local or other taxes; and

7


 

          (E) shall not include obligations under performance bonds, performance guarantees, surety bonds and appeal bonds, letters of credit or similar obligations, incurred in the ordinary course of business.
          “ Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed (including all exhibits and schedules thereto) and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including the provisions of the TIA that are automatically deemed to be part of this Indenture by operation of the TIA.
          “ Indenture Obligations ” means the obligations of the Company and any other obligor under this Indenture or under the Securities, to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) when due and payable, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Indenture and the Securities and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee and the Holders under this Indenture and the Securities, according to the respective terms hereof and thereof.
          “ Initial Conversion Value ” means [             ].
          “ Interest Payment Date ” means May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2010.
          “ Issue Date ” means the date of this Indenture.
          “ Market Disruption Event ” means the occurrence or existence for more than one-half hour period in the aggregate on any scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or future contracts relating to the Common Stock, and such suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time before 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on such day.
          “ Officer ” means the Chairman, any Vice Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company.
          “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, and delivered to, the Trustee; provided, however, that for purposes of Section 5.03, “ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal operating officer or principal accounting officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Guarantor, the “ Officer’s Certificate ” may be executed by any one of the Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Guarantor, the Guarantor’s general partner or the Guarantor’s member.
          “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee and who shall be reasonably acceptable

8


 

to the Trustee, and which opinion shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
          “ Preferred Capital Stock, ” in any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over Capital Stock of any other class in such Person.
          “ Principal ” or “ principal ” of a debt security, including the Securities, means the principal of the security plus, when appropriate, the premium, if any, on the security.
          “ Prospectus ” means the Prospectus relating to the issuance of the Securities, dated [            ], 2009.
          “ Redeemable Capital Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, either by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or exchangeable or otherwise, (1) is, or upon the happening of an event or passage of time would be, required to be redeemed prior to the Final Maturity Date, (2) is redeemable at the option of the holder of such Capital Stock at any time prior to the Final Maturity Date (other than upon a Change of Control of the Company in circumstances where the Holders of the Securities would have similar rights), or (3) is convertible into or exchangeable for debt securities at any time prior to the Final Maturity Date at the option of the holder of such Capital Stock.
          “ Redemption Conversion Value ” means the product of (i) the Conversion Rate in effect on the Redemption Date and (ii) the average of the Daily VWAP of the Company’s Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date.
          “ Redemption Date ” shall mean the date specified for redemption of the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities and Article 11 hereof.
          “ Redemption Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.01.
          “ Regular Record Date ” means, with respect to each Interest Payment Date, the May 1 or November 1, as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.
          “ Representative ” means the (i) indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for any Senior Debt or (ii) with respect to any Senior Debt that does not have any such trustee, agent or other representative, (1) in the case of such Senior Debt issued pursuant to an agreement providing for voting arrangements as among the holders or owners of such Senior Debt, any holder or owner of such Senior Debt acting with the consent of the required Persons necessary to bind such holders or owners of such Senior Debt and (2) in the case of all other such Senior Debt, the holder or owner of such Senior Debt.

9


 

          “ Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that has not been designated by the Company’s Board of Directors by a board resolution delivered to the Trustee under any indenture for any Senior Note, as defined in this Section, as an “unrestricted subsidiary” pursuant to and in compliance with the terms of the indenture governing the applicable Senior Note.
          “ Sale/Leaseback Transaction ” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Subsidiary leases it from such Person.
          “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “ Securities ” means up to $[          ],000 aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2029, or any of them (each a “ Security ”), as amended or supplemented from time to time, that are issued under this Indenture.
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
          “ Securities Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Securities in global form, or any successor thereto.
          “ Senior Floating Rate Notes ” means the senior floating rate notes due 2015 of the Company, issued pursuant to the indenture dated as of March 21, 2007 among the Company, the guarantors named therein, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
          “ Senior Debt ” means, with respect to the Company, the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including contingent and additional interest, if any, and all interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) on, and all fees and other amounts payable in connection with, the following, whether absolute or contingent, secured or unsecured, due or to become due, outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed by the Company:
          (i) any Indebtedness or obligation (1) evidenced by a credit or loan agreement, note, bond, debenture or similar written obligation or instrument or (2) for money borrowed;
          (ii) all obligations (1) as lessee under leases required to be capitalized on such Person’s balance sheet under GAAP or (2) as lessee under other leases for facilities, capital equipment or related assets, whether or not capitalized, entered into or leased for financing purposes;
          (iii) all Hedging Obligations or similar agreements or arrangements;
          (iv) all obligations and liabilities of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and similar facilities (including reimbursement obligations with respect to the foregoing);

10


 

          (v) all obligations and liabilities of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of any property or services (but excluding trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business);
          (vi) obligations of the type described in clauses (i) through (v) above of any third Person and all dividends of any third Person payment of which, in either case, the Company has assumed or guaranteed, or for which the Company is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, jointly or severally, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, or which are secured by a lien on the Company’s property; and
          (vii) any and all renewals, extensions, modifications, replacements, restatements and refundings of, or any indebtedness or obligation issued in exchange for, any Indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (vi).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Senior Debt shall not include (i) the Securities, (ii) any Indebtedness created, evidenced, assumed or guaranteed by an instrument that expressly provides that such Indebtedness is subordinate, or shall not be senior, in right of payment to the Securities or expressly provides that such Indebtedness is “pari passu” or “junior” to the Securities, (iii) any Indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary of the Company or (iv) any Indebtedness of or amounts owed by the Company for trade payables or otherwise for goods or materials purchased or services obtained in the ordinary course of business.
          “ Senior Notes ” means, collectively, the 1.00% Convertible Notes, the 0.875% Senior Convertible Notes, the Senior Floating Rate Notes and the 7.125% Senior Notes.
          “ Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “ significant subsidiary ” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.
          “ Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.15.
          “ Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
          “ Stock Price ” means the price paid, or deemed paid, per share of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with a Change of Control as determined pursuant to Section 4.01(j) hereof.
          “ Subsidiary ” of a Person means (i) any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner, or (iii) any other Person in which such Person, or one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more other

11


 

Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, has more than 50% of the outstanding partnership or similar interests or has the power, by contract or otherwise, to direct or cause the direction of the policies, management and affairs of such Person.
          “ Surviving Person ” means, with respect to any Person involved in or that makes any Disposition, the Person formed by or surviving such Disposition or the Person to which such Disposition is made.
          “ Tax Triggering Event ” means (i) the enactment of U.S. federal legislation, promulgation of Treasury regulations, issuance of a published ruling, notice, announcement or equivalent form of guidance by the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service, or the issuance of a judicial decision, in each case after the Issue Date, if the Company receives an opinion of its outside counsel to the effect that, any such authority will have the effect of lowering the comparable yield or delaying or otherwise limiting the current deductibility of interest or original issue discount with respect to the Securities, or (ii) any closing agreement or other final settlement entered into by us and the U.S. Treasury or Internal Revenue Service which agreement or settlement has the effect of lowering the comparable yield or delaying or otherwise limiting the current deductibility of interest or original issue discount with respect to the Securities, provided that the Company determines that the reduction, delay or limit on its current deductibility of interest or original issue discount with respect to the Securities as a result of the conditions described in clause (i) or (ii) of this definition is material.
          “ Termination of Trading ” means any date on which the Company’s Common Stock (or other common stock into which the Securities are then convertible) is not listed for trading on a United States national securities exchange, quoted on a U.S. national automated dealer quotation system, or approved for trading on an established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States.
          “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except to the extent that the Trust Indenture Act or any amendment thereto expressly provides for application of the Trust Indenture Act as in effect on another date.
          “ Trading Day ” means any day on which (i) there is no Market Disruption Event and (ii) the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, any day on which the NASDAQ Global Market is open for trading, or, if the Common Stock is neither listed on the New York Stock Exchange nor quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market, any day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading, or, if the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, any Business Day. A “Trading Day” only includes those days that have a scheduled closing time of 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) or the then standard closing time for regular trading on the relevant exchange or trading system.
          “ Trading Price ” of the Securities on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations obtained by the Trustee for $5.0 million principal amount of Securities at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from three nationally recognized securities dealers the Company selects, which may include Goldman,

12


 

Sachs & Co. and/or J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.; provided that if three such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Trustee, but two such bids are obtained, then the average of the two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the Trustee, that one bid shall be used. If the Trustee cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5.0 million principal amount of Securities from a nationally recognized securities dealer, or in the reasonable judgment of the Company, the bid quotations are not indicative of the secondary market value of the Securities, then the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Securities will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of the Closing Price of the Company’s Common Stock and the then applicable Conversion Rate per $1,000 principal amount of Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining Contingent Interest, if the Trustee cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5.0 million principal amount of Securities from a nationally recognized securities dealer, then the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Securities will be deemed to equal the product of (i) the Conversion Rate then in effect and (ii) the average Closing Price of the Common Stock over the five Trading-Day period ending on the determination date.
          “ Trustee ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means the successor.
          “ Trust Officer ” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
          “ Vice President ” when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president.”
          “ Voting Stock ” of any Person means Capital Stock of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders of such Capital Stock have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).
     Section 1.02. Other Definitions .
         
Term   Defined in Section  
“Act”
    13.05  
“Additional Shares”
    4.01  
“Agent Members”
    2.01  
“Business Combination”
    4.10  
“Cash Percentage”
    4.13  
“Contingent Interest”
    5.08  
“Contingent Payment Regulations”
    5.08  
“Conversion Agent”
    2.03  
“Conversion Date”
    4.02  

13


 

         
Term   Defined in Section  
“Current Market Price”
    4.06  
“DTC”
    2.01  
“Defaulted Interest”
    2.15  
“Depositary”
    2.01  
“Determination Date”
    4.06  
“Distributed Securities”
    4.06  
“Distribution Notice”
    4.01  
“Event of Default”
    7.01  
“ex-date”
    4.06  
“ex-dividend date”
    4.01  
“Expiration Date”
    4.06  
“Expiration Time”
    4.06  
“Fundamental Change Conversion Notice”
    4.01  
“Fundamental Change Purchase Date”
    3.01  
“Fundamental Change Purchase Notice”
    3.01  
“in connection with”
    4.10  
“Issuer Fundamental Change Notice”
    3.01  
“Make Whole Premium”
    4.01  
“Make Whole Transaction”
    4.01  
“Non-Payment Default”
    12.02  
“Notice of Default”
    7.01  
“Outstanding”
    2.09  
“Paying Agent”
    2.03  
“Payment Blockage Notice”
    12.02  
“Payment Default”
    12.02  
“Primary Registrar”
    2.03  
“Purchased Shares”
    4.06  
“purchases”
    4.06  
“record date”
    4.06  
“Reference Property”
    4.10  
“Registrar”
    2.03  
“Remaining Shares”
    4.13  
“Rights”
    4.06  
“Rights Plan”
    4.06  
“Special Payment Date”
    2.15  
“Spinoff Securities”
    4.06  
“Spinoff Valuation Period”
    4.06  
“tender offer”
    4.06  
“tendered shares”
    4.06  
“Triggering Distribution”
    4.06  
     Section 1.03. Trust Indenture Act Provisions .
          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, that provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA term used in this Indenture has the following meaning:

14


 

          “ obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Company or any other obligor on the Securities.
          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by any SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.
     Section 1.04. Rules Of Construction .
          For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
          (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
          (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
          (3) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;
          (4) the term “merger” includes a statutory share exchange and the term “merged” has a correlative meaning;
          (5) the masculine gender includes the feminine and the neuter;
          (6) the terms “include”, “including”, and similar terms should be construed as if followed by the phrase “without limitation”;
          (7) references to agreements and other instruments include subsequent amendments thereto; and
          (8) all “Article”, “Exhibit” and “Section” references are to Articles, Exhibits and Sections, respectively, of or to this Indenture unless otherwise specified herein, and the terms “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.
ARTICLE 2
THE SECURITIES
     Section 2.01. Form and Dating .
          The Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibit A, which Exhibit is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture. The Securities may include such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends, endorsements or changes as the Officer executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required by the Trustee, the Depositary, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant

15


 

thereto or with any rule or regulation of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Securities may be listed or quoted, or to conform to usage, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Securities are subject. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities are being offered for exchange by the Company pursuant to the terms of the exchange offer contained in the Prospectus and the related letter of transmittal.
          (a) Initial Global Securities . All of the Securities are initially being offered for exchange and shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Securities, which shall be deposited on behalf of the holders exchanging for the Securities represented thereby with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as Securities Custodian for the depositary, The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”, and such depositary, or any successor thereto, being hereinafter referred to as the “ Depositary ”), and registered in the name of its nominee, Cede & Co. (or any successor thereto), for the accounts of participants in the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Securities Custodian as hereinafter provided, subject in each case to compliance with the Applicable Procedures.
          (b) Global Securities In General . Each Global Security shall represent such of the outstanding Securities as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Securities from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, purchases, redemptions or conversions of such Securities. Any adjustment of the aggregate principal amount of a Global Security to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof and shall be made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary.
          Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depositary or under the Global Security, and the Depositary (including, for this purpose, its nominee) may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall (1) prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or (2) impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security.
          (c) Book Entry Provisions . The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.01(c), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Securities that (1) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, (2) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instructions and (3) shall bear legends substantially to the following effect:

16


 

          “UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.”
     Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication .
          (a) The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to $[          ],000,000, except as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.08.
          (b) The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by one of its Officers. The signatures of any of the Officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.
          (c) Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.
          (d) No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized officer, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
          (e) Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

17


 

          (f) The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery Securities for original issue in the aggregate principal amount of up to $[          ],000,000 upon receipt of a Company Order. The Company Order shall specify the amount of Securities to be authenticated, shall provide that all such Securities will be represented by a Global Security and the date on which each original issue of Securities is to be authenticated.
          (g) The Trustee shall act as the initial authenticating agent. Thereafter, the Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Securities. An authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.
          (h) The Securities shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral multiple thereof.
          (i) In case the Company, pursuant to Article 6, shall, in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions, be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or the Successor Person which shall have participated in the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article 6, any of the Securities authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the Successor Person, be exchanged for other Securities executed in the name of the Successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Securities surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the request of the Successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Securities as specified in such request for the purpose of such exchange. If Securities shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.02 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Securities, such Successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Securities at the time Outstanding for Securities authenticated and delivered in such new name.
     Section 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent .
          (a) The Company shall maintain one or more offices or agencies where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (each, a “ Registrar ”), one or more offices or agencies where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment (each, a “ Paying Agent ”), one or more offices or agencies where Securities may be presented for conversion (each, a “ Conversion Agent ”) and one or more offices or agencies where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The Company will at all times maintain a Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. One of

18


 

the Registrars (the “ Primary Registrar ”) shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. At the option of the Company, any payment of cash may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.
          (b) The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, provided that the Agent may be an Affiliate of the Trustee. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address, and any change in the name or address, of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, or agent for service of notices and demands in any place required by this Indenture, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent (except for the purposes of Section 5.01 and Article 9).
          (c) The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as Paying Agent, Registrar, Securities Custodian and Conversion Agent, and designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as the office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes and as the office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served.
     Section 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money In Trust .
          Unless otherwise specified herein, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the payment of principal of, or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on, any Securities, the Company shall deposit a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest so becoming due. Subject to Section 9.02, a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders of Securities or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on, the Securities, and shall notify the Trustee of any failure by the Company (or any other obligor on the Securities) to make any such payment. If the Company or an Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall, before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of, or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on, any Securities, segregate the money and hold it as a separate trust fund for the benefit of Holders. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent (other than the Company) shall have no further liability for the money.
          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and premium, if any, or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) has become due and payable shall promptly be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect

19


 

to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), and mail to each such Holder, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification, publication and mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will promptly be repaid to the Company.
     Section 2.05. Conversion Agent To Hold Money In Trust .
          The Company shall require each Conversion Agent (that is not the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Conversion Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all shares of Common Stock held by the Conversion Agent for the delivery of Common Stock when due upon conversion, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such delivery. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Conversion Agent to deliver all shares of Common Stock held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Conversion Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Conversion Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Conversion Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all shares held by it as Conversion Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Conversion Agent for the Securities.
     Section 2.06. Lists of Holders of Securities .
          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders of Securities. The Company shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee (a) semiannually, not more than 10 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date; and (b) at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content to that in subsection (a) hereof as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Primary Registrar, no such list need be furnished.
     Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange .
          (a) When a Security is presented to a Registrar with a request to register a transfer thereof or to exchange such Security for an equal principal amount of Securities of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transactions are met; provided, however, that every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by an assignment form and, if applicable, a transfer certificate each in the form included in Exhibit A, and completed in a manner satisfactory to the Registrar and duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, upon surrender of any Security for registration of transfer or exchange at an office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.03, the Company shall execute and the

20


 

Trustee shall authenticate Securities of a like aggregate principal amount at the Registrar’s request. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the Company or the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto; provided that this sentence shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.11, 4.02(e) or 10.06.
          (b) Neither the Company, any Registrar nor the Trustee shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Securities or portions thereof in respect of which (i) a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn by the Holder thereof (except, in the case of the purchase of a Security in part, the portion thereof not to be purchased) or (ii) a notice of redemption has been delivered.
          (c) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
          (d) Any Registrar appointed pursuant to Section 2.03 shall provide to the Trustee such information as the Trustee may reasonably require in connection with the delivery by such Registrar of Securities upon transfer or exchange of Securities.
          (e) Each Holder of a Security agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the registration of transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Security in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law.
          (f) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) in any Security (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or other beneficial owners of interests in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
     Section 2.08. Replacement Securities .
          (a) If (1) any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, or (2) the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and there is delivered to the Company and the Trustee, such security or indemnity, in each case, as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon a Company Request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Security or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a replacement Security of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
          (b) If any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Article 3, or

21


 

converted pursuant to Article 4, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay, purchase or convert such Security, as the case may be.
          (c) Upon the issuance of any new Securities under this Section 2.08, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and the Trustee) in connection therewith.
          (d) Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 2.08 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.
          (e) The provisions of this Section 2.08 are (to the extent lawful) exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.
     Section 2.09. Outstanding Securities .
          (a) Securities outstanding (“ Outstanding ”) at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee, except for those canceled by it, those purchased pursuant to Article 3, those converted pursuant to Article 4, those delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or surrendered for transfer or exchange and those described in this Section 2.09 as not Outstanding.
          (b) If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, such replaced Security ceases to be Outstanding unless the Company receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser.
          (c) If a Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds in respect of the Outstanding Securities on a Redemption Date, a Fundamental Change Purchase Date or the Final Maturity Date money sufficient to pay the principal of (including premium, if any) and accrued interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on Securities (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after such Redemption Date, Fundamental Change Purchase Date or Final Maturity Date, as the case may be, such Securities (or portions thereof, as the case may be) shall cease to be Outstanding and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on them shall cease to accrue.
          (d) Subject to the restrictions contained in Section 2.10, a Security does not cease to be Outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.
     Section 2.10. Treasury Securities .
          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any request, demand, authorization, notice, direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Securities or by any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded, except that, for purposes of determining

22


 

whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, notice, direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.
     Section 2.11. Temporary Securities .
          Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company with the consent of the Trustee considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities representing an equal principal amount of Securities. The temporary Securities will be exchanged for definitive Securities in accordance with Section 2.07 hereof. Until so exchanged, temporary Securities shall have the same rights under this Indenture as the definitive Securities.
     Section 2.12. Cancellation .
          The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for transfer, exchange, purchase, payment or conversion. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel, in accordance with its standard procedures, all Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, purchase, payment, conversion or cancellation and shall dispose of the cancelled Securities in accordance with its customary procedures or deliver the canceled Securities to the Company upon request. All Securities which are redeemed or purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Final Maturity Date pursuant to Article 3 shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company may not hold or resell such Securities or issue any new Securities to replace any such Securities or any Securities that any Holder has converted pursuant to Article 4. The Trustee shall maintain a record of all canceled Securities. The Trustee shall provide the Company a list of all Securities that have been canceled from time to time as requested by the Company in writing.
     Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers .
          The Company in issuing the Securities may use one or more “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use such “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers in a notice of redemption or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or Fundamental Change Purchase Notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “ CUSIP ” numbers.

23


 

     Section 2.14. Calculations .
          The calculation of the Redemption Price, Fundamental Change Purchase Price, Conversion Rate, Conversion Price and each other calculation to be made hereunder shall be the obligation of the Company, except for such calculations required by clause (1) of Section 4.01(a), which will be determined by the Conversion Agent, on behalf of the Company. All calculations made by the Company as contemplated pursuant to this Section 2.14 or otherwise pursuant to the Securities shall be made in good faith and shall be final and binding on the Company and the Holders absent manifest error. The Trustee, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent shall not be obligated to recalculate, recompute or confirm any such calculations made by the Company, and the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculation without independent verification thereof. The Company shall provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee upon the Trustee’s request, certified by an officer, promptly after making such calculations.
     Section 2.15. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .
          Interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on the Final Maturity Date of such interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name the Security is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest payment.
          Any interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on any Security which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on the Stated Maturity of such interest, and interest on such defaulted interest at the then applicable interest rate borne by the Securities, to the extent lawful (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “ Defaulted Interest ”), shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the Regular Record Date; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Subsection (a) or (b) below:
          (a) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date (not less than 20 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “ Special Payment Date ”), and on the date of payment the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the Special Payment Date, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this subsection provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the Special Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of such Special Record Date. Unless the Company issues a press release to the same effect, in the name and at the expense of the Company, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder at its address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to

24


 

such Special Record Date or notify in such other manner as the Trustee determines, including in accordance with any Applicable Procedures. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Payment Date therefor having been so mailed or otherwise conveyed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following paragraph (b).
          (b) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any national securities exchange on which the Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by this Indenture not inconsistent with the requirements of such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this subsection, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.15, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.
          All references to “interest” in this Indenture include, without limitation, all rights to the payment of Contingent Interest and Additional Interest.
     Section 2.16. Computation of Interest .
          Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
ARTICLE 3
PURCHASE
     Section 3.01. Purchase of Securities by the Company for Cash at Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change .
          (a) If a Fundamental Change occurs prior to the Final Maturity Date, each Holder of a Security shall have the right, at the option of the Holder, to require the Company to purchase for cash all or any portion of the Securities of such Holder equal to $1,000 principal amount (or any integral multiple thereof) at the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, on the date specified by the Company that is 30 Business Days after the later of the Fundamental Change Effective Date and the date the Issuer Fundamental Change Notice is given by the Company pursuant to subsection 3.01(b) (the “ Fundamental Change Purchase Date ”).
          (b) On or before the 30th day after the Company knows or reasonably should know of the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall mail a written notice of the Fundamental Change and of the resulting purchase right to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and to each Holder of record of Securities (an “ Issuer Fundamental Change Notice ”). The Issuer Fundamental Change Notice shall include the form of a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:

25


 

          (1) the events causing such Fundamental Change;
          (2) the date (or expected date) of such Fundamental Change;
          (3) the last date by which the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice must be delivered to elect the purchase option pursuant to this Section 3.01;
          (4) the Fundamental Change Purchase Date;
          (5) the Fundamental Change Purchase Price;
          (6) the Holder’s right to require the Company to purchase the Securities;
          (7) the name and address of each Paying Agent and Conversion Agent;
          (8) the then effective Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the Conversion Rate resulting from such Fundamental Change;
          (9) the procedures that the Holder must follow to exercise rights under Article 4 of this Indenture and that the Securities as to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been given may be converted into Common Stock pursuant to Article 4 of this Indenture only to the extent that the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
          (10) the procedures that the Holder must follow to exercise rights under this Section 3.01;
          (11) the procedures for withdrawing a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice;
          (12) that, unless the Company fails to pay such Fundamental Change Purchase Price, Securities covered by any Fundamental Change Purchase Notice will cease to be outstanding and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) will cease to accrue on and after the Fundamental Change Purchase Date; and
          (13) the CUSIP number of the Securities.
          At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall give such Issuer Fundamental Change Notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided that, in all cases, the text of such Issuer Fundamental Change Notice shall be prepared by the Company. In connection with the delivery of the Issuer Fundamental Change Notice to the Holders, the Company shall publish a notice containing substantially the same information that is required in the Issuer Fundamental Change Notice in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or publish information on a website of the Company or through such other public medium the Company may use at that time. If any of the Securities is in the form of a Global Security, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the Applicable Procedures relating to the purchase of Global Securities.

26


 

          (c) A Holder may exercise its rights specified in Section 3.01(a) upon delivery of a written notice (which shall be in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A under the heading “Fundamental Change Purchase Notice” and which may be delivered by letter, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Securities, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the Depositary’s Applicable Procedures) of the exercise of such rights (a “ Fundamental Change Purchase Notice ”) to the Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, subject to extension to comply with applicable law.
          (1) The Fundamental Change Purchase Notice shall state: (A) if the Securities are in certificated form, the certificate numbers of the Securities which the Holder will deliver to be purchased (or, if the Security is held in global form, any other items required to comply with the Applicable Procedures), (B) the portion of the principal amount of the Securities which the Holder will deliver to be purchased, which portion must be a principal amount of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof and (C) that such Security shall be purchased as of the Fundamental Change Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Securities and in this Indenture.
          (2) The delivery of a Security for which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been timely delivered, together with any necessary endorsements, to any Paying Agent and not validly withdrawn prior to, on or after the Fundamental Change Purchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements) at the office of such Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price therefor.
          (3) The Company shall only be obliged to purchase, pursuant to this Section 3.01, a portion of a Security if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof (provisions of this Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Security also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Security).
          (4) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to a Paying Agent the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 3.01(c) shall have the right to withdraw such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice in whole or in a portion thereof that is a principal amount of $1,000 or in an integral multiple thereof at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Fundamental Change Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 3.02(b).
          (5) A Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Purchase Notice or written withdrawal thereof.
          (6) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Securities, any Fundamental Change Purchase Notice may be delivered or withdrawn and such Securities may be surrendered or delivered for purchase in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as in effect from time to time.

27


 

          (d) The Company shall deposit cash at the time and in the manner as provided in Section 3.03, sufficient to pay the aggregate Fundamental Change Purchase Price of all Securities to be purchased pursuant to this Section 3.01.
     Section 3.02. Effect of Fundamental Change Purchase Notice .
          (a) Upon receipt by any Paying Agent of a properly completed Fundamental Change Purchase Notice from a Holder, the Holder of the Security in respect of which such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in Section 3.02(b) or the Securities have previously been submitted for conversion) thereafter be entitled to receive the Fundamental Change Purchase Price with respect to such Security, subject to the occurrence of the Fundamental Change Effective Date. Such Fundamental Change Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder promptly, but no later than two Business Days, following the later of (1) the Fundamental Change Purchase Date (provided that the conditions in Section 3.01 have been satisfied) and (2) the time of delivery of such Security to a Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.01(c). Securities in respect of which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Article 4 on or after the date of the delivery of such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice unless such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn in accordance with Section 3.02(b) with respect to the Securities to be converted.
          (b) A Fundamental Change Purchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice (which may be delivered by mail, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Securities, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to a Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately prior to the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, specifying (1) the principal amount of the Security or portion thereof (which must be a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, (2) if the Securities are in certificated form, the certificate numbers of the Security being withdrawn in whole or in part (or if the Securities are not certificated, such written notice must comply with the procedures of the Depositary) and (3) the portion of the principal amount of the Security, if any, that will remain subject to the Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, which portion must be a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.
     Section 3.03. Deposit of Fundamental Change Purchase Price .
          (a) On or before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day following the applicable Fundamental Change Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or if the Company or an Affiliate of the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04) an amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on or after such Fundamental Change Purchase Date), sufficient to pay the aggregate Fundamental Change Purchase Price of all the Securities or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Fundamental Change Purchase Date.

28


 

          (b) If a Paying Agent or the Trustee holds on, or the Business Day following, the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, in accordance with the terms hereof, an amount of money sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Purchase Price of any Security (or portion thereof) for which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been tendered and not withdrawn in accordance with this Indenture then, immediately following the applicable Fundamental Change Purchase Date, whether or not the Security is delivered to the Paying Agent, such Security shall cease to be outstanding, interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any), shall cease to accrue, and the rights of the Holder in respect of the Security shall terminate (other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change Purchase Price upon delivery of the Security as aforesaid).
          (c) The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Securities with respect to which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Indenture.
          (d) If a Fundamental Change Purchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, then interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities payable to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date will be payable on such Interest Payment Date to the Holders in whose names the Securities are registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.
     Section 3.04. Repayment to the Company .
          To the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 3.03 exceeds the aggregate Fundamental Change Purchase Price of the Securities or portions thereof that the Company is obligated to purchase, then promptly after the Fundamental Change Purchase Date the Trustee or a Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall return any such excess cash to the Company, or if such money is then held by the Company in trust, it shall be discharged from the trust.
     Section 3.05. Securities Purchased In Part .
          Any Security that is to be purchased only in part shall be surrendered at the office of a Paying Agent, and promptly after the Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge, a new Security or Securities, of such authorized denomination or denominations as may be requested by such Holder (which must be equal to $1,000 principal amount or any integral multiple thereof), in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the Security so surrendered that is not purchased.
     Section 3.06. Compliance With Securities Laws Upon Purchase of Securities .
          In connection with any offer to purchase Securities under Section 3.01, the Company shall (a) comply with the provisions of the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act which may then be applicable, (b) file the related Schedule TO (or any successor or similar schedule, form or report) if required under the Exchange Act, and (c) otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws in connection with such offer to purchase or purchase of Securities, all so as to permit the rights of the Holders and obligations of the Company under Sections 3.01 through

29


 

3.04 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified therein. To the extent that compliance with any such laws, rules and regulations would result in a conflict with any of the terms hereof, this Indenture is hereby modified to the extent required for the Company to comply with such laws, rules and regulations.
     Section 3.07. Purchase of Securities In Open Market .
          The Company shall surrender any Security purchased by the Company pursuant to this Article 3 to the Trustee for cancellation. Any Securities surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation may not be reissued or resold by the Company and will be canceled promptly in accordance with Section 2.12. The Company may purchase Securities in the open market or by tender at any price or pursuant to private agreements.
ARTICLE 4
CONVERSION
     Section 4.01. Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate .
          (a) Subject to the obligation and the right of the Company to pay some or all of the conversion consideration in cash in accordance with Section 4.13, and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 4, at the option of the Holder thereof, any Security or portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount may be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares (calculated as to each conversion to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share) of Common Stock prior to the close of business on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Final Maturity Date or such earlier date set forth in this Article 4, unless previously redeemed or purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.01, at the Conversion Rate in effect at such time, determined as hereinafter provided, and subject to the adjustments described below, during specified periods, only under the following circumstances:
          (1) during any calendar quarter commencing after March 31, 2010, and only during such calendar quarter, if, as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock for at least 20 Trading Days in the period of the 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of such preceding calendar quarter was more than 130% of the applicable Conversion Price on the last day of such preceding fiscal quarter;
          (2) if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock any rights entitling them to purchase, for a period expiring within 45 days of distribution, Common Stock, or securities convertible into Common Stock, at less than, or having a conversion price per share less than, the then current Closing Price per share of the Common Stock;
          (3) if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock assets, cash, debt securities or rights to purchase the Company’s securities, which distribution has a per share value as determined by the Board of Directors exceeding 15.0% of the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such distribution;

30


 

          (4) if the Company is a party to any transaction or event (including, but not limited to, any consolidation, merger or binding share exchange, other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination) pursuant to which all or substantially all shares of the Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities or other property;
          (5) if a Fundamental Change occurs;
          (6) with respect to Securities called for redemption pursuant to Section 11.01, until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Trading Day prior to the relevant Redemption Date;
          (7) at any time during the period beginning on August 31, 2029 and ending at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Final Maturity Date; or
          (8) on any Business Day during the five Business Day period after any five consecutive Trading Day period in which the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Securities, as determined following a request by a Holder in accordance with the procedures described in Section 4.01(e)(ii), for each day of that period was less than 98% of the product of the Closing Price of the Common Stock and the then applicable Conversion Rate per $1,000 principal amount of Securities.
          (b) In the case of a distribution contemplated by clauses (2) and (3) of Section 4.01(a), the Company shall notify Holders and the Trustee at least 25 Trading Days prior to the ex-dividend date (defined below) for such distribution (the “ Distribution Notice ”); provided that if the Company distributes rights pursuant to a stockholder rights agreement, it shall give the Distribution Notice on the first Business Day immediately after the Company is required to give notice generally to its stockholders pursuant to such stockholder rights agreement if such date is less than 25 Trading Days prior to the date of such distribution. Once the Company has given the Distribution Notice, Holders may surrender their Securities for conversion at any time until the earlier of the close of business on the last Business Day preceding the ex-dividend date or the Company’s announcement that such distribution will not take place. In the event of a distribution contemplated by clauses (2) and (3) of Section 4.01(a), Holders may not convert the Securities if the Holders will otherwise participate in such distribution without converting their Securities. The “ ex-dividend date ” is the first date upon which a sale of the Common Stock does not automatically transfer the right to receive the relevant distribution from the seller of the Common Stock to its buyer. The Company will provide written notice to the Conversion Agent as soon as reasonably practicable of any anticipated or actual event or transaction that will cause or causes the Securities to become convertible pursuant to clauses (2) or (3) of Section 4.01(a).
          (c) In the case of a transaction contemplated by clause (4) of Section 4.01(a) (regardless of whether the transaction constitutes a Fundamental Change), the Company will notify Holders and the Trustee as promptly as practicable following the date the Company publicly announces such transaction (but in no event less than 15 days prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction, or, if such transaction also constitutes a Fundamental Change, no later than the date the Issuer Fundamental Change Notice is provided). Holders may surrender Securities for conversion at any time from and after the date which is 15 days prior to

31


 

the anticipated effective date of such transaction until the earlier of the date which is 35 days after the actual effective date of such transaction or the date of the Company’s announcement that such transaction will not take place. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, the Securities shall not become subject to conversion by reason of a merger, consolidation, or other transaction effected with one of the Company’s direct or indirect Subsidiaries for the purpose of changing the Company’s state of incorporation to any other state within the United States or the District of Columbia.
          (d) In the case of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall notify the Holders of Securities and the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the anticipated effective date of any Fundamental Change that the Company knows or reasonably should know will occur (a “ Fundamental Change Conversion Notice ”). If the Company does not know, or should not reasonably know, that a Fundamental Change will occur until the date that is within 15 days before the anticipated effective date of such Fundamental Change, the Company shall deliver a Fundamental Change Conversion Notice to the Holders and the Trustee promptly after the Company has knowledge of such Fundamental Change. Holders may surrender Securities for conversion at any time beginning 15 days before the anticipated effective date of a Fundamental Change and until the Trading Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date (unless the Company shall fail to make the Fundamental Change Purchase Price payment when due in accordance with Article 3, in which case the conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the date such failure is cured and such Security is purchased).
          (e) (i) For each calendar quarter of the Company, beginning with the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2010, the Conversion Agent, on behalf of the Company, will determine, on the first Business Day following the last Trading Day of such calendar quarter, whether the Securities are convertible pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.01(a), and, if so, will notify the Trustee (to the extent the Trustee is not also serving as the Conversion Agent) and the Company in writing.
          (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation to determine the Trading Price of the Securities and whether the Securities are convertible pursuant to clause (8) of Section 4.01(a) unless the Company has requested such determination; and the Company shall have no obligation to make such request unless a Holder of the Securities provides the Company with reasonable evidence that the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Securities would be less than 98% of the product of the Closing Price of the Common Stock and the then applicable Conversion Rate per $1,000 principal amount of Securities. At such time, the Company shall instruct the Trustee to determine the Trading Price of the Securities beginning on the next Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day until the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Securities is greater than 98% of the product of the Closing Price of the Common Stock and the then applicable Conversion Rate per $1,000 principal amount of the Securities.
          (f) The conversion rights pursuant to this Article 4 shall commence on the Issue Date of the Securities and expire at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Final Maturity Date, but shall be exercisable only during the time periods specified with respect to each circumstance pursuant to which the Securities become convertible, subject, in the case of conversion of any Global Security, to any Applicable Procedures. If a Security is

32


 

convertible as a result of a Fundamental Change, such conversion right shall commence and terminate as set forth in Section 4.01(d). Securities in respect of which a Fundamental Change Purchase Notice has been delivered may not be surrendered for conversion pursuant to this Article 4 prior to a valid withdrawal of such Fundamental Change Purchase Notice, in accordance with the provisions of Article 3.
          (g) Provisions of this Indenture that apply to conversion of all of a Security also apply to conversion of a portion of a Security.
          (h) A Holder of Securities is not entitled to any rights of a holder of Common Stock until such Holder has converted its Securities into Common Stock, and only to the extent such Securities are deemed to have been converted into Common Stock pursuant to this Article 4.
          (i) The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted in certain instances as provided in Section 4.01(j) and Section 4.06.
          (j) If on or prior to the Final Maturity Date, there shall have occurred a transaction described in clauses (1), (2) or (4) of the definition of a Change of Control (any such transaction being referred to in this Clause 4.01(j) as a “ Make Whole Transaction ”), and a Holder elects to convert its Securities “in connection with” such Make Whole Transaction, the Company shall pay a “ Make Whole Premium ” by increasing the applicable Conversion Rate for the Securities surrendered for conversion by a number of additional shares of Common Stock as provided below (the “ Additional Shares ”). A conversion of Securities will be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” such a Make Whole Transaction if the notice of conversion is received by the Conversion Agent from and including the date that is 10 Trading Days prior to the Fundamental Change Effective Date of such Make Whole Transaction and prior to and including the close of business on the business day prior to the Fundamental Change Purchase Date of such Make Whole Transaction. The number of Additional Shares per $1,000 principal amount of Securities constituting the Make Whole Premium shall be determined by reference to the table below, based on the Fundamental Change Effective Date of such Make Whole Transaction and the Stock Price; provided that if the Stock Price or Fundamental Change Effective Date are not set forth on the table: (i) if the actual Stock Price on the Fundamental Change Effective Date is between two Stock Prices on the table or the actual Fundamental Change Effective Date is between two Fundamental Change Effective Dates on the table, the Make Whole Premium will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the Make Whole Premiums set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the two Fundamental Change Effective Dates on the table based on a 360-day year, as applicable, (ii) if the actual Stock Price on the Fundamental Change Effective Date exceeds $[          ] per share of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as set forth herein, no Make Whole Premium will be paid, and (iii) if the actual Stock Price on the Fundamental Change Effective Date is less than $[          ] per share of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as set forth herein, no Make Whole Premium will be paid. If Holders of Common Stock receive only cash in the Make Whole Transaction, the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock in connection with the Make Whole Transaction. Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be equal to the average Closing Price of Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding, and excluding, the applicable Fundamental Change Effective Date.

33


 

Make Whole Premium Upon a Make Whole Transaction (Number of Additional Shares)
                                                                                                                                         
    Stock Price
Effective Date   $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
November [ ], 2009
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2010
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2011
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2012
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2013
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2014
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2015
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2016
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2017
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2018
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2019
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2024
                                                                                                                                       
November 15, 2029
                                                                                                                                       
          The Stock Prices set forth in the first row of the table above and the dollar amounts set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii) in the first paragraph of this Section 4.01(j) (together, the “ Dollar Limitations ”) will be adjusted as of any date on which the Conversion Rate of the Securities is adjusted other than an adjustment pursuant to the Make Whole Premium described above. The adjusted Stock Prices and the Dollar Limitations will equal the Stock Prices and the Dollar Limitations applicable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Conversion Rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price and Dollar Limitation adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted. The number of Additional Shares set forth in the table above will be adjusted in the same manner as the Conversion Rate as set forth in Section 4.06 hereof, other than as a result of an adjustment to the Conversion Rate by adding the Make Whole Premium as described above.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Security exceed [     ] shares per $1,000 principal amount of Securities, subject to proportional adjustment in the same manner as the Conversion Rate as set forth in Section 4.06(a) hereof.
          (k) By delivering the amount of cash and, if applicable, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion to the Trustee, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to pay the principal amount of the Securities so converted and its

34


 

obligation to pay accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) attributable to the period from the most recent Interest Payment Date through the Conversion Date (which amount will be deemed paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited).
     Section 4.02. Conversion Procedure .
          (a) To convert a Security, a Holder must (1) complete and manually sign the conversion notice on the back of the Security (which shall be in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A under the heading “Conversion Notice”) and deliver such notice to the Conversion Agent, (2) surrender the Security to the Conversion Agent, (3) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Conversion Agent, (4) pay an amount equal to the interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) as required by Section 4.02(c) and (5) pay all transfer or similar taxes, if required pursuant to Section 4.04. The date on which the Holder of a Security satisfies all of the requirements under this Indenture to convert a Security is the “ Conversion Date ” with respect to such Security. Upon the conversion of a Security, the Company will pay the cash and deliver the shares of Common Stock, as applicable, without service charge, as promptly as practicable after the later of the Conversion Date and the date that all calculations necessary to make such payment and delivery have been made, but in no event later than 10 Business Days after the later of those dates. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Securities, conversion notices may be delivered and such Securities may be surrendered for conversion in accordance with clauses (3), (4) and (5) of this Section 4.02(a) and the Applicable Procedures as in effect from time to time.
          (b) The person in whose name the shares of Common Stock are issuable upon conversion shall be deemed to be a holder of record of such Common Stock on the later of (i) the Conversion Date, (ii) the expiration of the period in which the Company may elect to deliver cash in lieu of shares of Common Stock, or (iii) if the Company elects to deliver cash in lieu of some, but not all, of such shares of Common Stock, the date on which the amount of cash issuable per Security has been determined; provided, however, that no surrender of a Security on any Conversion Date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock upon conversion as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive such shares of Common Stock as the record holder or holders thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open; provided further that such conversion shall be at the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date as if the stock transfer books of the Company had not been closed. Upon conversion of a Security, such person shall no longer be a Holder of such Security. Except as set forth in this Indenture, no payment or adjustment will be made for dividends or distributions declared or made on shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Security prior to the issuance of such shares of Common Stock.
          (c) Holders of Securities surrendered for conversion (in whole or in part) during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date to the opening of business on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date will receive the semi-annual interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) payable on such Securities on the

35


 

corresponding Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion, and such interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) shall be payable on the corresponding Interest Payment Date to the Holder of the Security as of the close of business on the Regular Record Date. Upon surrender of any such Securities for conversion after the close of business on such Regular Record Date, such Securities shall also be accompanied by payment by the Holders of such Securities in funds to the Conversion Agent acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) payable on such corresponding Interest Payment Date; provided that no such payment need be made: (1) in connection with a conversion following the Regular Record Date preceding the Final Maturity Date; (2) if the Company has specified a Redemption Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date; (3) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Purchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or (4) to the extent of any overdue interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any), if any overdue interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Security. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.02(c), no payment or adjustment will be made for accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on a converted Security. Accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) shall be deemed paid in full, rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. The Company shall not be required to convert any Securities which are surrendered for conversion without payment of interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) as required by this Section 4.02(c).
          (d) Subject to Section 4.02(c), nothing in this Section shall affect the right of a Holder in whose name any Security is registered at the close of business on a Regular Record Date to receive the interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) payable on such Security on the related Interest Payment Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities. If a Holder converts more than one Security at the same time, the amount of cash to be paid and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion, if any (and the amount of any cash in lieu of fractional shares pursuant to Section 4.03) shall be based on the aggregate principal amount of all Securities so converted.
          (e) In the case of any Security which is converted in part only, upon such conversion the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, without service charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the unconverted portion of the principal amount of such Security. A Security may be converted in part, but only if the principal amount of such part is an integral multiple of $1,000 and the principal amount of such Security to remain outstanding after such conversion is equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
          (f) Upon the Company’s determination that Holders are or will be entitled to convert their Securities in accordance with the provisions of this Article 4, the Company will promptly issue a press release or otherwise publicly disclose this information and use its reasonable efforts to post such information on the Company’s website.

36


 

     Section 4.03. Fractional Shares .
          The Company will not issue fractional shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Securities. If more than one Security shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares that shall be issuable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted hereby) so surrendered. In lieu of any fractional shares, the Company will pay an amount in cash equal to the applicable portion of the arithmetic average of the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days of the Conversion Reference Period, rounding to the nearest whole cent.
     Section 4.04. Taxes on Conversion .
          If a Holder converts a Security, the Holder shall pay any transfer, stamp or similar taxes or duties related to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon such conversion. In addition, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due because the Holder requests the shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. The Holder shall also pay any such tax with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares. The Conversion Agent may refuse to deliver the certificate representing the Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Conversion Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due because the shares are to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation.
     Section 4.05. Company To Provide Common Stock .
          (a) The Company shall, prior to issuance of any Securities hereunder, and from time to time as may be necessary, reserve, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to permit the conversion of all outstanding Securities into shares of Common Stock.
          (b) All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Securities shall be newly issued shares or treasury shares, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and shall be free from preemptive or similar rights and free of any lien or adverse claim as the result of any action by the Company.
          (c) The Company will endeavor promptly to comply with all federal and state securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Securities, if any, and will list or cause to have listed such shares of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or each national securities exchange or over the counter market or such other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.
     Section 4.06. Adjustment of Conversion Rate .
          (a) The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company as follows:
          (1) If the Company shall pay a dividend or make a distribution to all or substantially all holders of outstanding Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, the

37


 

Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on such record date plus the total number of shares of Common Stock constituting such dividend or other distribution and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on such record date. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such dividend or distribution is made and shall become effective immediately after such record date. For the purpose of this Section 4.06 and otherwise in this Indenture, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company. The Company will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this clause is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
          (2) If the Company shall subdivide its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or combine its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective shall be, in the case of a subdivision of Common Stock, proportionately increased and, in the case of a combination of Common Stock, proportionately reduced. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such subdivision or combination of the Common Stock occurs and shall become effective immediately after the date upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.
          (3) If the Company shall issue any rights to all or substantially all holders of its outstanding Common Stock entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 days after such distribution) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) at a price per share (or having a Conversion Price per share) less than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock (as determined in accordance with clause (8) of this Section 4.06(a)) on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants, the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on such record date plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered (or into which the convertible securities so offered are convertible) and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so offered for subscription or purchase (or the aggregate conversion price of the convertible securities so offered for subscription or purchase, which shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such convertible securities by the Conversion Price per share of Common Stock pursuant to

38


 

the terms of such convertible securities) would purchase at the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on such record date. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such rights are issued, and shall become effective immediately after such record date. To the extent that shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights had not been fixed. In determining whether any rights entitle the stockholders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price less than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock and in determining the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so offered, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors.
          (4) If the Company shall make a dividend or other distribution to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock of shares of its Capital Stock, other than Common Stock, or evidences of Indebtedness or other assets (including securities) of the Company (excluding (x) any issuance of rights for which an adjustment was made pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(3), (y) dividends and distributions in connection with a reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, liquidation, dissolution, winding up, sale or conveyance resulting in a change in the conversion consideration pursuant to Section 4.10 and (z) any dividend or distribution paid exclusively in cash for which an adjustment was made pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(6)) (the “ Distributed Securities ”), then in each such case (unless the Company distributes such Distributed Securities for distribution to the Holders of Securities on such dividend or distribution date (as if each Holder had converted such Security into Common Stock immediately prior to the record date with respect to such distribution)) the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the record date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on such record date and of which the denominator shall be the Current Market Price per share on such record date less the Fair Market Value (as determined by reference to the Current Market Price of the Distributed Securities, or in the absence of a Current Market Price of the Distributed Securities, the Fair Market Value thereof) on such record date of the portion of the Distributed Securities so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on such record date). Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such distribution is made and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution. In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the

39


 

Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
          If the then Fair Market Value (as so determined) of the portion of the Distributed Securities so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on such record date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each holder of a Security shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of Distributed Securities so distributed that such Holder would have received had such Holder converted each Security on such record date. If the Board of Directors determines the Fair Market Value of any distribution for purposes of this Section 4.06(a)(4) by reference to the actual or when issued trading market for any securities, it must in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Current Market Price of the Common Stock.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the securities distributed by the Company to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock consist of Capital Stock of, or similar equity interests in, a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company (the “ Spinoff Securities ”), the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted, unless the Company makes an equivalent distribution to the Holders of the Securities, so that the same shall be equal to the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect on the record date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the sum of (A) the average Closing Price of one share of Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day after the date on which ex-dividend trading commences for such distribution on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Market or such other U.S. national or regional exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted (such consecutive Trading Day period shall be defined as the “ Spinoff Valuation Period ”) and (B) the product of (i) the average Closing Price over the Spinoff Valuation Period of the Spinoff Securities multiplied by (ii) the number of Spinoff Securities distributed in respect of one share of Common Stock and the denominator of which shall be the average Closing Price of one share of Common Stock over the Spinoff Valuation Period, such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the fifteenth Trading Day after the date on which ex-dividend trading commences; provided, however, that the Company may in lieu of the foregoing adjustment elect to make adequate provision so that each Holder of Securities shall have the right to receive upon conversion thereof the amount of such Spinoff Securities that such Holder of Securities would have received if such Securities had been converted on the record date with respect to such distribution.
          (5) With respect to any rights or warrants (the “ Rights ”) that may be issued or distributed pursuant to any rights plan that the Company implements after the date of this Indenture (each a “ Rights Plan ”), in lieu of any adjustment required by any other provision of this Section 4.06 to the extent that such Rights Plan is in effect at the time of any conversion, the Holders of Securities will receive, with respect to the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion, the Rights described therein (whether or not the Rights have separated from the Common Stock at the time of conversion), subject to the limitations set forth in and in accordance with any such Rights Plan; provided that if, at the time of conversion, however, the Rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the Rights Plan and the Holders would not be

40


 

entitled to receive any rights in respect of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities as a result of the timing of the Conversion Date, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted as if the Company distributed to all holders of Common Stock Distributed Securities as provided in the first paragraph of clause (4) of this Section 4.06(a), subject to appropriate readjustment in the event of the expiration, redemption, termination or repurchase of the Rights. Any distribution of rights or warrants pursuant to a Rights Plan complying with the requirements set forth in the immediately preceding sentence of this paragraph shall not constitute a distribution of rights or warrants pursuant to this Section 4.06(a). Other than as specified in this clause (5) of this Section 4.06(a), there will not be any adjustment to the Conversion Rate as the result of the issuance of any Rights, the distribution of separate certificates representing such Rights, the exercise or redemption of such Rights in accordance with any Rights Plan or the termination or invalidation of any Rights.
          (6) If the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, at any time distribute (a “ Triggering Distribution ”) to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock a payment consisting exclusively of cash (excluding any dividend or distribution in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary), the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying such Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the record date for such Triggering Distribution (a “ Determination Date ”) by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be such Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on the Determination Date and the denominator of which shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on the Determination Date less the amount of such Triggering Distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the Determination Date), such increase to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the date on which the Triggering Distribution is paid. If the amount of such Triggering Distribution is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on the Determination Date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Holder of a Security shall have the right to receive upon conversion, the amount of cash so distributed that such Holder would have received had such Holder converted each Security on such Determination Date. In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such divided or distribution had not been declared.
          (7) If any tender offer made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for all or any portion of Common Stock shall expire, then, if the tender offer shall require the payment to stockholders of consideration per share of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined as provided below) that exceeds the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the last date (the “ Expiration Date ”) tenders could have been made pursuant to such tender offer (as it may be amended) (the last time at which such tenders could have been made on the Expiration Date is hereinafter sometimes called the “ Expiration Time ”), the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion

41


 

Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the sum of (A) the Fair Market Value of the aggregate consideration payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender offer) of all shares validly tendered and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any such maximum, being referred to as the “ Purchased Shares ”) and (B) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased Shares and excluding any shares held in the treasury of the Company) at the Expiration Time and the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date and the denominator of which shall be the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including Purchased Shares but excluding any shares held in the treasury of the Company) at the Expiration Time multiplied by the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date, such increase to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Expiration Date. In the event that the Company is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such tender offer, but the Company is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any or all such purchases or any or all such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate which would have been in effect based upon the number of shares actually purchased, if any. If the application of this clause (7) of Section 4.06(a) to any tender offer would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment shall be made for such tender offer under this clause (7).
          For purposes of this Section 4.06, the term “ tender offer ” shall mean and include both tender offers and exchange offers, all references to “ purchases ” of shares in tender offers (and all similar references) shall mean and include both the purchase of shares in tender offers and the acquisition of shares pursuant to exchange offers, and all references to “ tendered shares ” (and all similar references) shall mean and include shares tendered in both tender offers and exchange offers.
          (8) For the purpose of any computation under this Section 4.06(a), the current market price (the “ Current Market Price ”) per share of Common Stock or any Distributed Security on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the Closing Prices for the 10 consecutive Trading Days ending on the earlier of (A) the Determination Date or the Expiration Date, as the case may be, with respect to distributions or tender offers under this Section 4.06(a) or (B) the “ ex-date ” with respect to distributions, issuances or other events requiring such computation under this Section 4.06.
          (b) In any case in which this Section 4.06 shall require that an adjustment be made following a record date, a Determination Date or Expiration Date, as the case may be, established for the purposes specified in this Section 4.06, the Company may elect to defer (but only until five Business Days following the filing by the Company with the Trustee of the certificate described in Section 4.08) issuing to the Holder of any Security converted after such record date, Determination Date or Expiration Date the shares of Common Stock and other Capital Stock of the Company issuable upon such conversion over and above the shares of Common Stock and other Capital Stock of the Company (or other cash, property or securities, as applicable) issuable upon such conversion only on the basis of the Conversion Rate prior to adjustment; and, in lieu

42


 

of any cash, property or securities the issuance of which is so deferred, the Company shall issue or cause its transfer agents to issue due bills or other appropriate evidence prepared by the Company of the right to receive such cash, property or securities. If any distribution in respect of which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate is required to be made as of the record date, Determination Date or Expiration Date therefore is not thereafter made or paid by the Company for any reason, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed or such record date, Determination Date or Expiration Date had not occurred.
          (c) For purposes of this Section 4.06, “ record date ” shall mean, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such cash, security or other property (whether or not such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).
          (d) For purposes hereof, the term “ ex date ” means (i) when used with respect to any dividend or distribution, the first date on which the Common Stock trades, regular way, on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Current Market Price was obtained without the right to receive such dividend or distribution; and (ii) when used with respect to any tender offer or exchange offer, the first date on which the Common Stock trades, regular way, on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Current Market Price was obtained after the expiration time of such tender offer or exchange offer (as it may be amended or extended).
          (e) If one or more event occurs requiring an adjustment be made to the Conversion Rate for a particular period, adjustments to the Conversion Rate shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors to reflect the combined impact of such Conversion Rate adjustment events, as set out in this Section 4.06, during such period.
          (f) Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in Section 4.06(a), in no event shall the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Security exceed [          ] shares per $1,000 principal amount of Securities, subject to proportional adjustment in the same manner as the Conversion Rate as set forth in clauses (1) through (4) of Section 4.06(a).
     Section 4.07. No Adjustment .
          (a) No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required if Holders may participate in the transactions set forth in Section 4.06 above (to the same extent as if the Securities had been converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such transactions) without converting the Securities held by such Holders.
          (b) No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Conversion Rate as last adjusted; provided, however, that any adjustments which would be required to be made but for this Section 4.07(b) shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment and

43


 

provided, further, that such carried-forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1%, shall be made (i) five business days prior to the maturity of the Securities (whether at stated maturity or otherwise) or (ii) five business days prior to the Redemption Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date, unless such adjustment has already been made. All calculations under this Article 4 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one ten thousandth of a share, as the case may be, with one half cent and 0.00005 of a share, respectively, being rounded upward.
          (c) No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required for issuances of Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan for reinvestment of dividends or interest or for a change in the par value or a change to no par value of the Common Stock.
          (d) To the extent that the Securities become convertible into the right to receive cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash.
          (e) No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required with respect to accrued and unpaid interest on the Securities.
          (f) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Conversion Rate will not be adjusted for the issuance of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or carrying the right to purchase Common Stock or any such security.
     Section 4.08. Notice of Adjustment .
          Whenever the Conversion Rate or conversion privilege is required to be adjusted pursuant to this Indenture, the Company shall promptly mail, or cause the Trustee or Conversion Agent to mail (as provided below), to Holders a notice of the adjustment and file with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment, the adjusted Conversion Rate and the manner of computing it. Upon receipt by it of such notice, and at the written request of the Company, the Trustee or Conversion Agent will promptly mail such notice to Holders of Securities at the Company’s expense. Failure to mail such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of any such adjustment. Unless and until the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate setting forth an adjustment of the Conversion Rate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that the Conversion Rate has not been adjusted and that the last Conversion Rate of which it has knowledge remains in effect.
     Section 4.09. Notice of Certain Transactions .
          In the event that there is a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Company shall mail to Holders and file with the Trustee a notice stating the proposed effective date. The Company shall mail such notice at least 20 days before such proposed effective date. Failure to mail such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of any transaction referred to in this Section 4.09.
     Section 4.10. Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale on Conversion Privilege .
          (a) If any of following events occur (each, a “ Business Combination ”), namely:

44


 

          (1) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock, other than (A) a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or (B) as a result of subdivision or a combination,
          (2) a consolidation, merger or combination of the Company with another Person, or
          (3) a sale, lease or other transfer to another Person of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety, or
          (4) any statutory share exchange of the Company with another Person,
in each case as a result of which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, the Company or the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the TIA as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture if such supplemental indenture is then required to so comply) providing that the Holders of the Securities then outstanding will be entitled thereafter to convert such Securities into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (“ Reference Property ”) which they would have owned or been entitled to receive upon such Business Combination had such Securities been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination; provided that Holders shall not be entitled to receive a Make Whole Premium if such Holder does not convert its Securities “in connection with” (as defined above) the relevant Fundamental Change. If the Business Combination causes the Common Stock to be converted into the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), the Reference Property into which the Securities will be convertible will be deemed to be the kind and amount of consideration elected to be received by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock who voted for such an election (if electing between two types of consideration) or the holders of a plurality of the Common Stock who voted for such an election (if electing between more than two types of consideration), as the case may be. In all cases, the provisions under Section 4.13 hereof relating to the Company’s conversion obligation shall continue to apply with respect to the calculation of the conversion settlement amount, with the Daily Conversion Value, Daily Share Amount and the Daily VWAP based on the Reference Property; provided , however , that, if the holders of Common Stock received only cash in a Business Combination, the conversion settlement amount shall equal the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date multiplied by the price paid per share of Common Stock in such Business Combination, and settlement shall occur on the third Trading Day following the Conversion Date. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 4. If, in the case of any such Business Combination, the stock or other securities and assets receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock includes shares of stock or other securities and assets of a corporation other than the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such Business Combination, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other corporation and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Securities as the Board of

45


 

Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including to the extent practicable the provisions providing for the conversion rights set forth in this Article 4.
          The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Securityholder, at the address of such Securityholder as it appears on the Register of the Securities maintained by the Registrar, within twenty calendar days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.
          Any Additional Shares of Common Stock that a Holder is entitled to receive upon conversion pursuant to Section 4.01(j), if applicable, shall not be payable in shares of Common Stock, but shall represent a right to receive the aggregate amount of cash, securities or other property into which the Additional Shares of Common Stock would convert as a result of such recapitalization, change, consolidation, merger, sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition.
          The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder, at the address of such Holder as it appears on the Register, within 20 days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.
          The above provisions of this Section 4.10 shall similarly apply to successive Business Combinations.
          The Company shall not become a party to any Business Combination unless its terms are consistent in all material respects with the provisions of this Section 4.10.
          None of the provisions of this Section 4.10 shall affect the right of a Holder of Securities to convert its Securities into Common Stock prior to the effective date of a Business Combination.
          If this Section 4.10(a) applies to any event or occurrence, Section 4.06 hereof shall not apply.
          (b) In the event the Company shall execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section 4.10, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee (1) an Officer’s Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefore, the kind or amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable by Holders of the Securities upon the conversion of their Securities after any such reclassification, change, combination, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with and (2) an Opinion of Counsel that all conditions precedent thereto and hereunder have been complied with, and shall promptly mail notice thereof to all Holders. Failure to mail such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of such transaction and such supplemental indenture.

46


 

     Section 4.11. Trustee’s Disclaimer .
          (a) The Trustee shall have no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article 4 should be made, how it should be made or what such adjustment should be, but may accept as conclusive evidence of that fact or the correctness of any such adjustment, and shall be protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, including the Officer’s Certificate with respect thereto which the Company is obligated to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.08. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Securities, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company’s failure to comply with any provisions of this Article 4, including, without limitation, whether or not a Supplemental Indenture is required to be executed.
          (b) The Trustee shall not be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to Section 4.10, but may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness thereof, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, the Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, with respect thereto which the Company is obligated to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.10.
     Section 4.12. Voluntary Increase .
          The Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate, to the extent permitted by law and subject to stockholder approval requirements, if any, of any relevant national securities exchange or automated quotation system, by any amount for any period of time of at least 20 days, in which case, the Company will provide at least 15 days’ notice of such increase. In addition, the Company may increase the Conversion Rate as the Board of Directors deems advisable to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of shares of Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of stock, or rights to acquire stock, or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes.
     Section 4.13. Payment of Cash in Lieu of Common Stock .
          (a) In lieu of delivery of some or all of the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon notice of conversion of any Securities, Holders surrendering Securities for conversion shall receive for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities surrendered: (A) cash in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) $1,000 and (2) the Conversion Value; and (B) if the Conversion Value is greater than $1,000, a number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Remaining Shares ”) equal to the sum of the Daily Share Amounts for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days in the Conversion Reference Period, appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, combinations or similar events occurring during the Conversion Reference Period, subject to the Company’s right to deliver cash in lieu of all or a portion of such Remaining Shares as set forth in Section 4.13(b). The Company will deliver such cash and any shares of Common Stock, together with any cash payable for fractional shares, to such Holder in accordance with Section 4.02(a).
          (b) The Company may elect to pay cash to the Holders of Securities surrendered for conversion in lieu of all or a portion of the Common Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to Section 4.13(a). In such event, on any day prior to the first Trading Day of the applicable

47


 

Conversion Reference Period, the Company may specify a percentage of the Daily Share Amount that will be settled in cash (the “ Cash Percentage ”). If the Company elects to specify a Cash Percentage, the amount of cash that the Company will deliver in respect of each Trading Day in the applicable Conversion Reference Period will equal the product of: (1) the Cash Percentage, (2) the Daily Share Amount for such Trading Day and (3) the Daily VWAP of the Company’s Common Stock on such Trading Day (provided that after the consummation of a Change of Control in which the consideration is comprised entirely of cash, the amount used in this clause (3) will be the cash price per share received by holders of Common Stock in such Change of Control). The number of shares that the Company shall deliver in respect of each Trading Day in the applicable Conversion Reference Period will be a percentage of the Daily Share Amount equal to 100% minus the Cash Percentage. If the Company does not specify a Cash Percentage by the start of the applicable Conversion Reference Period, the Company shall settle 100% of the Daily Share Amount for each Trading Day in the applicable Conversion Reference Period with shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that the Company shall pay cash in lieu of fractional shares otherwise issuable upon conversion of the Securities.
          (c) For the purposes of Sections 4.13(a) and (b), in the event that any of Conversion Value, Daily Conversion Value, Daily Share Amounts, or Daily VWAP is not calculable for all portions of the Conversion Reference Period, the Company’s Board of Directors shall in good faith determine the values necessary to calculate the Conversion Value, Daily Conversion Value, Daily Share Amounts, and Daily VWAP, as applicable.
ARTICLE 5
COVENANTS
     Section 5.01. Payment of Securities .
          (a) The Company shall promptly make all payments in respect of the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and this Indenture. A payment of principal or interest or Contingent Interest or Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Paying Agent (other than the Company) (or if the Company is the Paying Agent, the segregated account or separate trust fund maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 2.04) holds by 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on that date money, deposited by or on behalf of the Company sufficient to make the payment. Subject to Section 4.02, accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on any Security that is payable (whether or not punctually paid or duly provided for) on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose. Principal, the Fundamental Change Purchase Price and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any), in each case if payable, shall be considered paid on the applicable date due if on such date (or, in the case of the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, on the Business Day following the applicable Fundamental Change Purchase Date) the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with this Indenture, money sufficient to pay all such amounts then due. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) in immediately available funds on overdue principal and interest at the annual rate borne by the Securities compounded semi-annually, which interest shall accrue from the date such overdue amount was originally due

48


 

to the date payment of such amount, including interest thereon, has been made or duly provided for. All such interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) shall be payable on demand.
          (b) Payment of the principal of and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any), if any, on the Securities shall be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee) in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest on any Certificated Securities having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address appears in the Register; provided further that a Holder of a Certificated Security having an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of such Holder if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Trustee at least 10 Business Days prior to the payment date. Any wire transfer instructions received by the Trustee will remain in effect until revoked by the Holder. In the case of a permanent Global Security, interest payable on any applicable payment date will be paid to the Depositary, with respect to that portion of such permanent Global Security held for its account by Cede & Co. for the purpose of permitting such party to credit the interest received by it in respect of such permanent Global Security to the accounts of the beneficial owners thereof.
     Section 5.02. SEC Reports . The Company covenants and agrees that it shall:
          (a) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the SEC, after giving effect to any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 promulgated under the Exchange Act, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, then the Company shall file with the Trustee and the SEC, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;
          (b) file with the Trustee and the SEC, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required by such rules and regulations;
          (c) transmit by mail, to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Register of the Registrar, within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.02 as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the SEC; and

49


 

          (d) comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a).
          All information, documents and reports described in this Section 5.02 and filed with the SEC pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system or any successor shall be deemed to be filed with the Trustee and transmitted by mail to all Holders, as applicable, as of the time they are filed via such system. The Trustee shall have no duty to search for or obtain any electronic or other filings that the Company makes with the SEC, regardless of whether such filings are periodic, supplemental or otherwise.
          Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).
     Section 5.03. Compliance Certificates .
          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009), an Officer’s Certificate as to the signer’s knowledge of the Company’s compliance with all conditions and covenants on its part contained in this Indenture and stating whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default. If such signer knows of such a Default or Event of Default, the Officer’s Certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default and the efforts to remedy the same. For the purposes of this Section 5.03, compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
     Section 5.04. Further Instruments and Acts .
          Upon request of the Trustee and the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.
     Section 5.05. Maintenance of Corporate Existence .
          Subject to Article 6, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate existence and related rights and franchises (charter and statutory) of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise or the corporate existence of any such Restricted Subsidiary if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole; and provided further, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit a sale, transfer or conveyance of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its assets in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.

50


 

     Section 5.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .
          The Company covenants (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or accrued but unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and the Company (to the extent they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenant that they will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
     Section 5.07. Maintenance of Office or Agency .
          The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment. The Company also will maintain an office or agency where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The office of the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, will be such office or agency of the Company, unless the Company shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location and any change in the location of any such offices or agencies. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required offices or agencies or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the office of the Trustee and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
          The Company may from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York) where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designation. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such office or agency.
     Section 5.08. Contingent Interest .
          Beginning with the six-month interest period commencing November 15, 2019, the Company will pay interest (“ Contingent Interest ”) during any six-month interest period if the Trading Price of the Securities for each of the five Trading Days ending on the second Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the Securities. During any six-month interest period when Contingent Interest is payable, the Contingent Interest payable on each $1,000 principal amount of Securities shall equal 0.50% of the average Trading Price of $1,000 principal amount of Securities during the five Trading Days ending on the second Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period used to determine whether Contingent Interest must be paid.

51


 

          The Trustee’s sole responsibility pursuant to this Section 5.08 shall be to obtain the Trading Price of the Securities for each of the five Trading Days immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period and to provide such information to the Company. The Company shall determine whether Holders are entitled to receive Contingent Interest, and if so, provide notice pursuant to Section 5.09. Notwithstanding any term contained in this Indenture or any other document to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no responsibilities, duties or obligations for or with respect to (i) determining whether the Company must pay Contingent Interest or (ii) determining the amount of Contingent Interest, if any, payable by the Company.
          Contingent Interest for any period shall be paid on the same date and to the same Person entitled to receive other interest payable on any Securities. Contingent Interest due under this Section 5.08 shall be treated for all purposes of this Indenture like any other interest accruing on the Securities.
     Section 5.09. Contingent Interest Notification . Prior to the first Business Day of a six-month interest period during which Contingent Interest will be paid, the Company will disseminate a press release through Business Wire (or if Business Wire is no longer available, a comparable wire service) stating that Contingent Interest will be paid on the Securities and identifying the six-month interest period.
     Section 5.10. Tax Treatment . The Company agrees, and by acceptance of beneficial ownership interest in the Securities each Holder of the Securities will be deemed to have agreed, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (1) to treat the Securities as indebtedness that is subject to Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.1275-4 (the “ Contingent Payment Regulations ”) and, for purposes of the Contingent Payment Regulations, to treat the cash and the fair market value of any stock beneficially received by a Holder upon any conversion of the Securities as a contingent payment and (2) to be bound by the Company’s determination of the “comparable yield” and “projected payment schedule,” within the meaning of the Contingent Payment Regulations, with respect to the Securities. A Holder may obtain the issue price, amount of original issue discount, issue date, yield to maturity, comparable yield and projected payment schedule for the Securities by submitting a written request for such information to the Company at the following address: General Cable Corporation, 4 Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076-9753, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.
ARTICLE 6
CONSOLIDATION; MERGER; SALE OF ASSETS
     Section 6.01. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .
          (a) The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the Surviving Person) any other entity and the Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, convey, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Company’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries) to any Person in a single transaction or series of related transactions, unless:

52


 

          (1) either (A) the Company shall be the Surviving Person or (B) the Surviving Person (if other than the Company) shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and shall, in any such case, expressly assume by a supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on all the Securities and the performance and observance of every covenant of this Indenture to be performed or observed on the part of the Company;
               (2) immediately thereafter, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness not previously an obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
          Any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its assets to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary.
          For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries the Capital Stock of which constitute all or substantially all the assets of the Company shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.
          (b) In connection with any consolidation, merger, transfer, lease or other disposition contemplated hereby, the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, transfer, lease or other disposition and the supplemental indenture in respect thereof comply with the requirements under this Indenture.
     Section 6.02. Successor Substituted .
          Upon any consolidation or merger of the Company or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with the foregoing in which the Company is not the Surviving Person, the Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Securities with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named as the Company therein; and thereafter except in the case of a lease, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.
          For all purposes of this Indenture and the Securities, Subsidiaries of any Surviving Person shall, upon such transaction or series of related transactions, become Restricted Subsidiaries unless and until validly designated otherwise.

53


 

ARTICLE 7
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
     Section 7.01. Events of Default .
          (a) An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
          (1) the Company shall fail to pay when due the Principal, Redemption Price or any Fundamental Change Purchase Price of any Security, including any Make Whole Premium, when the same becomes due and payable whether at the Final Maturity Date, upon redemption, purchase, acceleration or otherwise; or
          (2) the Company shall fail to pay an installment of cash interest (including Contingent Interest or Additional Interest, if any) on any of the Securities, which default continues for 60 days after the date when due; or
          (3) the Company shall fail to deliver when due all cash and any shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of the Securities, which failure continues for 15 days; or
          (4) the Company shall fail to deliver an Issuer Fundamental Change Notice within the time required to provide such notice as set forth in Section 3.01(b) hereof; or
          (5) the Company shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in the Securities or this Indenture for a period of 60 days after receipt by the Company of a Notice of Default specifying such failure; or
          (6) a default or defaults under the terms of one or more instruments evidencing or securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries having an outstanding principal amount of greater than $50,000,000 individually or in the aggregate, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay at final maturity principal on such Indebtedness within the applicable express grace period, (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express final maturity or (c) results in the commencement of judicial proceedings to foreclose upon, or to exercise remedies under applicable law or applicable security documents to take ownership of, the assets securing such Indebtedness; or
          (7) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters (x) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or (y) a decree or order adjudging the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any of its

54


 

Significant Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or
          (8) (a) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent; or
     (b) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or
     (c) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law; or
     (d) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries consents to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of their property;
     (e) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
     (f) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or
     (g) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries takes corporate action in furtherance of any such action described in this Section 7.01(a)(9).
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 7.01(a) no Event of Default under clause (5) of Section 7.01(a) shall occur until the Trustee notifies the Company in writing, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then Outstanding notify the Company and the Trustee in writing, of the Default (a “ Notice of Default ”), and the Company does not cure the Default within the time specified in clause (5) of Section 7.01(a), or obtain a waiver, after receipt of such notice. A notice given pursuant to this Section 7.01 shall be given by registered or certified mail, must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a Notice of Default. When any Default under this Section 7.01 is cured, it ceases.
          (c) The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 10 Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, written notice thereof.

55


 

     Section 7.02. Acceleration .
          (a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 7.01(a)) shall occur and be continuing with respect to this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then Outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Securities to be due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders of the Securities). Upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 7.01(a) occurs and is continuing, then all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Securities, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Securities become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. Thereupon, the Trustee may, at its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the Holders of the Securities by appropriate judicial proceedings.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the sole remedy for any Event of Default from time to time relating to the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations under Section 5.02, will, at the option of the Company, for the first 365 days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest (the “ Additional Interest ”) on the Securities at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of the Securities. In order to elect to pay Additional Interest as the sole remedy during the first 365 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default described in the preceding sentence, the Company must give notice to the Trustee and the Company will disseminate a press release through Business Wire (or if Business Wire ) is no longer available, a comparable wire service) of such election promptly following the date on which such Event of Default occurs. Upon the failure to timely give the Trustee such notice and disseminate such press release, the Securities will be subject to acceleration as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 7.02(a). A failure by the Company to pay Additional Interest when due and payable and such default continues for a period of 60 days, shall constitute an Event of Default subject to Section 7.01(b) which will be subject to acceleration as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 7.02(a).
               Additional Interest will be payable in the same manner and on the same interest payment dates and subject to the same terms as other interest payable under this Indenture. Additional Interest will accrue on all outstanding Securities from and including the date on which an Event of Default first occurs to, but not including, the 365 th day thereafter (or such earlier date on which the Event of Default relating to Section 5.02 shall have been cured or waived). If the Event of Default relating to Section 5.02 is cured or waived prior to such 365 th day, such Additional Interest will cease to accrue on the date of such cure or waiver. On such 365 th day (if the Event of Default is continuing), such Additional Interest will cease to accrue and the Securities will be subject to acceleration as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 6.02(a). A Securityholder’s right to receive Additional Interest for an Event of Default will not affect the rights of the Securityholders in the event of an occurrence of any other Event of Default.

56


 

          (b) After a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities Outstanding, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
          (a) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay
     (1) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel,
     (2) all overdue interest on all Outstanding Securities,
     (3) the principal of and premium, if any, on any Outstanding Securities which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate borne by the Securities, and
     (4) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate borne by the Securities;
          (b) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and
          (c) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 7.13. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
     Section 7.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee . The Company covenants that if
          (a) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 60 days, or
          (b) default is made in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Security at the Stated Maturity thereof or otherwise, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and premium, if any, and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any), with interest upon the overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate borne by the Securities; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
          If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection

57


 

of the sums so due and unpaid and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated.
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders under this Indenture by such appropriate private or judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein or therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy, or to enforce any other proper remedy, subject however to Section 7.12. No recovery of any such judgment upon any property of the Company affect or impair any rights, powers or remedies of the Trustee or the Holders.
     Section 7.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
          In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor, upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,
          (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal, and premium, if any, and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and
          (b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.07.
          Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

58


 

     Section 7.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities .
          All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
     Section 7.06. Application of Money Collected .
          Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 7 or otherwise on behalf of the Holders or the Trustee pursuant to this Article 7 or through any proceeding or any arrangement or restructuring in anticipation or in lieu of any proceeding contemplated by this Article 7 shall be applied, subject to applicable law, in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal, premium, if any, or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
          FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.07;
          SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any); and
          THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto, including the Company, provided that all sums due and owing to the Holders and the Trustee have been paid in full as required by this Indenture.
     Section 7.07. Limitation on Suits .
          No Holder of any Securities shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture or the Securities, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless
          (a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;
          (b) the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as trustee hereunder;
          (c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee a reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

59


 

          (d) the Trustee for 15 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer (and if requested, provision) of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
          (e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 15-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities;
it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture or any Security to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture or any Security, except in the manner provided in this Indenture and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders.
     Section 7.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Payment and to Convert .
          Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right based on the terms stated herein, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.15) interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on such Security on the Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption pursuant to Article 11 hereof, the Redemption Date, or, in the case of purchase pursuant to Article 3 hereof, on the Fundamental Change Purchase Date), and to receive payment of the cash and Common Stock, if any, deliverable in respect of the conversion of any Security, and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or conversion, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
     Section 7.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies .
          If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, any other obligor on the Securities, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
     Section 7.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative .
          No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

60


 

     Section 7.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver .
          No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 7 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
     Section 7.12. Control by Holders .
          The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that:
          (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 7.07), expose the Trustee to personal liability, or be unduly prejudicial to Holders not joining therein; and
          (b) subject to the provisions of Section 315 of the TIA, the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
     Section 7.13. Waiver of Past Defaults .
          Subject to Section 7.02, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities may on behalf of the Holders of all outstanding Securities waive any past Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default:
          (a) in the payment of the principal amount, accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any), Redemption Price, if any, Fundamental Change Purchase Price, if any and as applicable, or to deliver cash and Common Stock, if any, as required, with respect to the Securities (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder of the Securities affected); or
          (b) in respect of any provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security affected.
          Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
     Section 7.14. Undertaking for Costs .
          All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such

61


 

suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant, but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on, any Security on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption pursuant to Article 11, on the Redemption Date, or, in the case of purchase pursuant to Article 3 hereof, on the Fundamental Change Purchase Date).
     Section 7.15. Remedies Subject to Applicable Law .
          All rights, remedies and powers provided by this Article 7 may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any applicable provision of law in the premises, and all the provisions of this Indenture are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law which may be controlling in the premises and to be limited to the extent necessary so that they will not render this Indenture invalid, unenforceable or not entitled to be recorded, registered or filed under the provisions of any applicable law.
ARTICLE 8
TRUSTEE
     Section 8.01. Duties of Trustee .
          Subject to the provisions of TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d):
          (a) if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;
          (b) except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:
          (1) the Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no covenants or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture that are adverse to the Trustee; and
          (2) in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

62


 

          (c) the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
          (1) this clause (c) does not limit the effect of clause (b) of this Section 8.01;
          (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
          (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith, in accordance with a direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Outstanding Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture;
          (d) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it;
          (e) whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) and (f) of this Section 8.01; and
          (f) the Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money or assets received by it except as the Trustee may agree with the Company Assets held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other assets except to the extent required by law.
     Section 8.02. Notice of Default .
          Within 30 days after a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives notice of the occurrence of any Default, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders and any other Persons entitled to receive reports pursuant to Section 313(c) of the TIA, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a trust committee of Trust Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders.
     Section 8.03. Certain Rights of Trustee .
          Subject to the provisions of Section 8.01 hereof and TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d):
          (a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon receipt by it of any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of Indebtedness or other

63


 

paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
          (b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
          (c) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and any advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;
          (d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred therein;
          (e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture other than any liabilities arising out of the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Trustee;
          (f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then Outstanding; provided that, if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expenses or liabilities as a condition to proceeding; the reasonable expenses of every such investigation so requested by the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities Outstanding shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand; provided, further, the Trustee in its discretion may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may deem fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;
          (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
          (h) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities unless either (i) a Trust Officer of the Trustee shall have

64


 

actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (ii) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Issuer or by any Holder of Securities; and
          (i) the permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties of the Trustee.
     Section 8.04. Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals, Dispositions of Securities or Application of Proceeds Thereof .
          The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in any Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 to be supplied to the Company will be true and accurate subject to the qualifications set forth therein. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.
     Section 8.05. Trustee and Agents May Hold Securities; Collections; etc .
          The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities, with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent and, subject to TIA Sections 310 and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company and receive, collect, hold and retain collections from the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.
     Section 8.06. Money Held in Trust .
          All moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law. Except for funds or securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Article 9, the Trustee shall be required to invest all moneys received by the Trustee, until used or applied as herein provided, in Cash Equivalents in accordance with the directions of the Company.
     Section 8.07. Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim .
          The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) and the Company covenants and agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by or on behalf of the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all agents and

65


 

other persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Company also covenants and agrees to indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any claim, loss, liability, tax, assessment or other governmental charge (other than taxes applicable to the Trustee’s compensation hereunder) or expense incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the trusts hereunder and its duties hereunder, including enforcement of this Section 8.07 and also including any liability which the Trustee may incur as a result of failure to withhold, pay or report any tax, assessment or other governmental charge, and the costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The obligations of the Company under this Section 8.07 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute an additional obligation hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee. To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 8.07, the Trustee shall have a prior claim to Holders of Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Securities.
     Section 8.08. Conflicting Interests .
          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the TIA.
     Section 8.09. Trustee Eligibility .
          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act as trustee under TIA Section 310(a) and which shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000, to the extent there is an institution eligible and willing to serve. If the Trustee does not have a Corporate Trust Office in The City of New York, the Trustee may appoint an agent in The City of New York reasonably acceptable to the Company to conduct any activities which the Trustee may be required under this Indenture to conduct in The City of New York. If such Trustee publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 8.09, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.09, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article 8.
     Section 8.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee .
          (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to this Article 8 shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee under Section 8.11.

66


 

          (b) The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign by giving written notice thereof to the Company no later than 20 Business Days prior to the proposed date of resignation. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument executed by authority of the Board of Directors of the Company, a copy of which shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and a copy to the successor trustee. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may, at the expense of the Company, or any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint and prescribe a successor trustee.
          (c) The Trustee may be removed at any time for any cause or for no cause by an Act of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.
          (d) If at any time:
          (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months,
          (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 8.09 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or
          (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,
then, in any case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee, or (ii) subject to Section 7.14, the Holder of any Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.
          (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.11. If, within 60 days after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, the Company has not appointed a successor Trustee, a successor trustee shall be appointed by the Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee. Such successor trustee so appointed shall forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment become the successor trustee and

67


 

supersede the successor trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders of the Securities and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, the Trustee or the Holder of any Security who has been a bona fide Holder for at least six months may, subject to Section 7.14, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee.
          (f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor trustee by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Securities as their names and addresses appear in the register of the Registrar. Each notice shall include the name of the successor trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office or agent hereunder.
     Section 8.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .
          (a) Every successor trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee as if originally named as Trustee hereunder; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or the successor trustee, upon payment of its charges pursuant to Section 8.07 then unpaid, such retiring Trustee shall pay over to the successor trustee all moneys at the time held by it hereunder and shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers.
          (b) No successor trustee with respect to the Securities shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 8.11 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible to act as trustee under the provisions of TIA Section 310(a) and this Article 8 and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 and have a Corporate Trust Office or an agent selected in accordance with Section 8.09.
          (c) Upon acceptance of appointment by any successor trustee as provided in this Section 8.11, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holders of the Securities, by mailing such notice to such Holders at their addresses as they shall appear on the Security Register. If the acceptance of appointment is substantially contemporaneous with the appointment, then the notice called for by the preceding sentence may be combined with the notice called for by Section 8.10. If the Company fails to give such notice within 10 days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be given at the expense of the Company.
     Section 8.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .
          Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation

68


 

to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including the trust created by this Indenture) shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided that such corporation shall be eligible under TIA Section 310(a) and this Article 8 and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 and have a Corporate Trust Office or an agent selected in accordance with Section 8.09, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.
          In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and, in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificate shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.
     Section 8.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .
          If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or other obligor under the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
     Section 8.14. Reports By Trustee .
          (a) Within 60 days after April 15 of each year commencing with the first April 15 after the issuance of Securities, the Trustee, if so required under the TIA, shall transmit by mail to all Holders, in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of such April 15 in accordance with and with respect to the matters required by TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail to all Holders, in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), a brief report in accordance with and with respect to the matters required by TIA Section 313(b)(2).
          (b) A copy of each report transmitted to Holders pursuant to this Section 8.14 shall, at the time of such transmission, be mailed to the Company and filed with each national securities exchange, if any, upon which the Securities are listed and also with the SEC. The Company will notify the Trustee promptly if the Securities are listed on any national securities exchange.

69


 

ARTICLE 9
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
     Section 9.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .
          This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities as expressly provided for herein) as to all Outstanding Securities hereunder, and the Trustee, upon Company Request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:
          (a) either
          (1) all such Securities previously authenticated and delivered (except (A) lost, stolen or destroyed Securities which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.08 or (B) all Securities whose payment has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust as provided in Sections 2.04 and 2.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
          (2) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, have become due and payable, whether at the Final Maturity Date, a Redemption Date or a Fundamental Change Purchase Date, or upon conversion or otherwise, and the Company shall have irrevocably deposited with the Trustee money sufficient to pay all such Securities at the Final Maturity Date, such Redemption Date, Fundamental Change Purchase Date or other maturity date, including interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) thereon to the Final Maturity Date, such Redemption Date, Fundamental Change Purchase Date or other maturity date, and any shares of Common Stock or other property due in respect of converted Securities, and if in each such case the Company shall have paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company.
          (b) Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge hereof, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 8.07 and, if United States dollars and/or shares of Common Stock or other property shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (2) of clause (a) of this Section 9.01, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 9.02 and the last paragraph of Section 2.04 shall survive.
     Section 9.02. Application of Trust Money and Property .
          Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 2.04, all United States dollars and/or shares of Common Stock or other property deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on, or cash and Common Stock or other property to be delivered upon

70


 

the conversion of, the Securities for whose payment or settlement such United States dollars and/or shares of Common Stock or other property have been deposited with the Trustee.
     Section 9.03. Reinstatement .
          If the Trustee, any Paying Agent or any Conversion Agent is unable to apply any money and/or shares of Common Stock or other property in accordance with Section 9.02 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 9.01 until such time as the Trustee, such Paying Agent or such Conversion Agent is permitted to apply all such money and/or shares of Common Stock or other property in accordance with Section 9.02; provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on, or deliver cash and Common Stock or other property to be delivered upon the conversion of, any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive any such payment from the money and/or shares of Common Stock or other property held by the Trustee, such Paying Agent or such Conversion Agent.
ARTICLE 10
AMENDMENTS; SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
     Section 10.01. Without Consent of Holders .
          (a) The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Holder of a Security for the purpose of:
          (1) evidencing a successor to the Company and the assumption by that successor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities;
          (2) adding to the Company’s covenants for the benefit of the Holders or surrendering any right or power conferred upon the Company;
          (3) securing the Company’s obligations in respect of the Securities;
          (4) adding a guarantor or guarantors of the Securities or releasing any guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
          (5) evidencing and providing for the acceptance of the appointment of a successor trustee in accordance with Article 8;
          (6) complying with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, as contemplated by this Indenture or otherwise;

71


 

          (7) providing for conversion rights of Holders if any reclassification or change of Common Stock or any consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s property and assets occurs or otherwise complying with the provisions of this Indenture in the event of a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets (including the provisions of Section 4.10 and Article 6);
          (8) increasing the Conversion Rate, (A) in accordance with the terms of the Securities or (B) provided that the increase will not adversely affect the interests of Holders;
          (9) curing any ambiguity, omission or inconsistency in this Indenture or correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained in this Indenture;
          (10) providing for uncertificated Securities in addition to certificated Securities;
          (11) conforming the Indenture to the description of the Securities provided for in the Prospectus; or
          (12) making any change that will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect.
     Section 10.02. With Consent of Holders .
          (a) The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and/or the Securities with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Securities). However, without the written consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not:
          (1) alter the manner of calculation or rate of accrual of interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest) on any Security, reduce the rate of interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest) on any Security or change the time of payment of any installment of interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) with respect to, any Security;
          (2) change the Stated Maturity of any Security;
          (3) change the redemption provisions applicable to the Securities;
          (4) make any of the Securities payable in money or securities other than that stated in the Securities;
          (5) reduce the principal amount, or Redemption Price, or Fundamental Change Purchase Price (including any Make Whole Premium) payable with respect to any of the Securities;

72


 

          (6) make any change that adversely affects the rights of a Holder to convert any of the Securities in any material respect;
          (7) make any change that adversely affects the rights of Holders to require the Company to purchase Securities at the option of Holders in any material respect;
          (8) change the provisions in this Indenture that relate to modifying or amending this Indenture or waiving any past Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest) on the Securities;
          (9) change the Company’s obligation to pay Contingent Interest or Additional Interest;
          (10) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any Security or with respect to the conversion of any Security.
          (b) Without limiting the provisions of Section 10.02(a) hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may, on behalf of all the Holders of all Securities, (i) waive compliance by the Company with the restrictive provisions of this Indenture, and (ii) waive any past Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and its consequences, except an uncured failure to pay when due the principal amount, accrued and unpaid interest, accrued and unpaid Contingent Interest or Additional Interest or the Redemption Price, if any, or the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, if any and as applicable, or to deliver Common Stock as required, with respect to the Securities, or in respect of any provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security affected.
          (c) Upon the written request of the Company, accompanied by a copy of Board Resolutions authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Holders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture.
          It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section 10.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
     Section 10.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures and Agreements .
          In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture, agreement, instrument or waiver permitted by this Article 10 or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04, and (subject to TIA Sections 315(a) through 315(d) and Section 8.03(a) hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture, agreement or instrument (a) is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and (b) does not violate the provisions of any agreement or instrument evidencing any other Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such

73


 

supplemental indenture, agreement or instrument which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
     Section 10.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures .
          Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article 10, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
     Section 10.05. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .
          Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article 10 shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect.
     Section 10.06. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .
          Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article 10 may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.
     Section 10.07. Notice of Supplemental Indentures .
          Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.02, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Security affected, in the manner provided for in Section 13.02, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.
ARTICLE 11
REDEMPTION
     Section 11.01. Right to Redeem . (a) The Securities may be redeemed in whole or in part at the option of the Company:
          (1) on or after November 15, 2019, if the Closing Price of the Company’s Common Stock has been at least 150% of Conversion Price then in effect for at least 20 Trading Days during the 30 consecutive Trading Day period immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption; and
          (2) on or prior to November 15, 2010, if any Tax Triggering Event has occurred.

74


 

          (b) The redemption price at which the Securities are redeemable (the “ Redemption Price ”) shall be payable in cash and shall be equal to:
          (1) in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 11.01(a)(1), 100% of the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) to, but excluding, the Redemption Date; provided , however, that if Securities are redeemed on a date that is after a Record Date and prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest (including any Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) will be payable to the Holder of record as of such Record Date.
          (2) in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 11.01(a)(2), 101.5% of the principal amount of the Securities being redeemed plus (A) accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) to, but excluding, the Redemption Date and (B) if the Redemption Conversion Value as of the Redemption Date of the Securities being redeemed exceeds their Initial Conversion Value, 95% of the amount determined by subtracting the Initial Conversion Value of such Securities from their Redemption Conversion Value as of the Redemption Date; provided , however, that if Securities are redeemed on a date that is after a Record Date and prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest (including any Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) will be payable to the Holder of record as of such Record Date.
          (c) The Company may not redeem any Securities unless all accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) thereon has been or is simultaneously paid for all semi-annual periods or portions thereof terminating prior to the Redemption Date.
          (d) Except as provided in this Section 11.01, the Securities shall not be redeemable by the Company.
     Section 11.02. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.
          If less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. The Trustee shall make the selection within 7 days from its receipt of the notice from the Company delivered pursuant to Section 11.03 from Outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption.
          Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption in whole also apply to Securities called for redemption in part. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.
          If any Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part before termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion selected for

75


 

redemption. Securities which have been converted during a selection of Securities to be redeemed may be treated by the Trustee as outstanding for the purpose of such selection.
     Section 11.03. Notice of Redemption .
          At least 20 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Trustee, the Paying Agent and each Holder of Securities to be redeemed; provided , however, that the Company may not deliver any such notice to any Holder of Securities at any time if all accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) thereon has been or is simultaneously paid for all semi-annual periods or portions thereof terminating prior to the Redemption Date.
          The notice shall specify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:
          (1) the Redemption Date;
          (2) the Redemption Price;
          (3) the Conversion Price;
          (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent and Conversion Agent;
          (5) that Securities called for redemption may be converted at any time before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date;
          (6) that Holders who want to convert Securities must satisfy the requirements set forth therein and in this Indenture;
          (7) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent for cancellation to collect the Redemption Price;
          (8) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers (if such Securities are held other than in global form) and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed;
          (9) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment of such Redemption Price, interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest) will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; and
          (10) the CUSIP and ISIN numbers of the Securities.
          At the Company’s written request delivered at least 30 days prior to the date such notice is to be given (unless a shorter time period shall be acceptable to the Trustee), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense.
     Section 11.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption .

76


 

     Once notice of redemption is given, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price stated in the notice except for Securities that are converted in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the Redemption Price stated in the notice.
     Section 11.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .
          Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Securities to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption which on or prior thereto have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation or have been converted. The Paying Agent shall as promptly as practicable return to the Company any money not required for that purpose because of conversion of Securities pursuant to Article 4. If such money is then held by the Company in trust and is not required for such purpose it shall be discharged from such trust.
     Section 11.06. Securities Redeemed in Part .
          Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Security in an authorized denomination equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered. The Company shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any Securities during a period of 15 days before the Redemption Date or (ii) register the transfer of, or exchange any, Securities so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.
ARTICLE 12
SUBORDINATION
     Section 12.01. Agreement of Subordination .
          The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Securities issued hereunder by its acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Securities shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article 12; and each Person holding any Security, whether upon original issue or upon transfer, assignment or exchange thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.
          The payment of the principal of and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on all Securities, and (including, but not limited to, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and the Redemption Price with respect to the Securities subject to repurchase or redemption in accordance with Articles 3 and 11, respectively, and the payment of any cash upon conversion in accordance with Article 4) issued hereunder shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt of all Senior Debt, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.

77


 

          No provision of this Article 12 shall prevent the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder.
     Section 12.02 Payments to Holders. .
          No payment shall be made with respect to the principal of or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities (including, but not limited to, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and the Redemption Price with respect to the Securities subject to purchase or redemption in accordance with Articles 3 and 11, respectively, and any payment of cash upon conversion in accordance with Article 9), except payments and distributions made by the Trustee as permitted by the first or second paragraph of Section 12.05, if:
          (a) a default in the payment of principal, premium, interest or other amounts due on any Senior Debt, or in respect of any redemption or repurchase obligation under any Senior Debt, occurs and is continuing (or, in the case of Senior Debt for which there is a period of grace, in the event of such a default that continues beyond the period of grace, if any, specified in the instrument or lease evidencing such Senior Debt) (a “ Payment Default ”); or
          (b) a default, other than a Payment Default, on any Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of such Designated Senior Debt (or any Representative) to accelerate its maturity (a “ Non-Payment Default ”) and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office a written notice of the default (a “ Payment Blockage Notice ”) from the Company or a Representative of Designated Senior Debt.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the delivery of a Payment Blockage Notice, no new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered and no new period of payment blockage with respect to the Securities may begin until both (i) 365 consecutive days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice and (ii) all scheduled payments of principal, any premium and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) with respect to the Securities that are due have been paid in full in cash. No default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice with respect to the Designated Senior Debt whose holders delivered the Payment Blockage Notice may be made the basis of a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice by the holders of such Designated Senior Debt, whether or not within a period of 365 consecutive days.
          The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in respect of the Securities upon:
          (1) in the case of a Payment Default, the date upon which the default is cured or waived or ceases to exist, or
          (2) in the case of a Non-Payment Default, the earlier of (i) the date on which such default is cured or waived or ceases to exist, in each case as and to the extent permitted under the documentation for the Designated Senior Debt, or (ii) the 179 th day after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, in each case, unless the maturity of the Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated or this Article 12 otherwise prohibits the payment or distribution at the time of such payment or distribution.

78


 

          Upon any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary) or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings, all amounts due or to become due upon all Senior Debt shall first be paid in full in cash, or other payments satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt before any payment of cash, property or securities is made on account of the principal of or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on, or with respect to the conversion of, the Securities (except, to the extent required by applicable law, payments made pursuant to Article 9 from monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant thereto prior to commencement of proceedings for such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization); and upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company or bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceeding, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled, except for the provision of this Article 12, shall (except as aforesaid) be paid by the Company or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holders of the Securities or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Debt held by such holders, or as otherwise required by law or a court order) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Debt in full in cash, or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt, before any payment or distribution is made to the Holders of the Securities or to the Trustee.
          For purposes of this Article 12, the words, “cash, property or securities” shall not be deemed to include shares of Capital Stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article 12 with respect to the Securities to the payment of all Senior Debt which may at the time be outstanding; provided that (i) the Senior Debt is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of Senior Debt (other than leases which are not assumed by the Company or the new corporation, as the case may be) are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all its property to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article 6 shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 12.02 if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease, comply with the conditions stated in Article 6.
          If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Debt or their Representatives of such acceleration. The Company shall not pay the Securities until five days after the holders or Representatives for the

79


 

holders of Senior Debt receive notice of the acceleration and after which the Company shall pay the Securities only if this Article 12 otherwise permits payment at that time.
          In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (including, without limitation, by way of setoff or otherwise), prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities before all Senior Debt is paid in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, or provision is made for such payment thereof in accordance with its terms in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative or Representatives, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Debt in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Debt.
          Nothing in this Section 12.02 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Sections 7.06 or 8.07. This Section 12.02 shall be subject to the further provisions of Section 12.05.
     Section 12.03. Subrogation of Securities .
          Subject to the payment in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, of all Senior Debt, the rights of the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12 (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company which by its express terms is subordinated to other indebtedness of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Securities are subordinated and is entitled to like rights of subrogation) to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities shall be paid in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the Holders of Securities; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article 12, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12, to or for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt; and no payment or distribution of cash, property or securities to or for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the subrogation provisions of this Article 12, which would otherwise have been paid to the holders of Senior Debt shall be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or for the account of the Securities. It is understood that the provisions of this Article 12 are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Debt, on the other hand.

80


 

          Nothing contained in this Article 12 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any Contingent Interest and Additional Interest) on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the Senior Debt.
          Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 12, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.01, and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such bankruptcy, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12.
     Section 12.04. Authorization to Effect Subordination .
          Each Holder of a Security by the Holder’s acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on the Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee to act as the Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
     Section 12.05. Notice to Trustee .
          The Company shall give prompt written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and to any Paying Agent of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee or any Paying Agent in respect of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 12 or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof at the applicable Corporate Trust Office from the Company (in the form of an Officer’s Certificate) or a Representative or a Holder or Holders of Senior Debt or from any trustee thereof; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.01, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided that, if on a date not less than two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such monies may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of or Interest on any Security) the Trustee shall not have received, with respect to such monies, the notice provided for in this Section 12.05, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on

81


 

or after such prior date. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 12 to the contrary, nothing shall prevent any payment by the Trustee to the Holders of monies deposited with it pursuant to Article 9, and any such payment shall not be subject to the provisions of this Article 12.
          The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 12.01, shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Representative or a person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and if such evidence is not furnished the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.
     Section 12.06. Trustee’s Relation to Senior Debt .
          The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 in respect of any Senior Debt at any time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in Section 8.13 or elsewhere in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.
          With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 12, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt and, subject to the provisions of Section 4.01, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of Senior Debt if it shall pay over or deliver to Holders of Securities, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise.
     Section 12.07. No Impairment of Subordination .
          No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.
     Section 12.08. Certain Conversions Not Deemed Payment .
          For the purposes of this Article 12 only, the issuance and delivery of Common Stock and the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Common Stock upon conversion of a Security in accordance with Article 4 shall not be deemed to constitute a payment or distribution on account of the principal of or Interest on such Security. Nothing contained in this Article 12

82


 

or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Debt and the Holders, the right, which is absolute and unconditional, of the Holder of any Security to convert such Security in accordance with Article 4.
     Section 12.09. Article Applicable to Paying Agents . If at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “Trustee” as used in this Article shall (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided , however, that the first paragraph of Section 12.05 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if it or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent.
     Section 12.10. Senior Debt Entitled to Rely . The holders of Senior Debt (including, without limitation, Designated Senior Debt) shall have the right to rely upon this Article 12, and no amendment or modification of the provisions contained herein shall diminish the rights of such holders unless such holders shall have agreed in writing thereto.
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 13.01. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act .
          If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the TIA or another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the TIA, the provision or requirement of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.
     Section 13.02. Notices .
          Any demand, authorization notice, request, consent or communication shall be given in writing and mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or delivered by recognized overnight courier addressed as follows or transmitted by facsimile transmission (confirmed by delivery in person or mail by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by guaranteed overnight courier) to the following facsimile numbers:
If to the Company, to:

General Cable Corporation
4 Tesseneer Drive
Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (859) 572-8444

83


 

or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company,
with a copy to:

Blank Rome LLP
One Logan Square
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-6998
Attention: Alan H. Lieblich, Esq., Jeffrey M. Taylor, Esq.
Facsimile No.: (215) 569-5555

if to the Trustee, to:

U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
CN-WN-06CT
425 Walnut Street, 6th Floor
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Attention: Robert T. Jones, Vice President
Facsimile No.: (513) 632-5511
or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Holders or the Company or any other obligor on the Securities by the Trustee.
          Such notices or communications shall be effective when received.
          The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
          Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or delivered by recognized overnight courier, to each Holder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the register kept by the Primary Registrar, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice or by any other manner deemed acceptable to the Trustee. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Any notice when mailed to a Holder in the aforesaid manner shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder whether or not actually received by such Holder. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
          In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impracticable to mail notice of any event as required by any provision of this Indenture, then any method of giving such notice as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

84


 

          If the Company mails any notice to a Holder of a Security, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent.
     Section 13.03. Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders .
          Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities, and the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 312(b). The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). Further, every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee or any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312.
     Section 13.04. Compliance Certificates and Opinions .
          (a) Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture and as may be requested by the Trustee, the Company and any other obligor on the Securities (if applicable) shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including any covenant compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such certificates or opinions is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
          (b) Every certificate or Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
          (1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or individual or firm signing such opinion has read and understands such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
          (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
          (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual or such firm, he or it has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or it to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

85


 

          (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual or such firm, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
     Section 13.05. Acts of Holders .
          (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 13.05.
          (b) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the register maintained by the Primary Registrar.
          (c) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act by the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, suffered or omitted to be done by the Trustee, any Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, or the Company or any other obligor of the Securities in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.
          (d) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
          (e) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of such Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), any such

86


 

record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not more than 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and no later than the date such first solicitation is completed.
          (f) If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Securities then Outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for this purpose the Securities then Outstanding shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after such record date.
          (g) For purposes of this Indenture, any action by the Holders which may be taken in writing may be taken by electronic means or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
     Section 13.06. Benefits of Indenture .
          Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person (other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Paying Agent and the Holders) any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
     Section 13.07. Legal Holidays .
          In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Purchase Date, Redemption Date or Final Maturity Date of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities) payment of interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) or principal or premium, if any, need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Purchase Date, Redemption Date or Final Maturity Date, and no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Purchase Date, Redemption Date or Final Maturity Date, as the case may be, to the next succeeding Business Day.
     Section 13.08. Governing Law .
          THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

87


 

     Section 13.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .
          This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
     Section 13.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .
          No director, officer, employee, stockholder, incorporator or agent of the Company, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of the Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability.
     Section 13.11. Successors and Assigns .
          All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
     Section 13.12. Multiple Counterparts .
          The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
     Section 13.13. Separability Clause .
          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
     Section 13.14. Independence of Covenants .
          All covenants and agreements in this Indenture shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.
     Section 13.15. Schedules and Exhibits .
          All schedules and exhibits attached hereto are by this reference made a part hereof with the same effect as if herein set forth in full.
     Section 13.16. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .
          The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

88


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written.
         
  Very truly yours,


GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

89


 

         
Exhibit A
[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]
          THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273, AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, THE COMPANY WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, (I) THE ISSUE PRICE OF THE NOTE, (II) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IN RESPECT THEREOF, (III) THE ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTE, (IV) THE COMPARABLE YIELD OF THE NOTE, AND (V) THE PROJECTED PAYMENT SCHEDULE OF THE NOTE, IN EACH CASE AS DETERMINED UNDER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT RULES OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. PLEASE CONTACT: GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION, 4 TESSENEER DRIVE HIGHLAND HEIGHTS, KENTUCKY 41076, ATTN: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER.
     UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. 1
 
1   This paragraph should be included only if the Security is a Global Security.

1


 

General Cable Corporation
Subordinated Convertible Note due 2029
     
No.:
  CUSIP No. [                    ]
 
  ISIN No. [                         ]
          General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to ______. or registered assigns the principal amount of ______dollars ($______) (which amount may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary) 2 on November 15, 2029, or such earlier date on which this Security shall become due pursuant to the applicable redemption or repurchase provisions thereof.
          This Security shall bear interest as specified on the other side of this Security. This Security is convertible as specified on the other side of this Security.
          Reference is made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Security the right to convert this Security into cash and, if applicable, Common Stock, on the terms and subject to the limitations referred to on the reverse hereof and as more fully specified in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.
          This Security shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.
Dated:
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
2   This parenthetical should be included only if the Security is a Global Security.

1


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
         
  GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Dated:
Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication:
This is one of the Securities referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.
         
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee 
 
 
By:      
    Authorized Officer      
 

2


 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY]
General Cable Corporation
Subordinated Convertible Note due 2029
1. Interest
          General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”, which term shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), promises to pay interest in cash on the principal amount of this Security at the rate of 4.50% per annum until November 15, 2019 and thereafter until maturity promises to pay interest in cash on the principal amount of this Security at the rate of 2.25% per annum. The Company shall pay interest semiannually on May 15 and November 15 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing May 15, 2010. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from November [          ], 2009. Each payment of interest will include interest accrued through the day before the relevant Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date, as the case may be. Cash interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
          Accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest (each as defined below), if any) payable upon a redemption or a purchase by the Company upon a Fundamental Change will be paid to the person to whom principal is payable, unless the Redemption Date or Fundamental Change Purchase Date is after a record date and on or prior to the related interest payment date, in which case accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) to, but excluding, such interest payment date shall be paid on such interest payment date to the record holder as of the record date.
          Interest on Securities converted after the close of business on a Regular Record Date (as defined below) but prior to the opening of business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date will be paid to the Holder of the Securities on each Regular Record Date but, upon conversion, the Holder must pay the Company the interest which has accrued and will be paid on such Interest Payment Date, provided that no such payment need be made (i) in connection with a conversion following the Regular Record Date preceding the Final Maturity Date, (ii) if the Company has specified a Redemption Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, (iii) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Purchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, or (iv) to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to the Security.
          If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of such payment by virtue of the payment being made on such later date.

1


 

          Beginning with the six-month interest period commencing November 15, 2019, the Company will pay interest (“Contingent Interest”) during any six-month interest period if the Trading Price of the Securities for each of the five Trading Days ending on the second Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the Securities. During any six-month interest period when Contingent Interest is payable, the Contingent Interest payable on each $1,000 principal amount of Securities shall equal 0.50% of the average Trading Price of $1,000 principal amount of Securities during the five Trading Days ending on the second Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period used to determine whether Contingent Interest must be paid.
          If the Company has made an election to pay Additional Interest pursuant to Section 7.02(a) of the Indenture in connection with any Event of Default from time to time relating to the Company’s failure to comply with its reporting obligations under Section 5.02 of the Indenture, then the Holder of this Security is entitled to receive such Additional Interest as and to the extent provided in the Indenture.
          Any reference herein to interest accrued or payable as of any date shall include any Contingent Interest and Additional Interest accrued or payable on such date as provided in the Indenture.
          No sinking fund is provided for the Securities.
2. Method of Payment
          The Company shall pay interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on this Security (except defaulted interest or interest payable in connection with a redemption or repurchase as provided in the Indenture) to the person who is the Holder of this Security at the close of business on May 1 or November 1, as the case may be (each, a “Regular Record Date”) immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date. The Holder must surrender this Security to a Paying Agent to collect payment of principal and premium, if any. The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) and cash payable in connection with any conversion of this Security in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
3. Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent
          Initially, U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”, which term shall include any successor trustee under the Indenture hereinafter referred to) will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without notice to the Holder. The Company or any of its Affiliates may, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, act as Paying Agent.
4. Indenture
          This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company designated as its Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2029 (the “Securities”), issued under an Indenture

2


 

dated as of November [          ], 2009 (together with any supplemental indentures thereto, the “Indenture”), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of this Security include those stated in the Indenture and those required by or made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. This Security is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Security is referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of them.
          The Securities are subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company limited to $[          ],000 aggregate principal amount. The Indenture does not limit other debt of the Company, secured or unsecured.
5. Subordination
          The payment of the principal, any premium and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities, and any cash payable upon conversion of the Securities, including amounts payable on any redemption or repurchase, will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all of the Company’s existing and future Senior Debt.
6. Redemption of Securities
          No sinking fund is provided for the Securities. The Securities are redeemable as a whole, or from time to time in part, (i) on or after November 15, 2019, at the option of the Company if the Closing Price of the Company’s Common Stock has been greater than or equal to 150% of Conversion Price then in effect for at least 20 Trading Days during the 30 consecutive Trading Day period immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption and (ii) on or prior to November 15, 2010, if a Tax Triggering Event occurs.
          The redemption price (the “Redemption Price”) for any such redemption is equal to (a) in the case of a redemption described in clause (i) above, 100%, expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) to, but excluding, the Redemption Date and (b) in the case of a redemption described in clause (ii) above, 101.5%, expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and/or Additional Interest, if any) to, but excluding, the Redemption Date and, if the Redemption Conversion Value of the Securities being redeemed exceeds their Initial Conversion Value, 95% of the amount determined by subtracting the Initial Conversion Value of the Securities being redeemed from their Redemption Conversion Value.
7. Purchase of Securities at Option of Holder Upon a Fundamental Change
          Upon a Fundamental Change, at the option of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase for cash, subject to certain exceptions described in the Indenture, all or any part specified by the Holder (so long as the principal amount of such part is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of the Securities held by such Holder on a date specified by the Company that is 30 Business Days after the later of the Fundamental Change Effective Date and the date that a Issuer Fundamental Change Notice is delivered, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof together with

3


 

accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and accrued and unpaid Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Purchase Date. The Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Fundamental Change Purchase Notice (in whole or in a portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Purchase Date by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
8. Conversion
          Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Indenture and upon the occurrence of the events specified in the Indenture, a Holder may surrender for conversion any Security that is $1,000 principal amount or integral multiples thereof. In lieu of receiving shares of the Company’s Common Stock, a Holder will receive to the extent set forth in the Indenture, for each $1,000 principal amount of Securities surrendered for conversion:
cash in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) $1,000 and (2) the Conversion Value, as defined in the Indenture; and
 
if the Conversion Value is greater than $1,000, a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Remaining Shares”), equal to the sum of the Daily Share Amounts, as defined in the Indenture, for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days in the Conversion Reference Period, as defined in the Indenture, subject to the Company’s right to deliver cash in lieu of all or a portion of the Remaining Shares as described in the Indenture.
          No fractional share of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of a Security. Instead, the Company shall pay a cash adjustment as provided in the Indenture.
9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange
          The Securities are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto by law or permitted by the Indenture.
10. Persons Deemed Owners
          The Holder of a Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
11. Unclaimed Money
          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and any Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request, subject to the provisions of the Indenture. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.

4


 

12. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
          Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Securities may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, and an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequence or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things, (x) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency or (y) make any other change that does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect.
13. Successor Entity
          When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Securities and the Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation (except in certain circumstances specified in the Indenture) shall be released from those obligations.
14. Defaults and Remedies
          Under the Indenture, an Event of Default shall occur if:
          (1) the Company shall fail to pay when due the principal, or any Redemption Price or any Fundamental Change Purchase Price of any Security, including any Make Whole Premium, when the same becomes due and payable whether at the Final Maturity Date, upon redemption, purchase, acceleration or otherwise; or
          (2) the Company shall fail to pay when due an installment of cash interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on any of the Securities, which default continues for 60 days after the date when due; or
          (3) the Company shall fail to deliver when due all cash and any shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of the Securities, which failure continues for 15 days; or
          (4) the Company shall fail to deliver an Issuer Fundamental Change Notice within the time required to provide such notice as set forth in Section 3.01(b) of the Indenture; or
          (5) the Company shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in the Securities or the Indenture for a period of 60 days after receipt by the Company of a Notice of Default specifying such failure; or
          (6) a default or defaults under the terms of one or more instruments evidencing or securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries having an outstanding principal amount of greater than $50,000,000 individually or in the aggregate, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay at final maturity principal on such Indebtedness within the applicable express grace period, (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express final maturity or (c) results in the commencement of judicial proceedings to foreclose

5


 

upon, or to exercise remedies under applicable law or applicable security documents to take ownership of, the assets securing such Indebtedness; or
          (7) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters (x) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (y) a decree or order adjudging the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or
          (8) (a) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent; or
          (b) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or
          (c) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law; or
          (d) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries consents to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of their property; or
          (e) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
          (f) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or
          (g) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries takes corporate action in furtherance of any such action.
          Notwithstanding the above, no Event of Default under clause (5) above shall occur until the Trustee notifies the Company in writing, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then Outstanding notify the Company and the Trustee in writing, of the Default (a “Notice of Default”), and the Company does not cure the Default within the time specified in clause (5) after receipt of such notice.

6


 

          If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) above) shall occur and be continuing with respect to the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then Outstanding may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on all Securities to be due and payable, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders of the Securities). Upon any such declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) shall become due and payable immediately.
          If an Event of Default specified in clauses (7) or (8) occurs and is continuing, then all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be due and payable immediately in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Securities, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date the Securities become due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
          The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities Outstanding, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul an acceleration and its consequences if: (a) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (1) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under the Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, (2) all overdue interest on all Outstanding Securities, (3) the principal of and premium, if any, on any Outstanding Securities which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) thereon at the rate borne by the Securities, and (4) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate borne by the Securities; (b) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and (c) all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
          Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Securities. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders for a period of 30 days notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any)) if and so long as it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company is required to file periodic certificates with the Trustee as to the Company’s compliance with the Indenture and knowledge or status of any Default.
15. Tax Treatment
          The Company agrees, and by acceptance of beneficial ownership interest in the Security each Holder of the Securities will be deemed to have agreed, for U.S. federal income tax

7


 

purposes (1) to treat the Debentures as indebtedness that is subject to Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.1275-4 (the “Contingent Payment Regulations”) and, for purposes of the Contingent Payment Regulations, to treat the cash and the fair market value of any stock beneficially received by a Holder upon any conversion of the Securities as a contingent payment and (2) to be bound by the Company’s determination of the “comparable yield” and “projected payment schedule,” within the meaning of the Contingent Payment Regulations, with respect to the Securities. A Holder may obtain the issue price, amount of original issue discount, issue date, yield to maturity, comparable yield and projected payment schedule for the Securities by submitting a written request for such information to the Company at the following address: General Cable Corporation, 4 Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.
16. Trustee Dealings With the Company
          U.S. Bank National Association, the initial Trustee under the Indenture, or any of its Affiliates, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, as if it were not the Trustee.
17. No Recourse Against Others
          No director, officer, employee, stockholder, incorporator or agent of the Company, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities, the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of the Securities by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability.
18. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
          Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption and notices relating to fundamental changes as a convenience to Securityholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption or any notice relating to a fundamental change and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
19. Authentication
          This Security shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.
20. Abbreviations and Definitions
          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

8


 

          All terms defined in the Indenture and used in this Security but not specifically defined herein are defined in the Indenture and are used herein as so defined.
21. Indenture to Control; Governing Law
          In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Security and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. This Security and the Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
          The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: General Cable Corporation, 4 Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, KY 41076, Attention: General Counsel, Facsimile No. (859) 572-8444, Telephone No. (859) 572-8000.

9


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Security, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Security to
 
(insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint
 
 agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.
         
 
  Your Signature:    
Date:                                
 
 
   
 
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the    
 
  other side of this Security)    
 
* Signature guaranteed by:
By:
 
 
*   The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee.

1


 

CONVERSION NOTICE
          To convert this Security into Common Stock of the Company, check the box:  o
          To convert only part of this Security, state the principal amount to be converted (must be $1,000 or a integral multiple of $1,000):
          $                      .
          If you want the stock certificate made out in another person’s name, fill in the form below:
 
(insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
       
 
  Your Signature:
Date:                               
 
 
 
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the
 
  other side of this Security)
 
* Signature guaranteed by:
By:
 
 
*   The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee.

1


 

FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE PURCHASE NOTICE
To: General Cable Corporation
          The undersigned registered owner of this Security hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a notice from General Cable Corporation (the “Company”) as to the occurrence of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company and requests and instructs the Company to purchase the entire principal amount of this Security, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Security at the Fundamental Change Purchase Price, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any), if any, to, but excluding, such date, to the registered Holder hereof.
       
 
  Your Signature:
 
   
Date:                                
 
 
 
  Signature(s)
 
   
 
  Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a qualified guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature Guaranty
Principal amount to be repurchased (in
 
an integral multiple of $1,000, if less than all):
 
 
NOTICE:   The signature to the foregoing Election must correspond to the Name as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without any alteration or change whatsoever.

1


 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF SECURITIES 3
          The following exchanges, redemptions, purchases or conversions of a part of this Global Security have been made:
                 
                                Principal Amount of
        Authorized   Amount of Decrease   Amount of Increase   this Global
        Signatory of   in Principal Amount   in Principal Amount   Security Following
Date of Decrease or   Securities   of this Global   of this Global   Such Decrease or
Increase   Custodian   Security   Security   Increase
 
3   This schedule should be included only if the Security is a Global Security.

1

Exhibit 5.1
BLANK ROME LLP
THE CHRYSLER BUILDING
405 LEXINGTON AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10174
October 27, 2009
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
4 Tesseneer Drive
Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076
    Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as counsel to General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) for registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of (i) up to $439,375,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”), to be offered in exchange for the Company’s outstanding 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012 (the “2012 Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement; and (ii) up to 14,645,863 shares of the Company’s common stock, $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) issuable upon conversion of the 2029 Notes (the “Conversion Shares”) based upon a maximum initial conversion rate of 27.2109 shares per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 Notes, plus the maximum number of additional shares issuable in respect of a make whole adjustment. The 2029 Notes will be issued under an Indenture (the “Indenture”) by and among the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), a form of which is filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.
     In connection with rendering the opinions set forth below, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (a) the Registration Statement, including the exhibits filed therewith (including the form of the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Registration Statement); (b) the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended; (c) the Company’s Amended and Restated By-laws; (d) resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and (e) resolutions adopted by the Pricing

 


 

Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. Where factual matters relevant to such opinions were not independently established, we have relied upon certificates of public officials and executive officers and/or other responsible employees and agents of the Company. We have also made such other investigation as we have deemed appropriate for purposes of rendering the opinions expressed hereinafter. We have not independently established any of the facts so relied on.
     For the purposes of this opinion letter, we have assumed, without inquiry, (i) the due organization and valid existence of the Company, (ii) the due authorization, execution, authentication and delivery by all persons of the Registration Statement, (iii) the legal capacity of all natural persons, (iv) the genuineness of all signatures on all documents examined by us, (v) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and (vi) the conformity to the original documents of all documents submitted to us as facsimile, electronic, certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. We have also assumed that the books and records of the Company are maintained in accordance with proper corporate procedures. As to any facts material to our opinions, we have relied upon the aforesaid documents, statements and certificates referred to above. We have not verified any of the foregoing assumptions.
     In making our examination of executed documents, we have assumed that the parties thereto had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and we have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and (except to the extent we have opined on such matters below) the validity and binding effect on such parties. In addition, we have assumed (i) the Registration Statement will have become effective and will comply and continue to comply with all applicable laws at the time the Notes and the Conversion Shares are issued as contemplated by the Registration Statement and no stop order suspending its effectiveness will have been issued and remain in effect; and (ii) that the Company will continue to be a corporation incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
     The opinions expressed in this opinion letter are limited to (i) solely in connection with the opinions in numbered paragraph 1 below, the laws of the State of New York and (ii) solely in connection with the opinions in numbered paragraph 2 below, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the DGCL. We are not opining on, and we assume no responsibility for, the applicability to or effect on any of the matters covered herein of (i) any other laws; (ii) the laws of any other jurisdiction; or (iii) the law of any county, municipality or other political subdivision or local governmental agency or authority.
     Based on and subject to the foregoing, and assuming that (i) the 2029 Notes will be issued and exchanged in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and in the manner stated in the Registration Statement; (ii) the terms of the 2029 Notes will be as set forth in the Indenture, and the Indenture, as executed by the parties thereto, will be substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Registration Statement; (iii) the Conversion Shares will be issued only in accordance with the terms of the 2029 Notes, in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and in the manner stated in the Registration Statement; (iv) the Board of Directors of the Company, or any duly authorized committee thereof, will have taken all necessary further action to duly authorize and approve the exchange and issuance of the 2029 Notes as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the issuance of the Conversion Shares upon

 


 

conversion of the 2029 Notes in accordance with the terms of the 2029 Notes and will not have rescinded or otherwise modified its authorization of any such issuance and exchange of 2029 Notes or the issuance of any Conversion Shares upon conversion of 2029 Notes in accordance with the terms of the 2029 Notes, as the case may be; and (v) the additional qualifications and other matters set forth below, we are of the opinion that:
     1. When (i) the Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and the Trustee, and (ii) the 2029 Notes have been duly executed, authenticated (if required), issued and delivered by the Company in accordance with the Indenture and in exchange for the 2012 Notes as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the 2029 Notes will constitute binding obligations of the Company.
     2. The Conversion Shares, when issued and delivered upon conversion of the 2029 Notes in accordance with the terms of the 2029 Notes, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company’s Common Stock.
     The opinions expressed in this letter are subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, rearrangement, liquidation, conservatorship and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally; to general principles of equity, including without limitation concepts of materiality and principles of reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).
     In addition to the assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth above, the opinions set forth herein are further limited by, subject to and based upon the qualifications and limitations contained in this paragraph. Our opinions herein reflect only the application of applicable laws of the States of New York and Delaware that, in our experience, are normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Registration Statement. The opinions set forth herein are made as of the date hereof and are subject to, and may be limited by, future changes in the factual matters set forth herein, and we undertake no duty to advise you of the same. The opinions expressed herein are based upon the laws in effect (and published or otherwise generally available) on the date hereof, which laws are subject to change with possible retroactive effect, and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion should such laws be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise. In rendering our opinions, we have not considered, and hereby disclaim any opinion as to, the application or impact of any laws, cases, decisions, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction, court or administrative agency. You have informed us that you intend to issue the Conversion Shares from time to time on a delayed or continuous basis, and the opinions expressed herein are limited to the laws, including the rules and regulations, as in effect on the date hereof.
     We consent to the use of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. This opinion letter is limited to the matters set forth herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond the matters expressly set forth herein. This opinion letter is not a guaranty nor may one be inferred or implied.
         
Yours truly,
 
   
/s/Blank Rome LLP      
     
     
 

 

Exhibit 8.1
BLANK ROME LLP
THE CHRYSLER BUILDING
405 LEXINGTON AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10174
October 27, 2009
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
4 Tesseneer Drive
Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076
     Re: Registration Statement on Form S-4
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as counsel to General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) in connection with the transactions described in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 27, 2009 (the “Registration Statement”), of which a prospectus (the “Prospectus”) forms a part. In that capacity, we have been requested to provide our opinion with respect to certain of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the transactions described in the Prospectus. Except as otherwise indicated herein, all defined terms used in this letter have the meaning assigned to them in the Prospectus.
     Our opinion is based on our understanding of the relevant facts concerning the transactions described in the Prospectus. We have examined and are familiar with (1) the Registration Statement, (2) the form of Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.8 to the Registration Statement and (3) such other documents as we have considered necessary for rendering our opinion. In connection with rendering our opinion, we have also assumed (without any independent investigation) that the transactions described in the Prospectus will be reported by the Company and the holders of the Company’s 2029 notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a manner consistent with the opinion expressed below.
     The following opinion represents and is based upon our best judgment regarding the application of U.S. Federal income tax laws arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative pronouncements and rulings and judicial decisions, as they currently exist as of the date of this letter. Our opinion is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service or the courts, and there is no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will not assert a contrary position and that a court will not reach a different conclusion. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that future legislative, judicial or administrative changes, on either a prospective or

 


 

retroactive basis, would not adversely affect the accuracy of the conclusions stated herein. Nevertheless, we undertake no responsibility to advise you of any new developments in the application or interpretation of the U.S. Federal income tax laws. If the transactions described in the Prospectus are consummated in a manner that is inconsistent with the manner in which it is described in the Prospectus, our opinion may be adversely affected and may not be relied upon. The following opinion addresses only the matters set forth herein and does not address any other U.S. Federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences that may result from the transactions described in the Prospectus. We express no opinion herein as to matters involving the laws of any jurisdiction other than the federal income tax laws of the United States of America.
     Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations stated in this letter and in the section of the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”, we confirm that the statements of law and legal conclusions contained in the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” constitute our opinion.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references in the Prospectus made to Blank Rome LLP in connection with the descriptions, discussions or summaries of U.S. federal income tax matters, including references under the heading captioned “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
Yours truly,
/s/ Blank Rome LLP

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated March 2, 2009 (except as to Note 2 which is dated August 12, 2009 as to the effects of the retrospective application of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Staff Position No. APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments that May be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) , FASB Staff Position EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities, and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements , which became effective January 1, 2009) with respect to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of General Cable Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the retrospective application of the new accounting standards effective January 1, 2009 disclosed in Note 2 and the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an Interpretation of SFAS No. 109 , in 2007, and SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) , in 2006) included in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 12, 2009, and our report dated March 2, 2009, with respect to the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008 and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio
October 27, 2009

 

Exhibit 25.1
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER
THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of
a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
31-0841368
I.R.S. Employer Identification No.
     
800 Nicollet Mall    
Minneapolis, Minnesota   55402
 
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
William Sicking
U.S. Bank National Association
425 Walnut Street
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
(513) 632-4278
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
General Cable Corporation
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   06-1398235
 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
4 Tesseneer Drive    
Highland Heights, Kentucky   41076-9753 
 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)
Subordinated Convertible Notes Due 2029
(Title of the Indenture Securities)
 
 

 


 

FORM T-1
Item 1.   GENERAL INFORMATION . Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.
  a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
      Comptroller of the Currency
Washington, D.C.
  b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
      Yes
Item 2.   AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.
      None
Items 3-15   Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.
Item 16.   LIST OF EXHIBITS: List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.
  1.   A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*
 
  2.   A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business.*
 
  3.   A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers.*
 
  4.   A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee.**
 
  5.   A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4. Not applicable.
 
  6.   The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.
 
  7.   Report of Condition of the Trustee as of June 30, 2009 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.
 
*   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-128217), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 15, 2005.
 
**   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-145601), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 21, 2007.

2


 

SIGNATURE
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio on the 27th of October, 2009.
         
     
  By:   /s/ William Sicking    
    William Sicking   
    Vice President   
 
         
By:
  /s/ Robert Jones
 
Robert Jones
Vice President
   

3


 

Exhibit 6
CONSENT
     In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.
Dated: October 27th, 2009
         
     
  By:   /s/ William Sicking    
    William Sicking   
    Vice President   
 
         
By:
  /s/ Robert Jones
 
Robert Jones
Vice President
   

4


 

Exhibit 7
U.S. Bank National Association
Statement of Financial Condition
As of 6/30/2009
($000’s)
         
    6/30/2009  
Assets
       
Cash and Balances Due From Depository Institutions
  $ 6,526,915  
Securities
    38,971,863  
Federal Funds
    3,558,381  
Loans & Lease Financing Receivables
    180,342,925  
Fixed Assets
    4,176,818  
Intangible Assets
    12,451,763  
Other Assets
    14,416,029  
 
     
Total Assets
  $ 260,444,694  
 
       
Liabilities
       
Deposits
  $ 174,406,310  
Fed Funds
    11,988,123  
Treasury Demand Notes
    0  
Trading Liabilities
    385,470  
Other Borrowed Money
    34,999,265  
Acceptances
    0  
Subordinated Notes and Debentures
    7,779,967  
Other Liabilities
    6,530,991  
 
     
Total Liabilities
  $ 236,090,126  
 
       
Equity
       
Minority Interest in Subsidiaries
  $ 1,647,451  
Common and Preferred Stock
    18,200  
Surplus
    12,642,020  
Undivided Profits
    10,046,897  
 
     
Total Equity Capital
  $ 24,354,568  
 
       
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital
  $ 260,444,694  
To the best of the undersigned’s determination, as of the date hereof, the above financial information is true and correct.
U.S. Bank National Association
         
By:
  /s/ William Sicking    
 
 
 
Vice President
   
Date:
  October 27th, 2009    

5

 
Exhibit 99.1
 
Letter of Transmittal

GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

OFFER TO EXCHANGE
ITS SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2029
FOR ITS OUTSTANDING
1.00% SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2012
(CUSIP NOS. 369300AJ7 AND 369300AK4)

Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated October 27, 2009
 
THE OFFER (THE “EXCHANGE OFFER”) TO EXCHANGE SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2029 (THE “2029 NOTES”) OF GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”) FOR OUTSTANDING 1.00% SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2012 OF THE COMPANY (THE “2012 NOTES”) WILL EXPIRE AT MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON NOVEMBER 24, 2009, UNLESS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED BY US (SUCH DATE, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED, THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERED 2012 NOTES MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME ON OR PRIOR TO MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
 
The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:
 
D.F. King & Co., Inc.
 
By Telephone:
 
Banks and Brokers call:
(212) 269-5550
All Others Call Toll-free:
(800) 488-8035
 
     
By Hand, Overnight Delivery or Mail
(Registered or Certified Mail Recommended):
  By Facsimile Transmission:
(For Eligible Institutions Only)
     
D.F. King & Co., Inc.
48 Wall Street, 22nd Floor
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Mark Fahey
  D.F. King & Co., Inc.
(212) 809-8838
Attention: Mark Fahey
Confirm by Telephone:
(212) 269-5550
 
DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS, OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED AND SIGNED.


 

 
QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE RELATING TO THE PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING 2012 NOTES AND REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND/OR THE FORM OF NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE INFORMATION AGENT AT ITS ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS ON THE BACK COVER OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer set forth under “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering 2012 Notes” in the Prospectus and an Agent’s Message (as defined below) is not delivered. Book-entry confirmation of a book-entry transfer of 2012 Notes into the Exchange Agent’s accounts at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), as well as this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, or an Agent’s Message in lieu thereof, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The term “book-entry confirmation” means a confirmation of a book-entry transfer of 2012 Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC. The term “Agent’s Message” means a message, transmitted by DTC to and received by the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the tendering participant, which acknowledgment states that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and to make all of the representations contained in, this Letter of Transmittal and that General Cable Corporation may enforce this Letter of Transmittal against such participant.
 
There are no guaranteed delivery procedures applicable to the Exchange Offer and, accordingly, 2012 Notes may not be tendered by delivering a notice of guaranteed delivery. All tenders must be completed by midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date to be considered valid.
 
If you hold your 2012 Notes through a broker dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, you should contact such nominee promptly and instruct them to tender 2012 Notes on your behalf. You should keep in mind that your intermediary may require you to take action with respect to the Exchange Offer a number of days before the Expiration Date in order for such entity to tender 2012 Notes on your behalf on or prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.
 
Holders who wish to tender their 2012 Notes using this Letter of Transmittal must complete the section below entitled “Method of Delivery” and complete the box below entitled “Description of 2012 Notes” and sign in the appropriate box below.
 
DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED.


2


 

 
ALL TENDERING HOLDERS COMPLETE THIS BOX:
 
                     

DESCRIPTION OF 2012 NOTES
Name(s) and Address(es) of Holder(s)
    Principal Amount
    Principal Amount
(Please fill in, if Blank)     Represented     Tendered*
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
* 2012 Notes may be tendered in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000. Unless otherwise indicated in the column labeled “Principal Amount Tendered,” a holder will be deemed to have tendered all 2012 Notes represented by the 2012 Notes indicated in the column “Principal Amount Represented.” See Instruction 4.
                     
 
 
ALL TENDERING HOLDERS COMPLETE THIS BOX:
 
METHOD OF DELIVERY
 
o      THE 2012 NOTES TENDERED HEREBY ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC. THE TENDERING INSTITUTION, ITS DTC ACCOUNT NUMBER AND THE TRANSACTION CODE NUMBER FOR SUCH TENDER ARE AS FOLLOWS:
 
  Name of Tendering Institution:
 
  DTC Account Number:
 
  Transaction Code Number:


3


 

 
NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
 
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
The undersigned hereby tenders to General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the above described principal amount of the Company’s 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012 (the “2012 Notes”) in exchange for the exchange offer consideration set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus dated October 27, 2009 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and in this Letter of Transmittal (which, together with the Prospectus, constitute the “Exchange Offer”).
 
Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the 2012 Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, if the Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company, all right, title and interest in and to such 2012 Notes as are being tendered herewith, waives any and all other rights with respect to the 2012 Notes, and releases and discharges the Company and all guarantors of the 2012 Notes from any and all claims such Holder (as defined in Instruction 2 below) may now have, or may have in the future, arising out of, or related to, the 2012 Notes, including, without limitation, any claims arising from any existing or past defaults, or any claims that such Holder is entitled to receive additional interest with respect to the 2012 Notes (other than any accrued and unpaid interest up to, but excluding, the date of settlement of the Exchange Offer) or to participate in any repurchase of the 2012 Notes. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned, with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company, with respect to such 2012 Notes, with full power of substitution and re-substitution (such power-of-attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) to (1) transfer ownership of such 2012 Notes on the account books maintained by DTC to, or upon the order of, the Company and (2) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such 2012 Notes, all in accordance with the terms of and conditions to the Exchange Offer.
 
The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent is also acting as agent of the Company in connection with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered 2012 Notes, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) subject only to the right of withdrawal described in the Prospectus, to (i) deliver 2012 Notes to the Company, or transfer ownership of such 2012 Notes on the account books maintained at DTC, together, in either such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company, upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the exchange offer consideration to be paid in exchange for such 2012 Notes, (ii) present such 2012 Notes for transfer, and to transfer the 2012 Notes on the books of the trustee for the 2012 Notes and of the Company, and (iii) receive for the account of the Company all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such 2012 Notes, all in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer.
 
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the 2012 Notes tendered hereby and that when the same are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and that the 2012 Notes tendered hereby are not subject to any adverse claims, rights or proxies. The undersigned also represents and warrants that the undersigned is not the Company’s “affiliate”, as defined below. Any affiliate wishing to participate in the Exchange Offer should contact the Company or the Exchange Agent regarding their participation. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the 2012 Notes tendered hereby. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal and has read and agrees to all of the terms of the Exchange Offer.
 
As used herein, “affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.


4


 

 
The name(s) and address(es) of the Holder(s) of the 2012 Notes tendered hereby should be printed above, if they are not already set forth above, as they appear on the account books maintained at DTC. The 2012 Notes that the undersigned wishes to tender should be indicated in the appropriate boxes above.
 
The undersigned understands and acknowledges that the Exchange Offer will expire on midnight, New York City time, on November 24, 2009, unless extended or earlier terminated (such date, as the same may be extended with respect to the Exchange Offer, the “Expiration Date”). In addition, the undersigned understands and acknowledges that, in order to receive the 2029 Notes offered in exchange for the 2012 Notes, the undersigned must have validly tendered (and not validly withdrawn) 2012 Notes on or prior to the Expiration Date.
 
If any tendered 2012 Notes are not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, such 2012 Notes will be credited to an account maintained at DTC, without expense to the tendering Holder, promptly following the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
The undersigned understands that tenders of 2012 Notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described in “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering 2012 Notes” in the Prospectus and in the instructions attached hereto will, upon the Company’s acceptance for exchange of such tendered 2012 Notes, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. Such agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
The Exchange Offer is subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (some of which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Company) as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Company may not be required to accept for exchange any of the outstanding 2012 Notes tendered by this Letter of Transmittal and, in such event, the outstanding 2012 Notes not accepted for exchange will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned.
 
Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” below, the undersigned hereby directs that the exchange offer consideration be credited to the account indicated above maintained at DTC. If applicable, 2012 Notes not exchanged or not accepted for exchange will be credited to the account indicated above maintained at DTC.
 
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned understands that the Company will be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered 2012 Notes, or defectively tendered 2012 Notes with respect to which the Company has waived such defect, if, as and when the Company gives oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.
 
The undersigned understands that the delivery and surrender of the 2012 Notes is not effective, and the risk of loss of the 2012 Notes does not pass to the Exchange Agent, until receipt by the Exchange Agent of (1) timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such 2012 Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus, (2) receipt by the Exchange Agent of a properly completed Letter of Transmittal or a properly transmitted Agent’s Message through DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) in lieu thereof and (3) all accompanying evidences of authority and any other required documents in form satisfactory to the Company. All questions as to the form of all documents and the validity (including time of receipt) and acceptance of tenders and withdrawals of 2012 Notes will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding.
 
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity (if an individual) or dissolution (if an entity) of the undersigned and any representation, warranty, undertaking and obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, trustees in bankruptcy, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.


5


 

 
PLEASE SIGN HERE
(TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL HOLDERS OF 2012 NOTES)
 
This Letter of Transmittal must be signed by the Holder(s) of 2012 Notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on a security position listing or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) (evidence of such authorization must be transmitted herewith). If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide their full title below under “capacity” and submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person’s authority to act and see Instruction 2 below.
 
If the signature appearing below is not of the record holder(s) of the 2012 Notes, then the record holder(s) must sign a valid bond power.
 
 
(Signature(s) of Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory)
 
DATE:  ­ ­ , 2009
 
NAME(S): 
(Please Print)
 
CAPACITY: 
 
ADDRESS: 
 
(Including Zip Code)
 
TELEPHONE NUMBER WITH AREA CODE: 
 
Please Complete Substitute Form W-9 Herein
 
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
(SEE INSTRUCTION 2 BELOW)
 
(Signature of Authorized Signatory )
 
DATE:  ­ ­ , 2009
 
NAME: 
(Please Print)
 
TITLE: 
 
NAME OF FIRM: 
 
ADDRESS: 
 
(Including Zip Code)
 
TELEPHONE NUMBER WITH AREA CODE: 
 


6


 

 
 
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
 
To be completed ONLY if the Exchange Offer consideration or 2012 Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued in the name of someone other than the registered holder of the 2012 Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.
 
ISSUE:   o   Returned 2012 Notes to:
 
  o    Exchange Offer consideration to:
(check as applicable)
 
NAME(S): 
(Please Print)
 
ADDRESS: 
 
(Including Zip Code)
 
TAX IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER
 
Please Complete Substitute Form W-9 Herein
 
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
 
To be completed ONLY if the Exchange Offer consideration or 2012 Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder of the 2012 Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above, or such registered holder at an address other than that shown above.
 
ISSUE:   o   Returned 2012 Notes to:
 
  o    Exchange Offer consideration to:
(check as applicable)
 
NAME(S): 
(Please Print)
 
ADDRESS: 
 
(Including Zip Code)
 
DTC ACCOUNT NUMBER
 
TAX IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER
 
Please Complete Substitute Form W-9 Herein


7


 

 
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
1.  Delivery of Letter of Transmittal and Book-Entry Confirmations.   This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfer” in the Prospectus and an Agent’s Message is not delivered. Timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such 2012 Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, as well as this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, or an Agent’s Message in lieu of a Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. 2012 Notes may be tendered in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000.
 
THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE OPTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDER, AND THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, THEN REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY SERVICE IS RECOMMENDED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ENSURE TIMELY DELIVERY.
 
The Company will not accept any alternative, conditional or contingent tenders. Each tendering Holder, by execution of a Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), waives any right to receive any notice of the acceptance of such tender.
 
2.  Guarantee of Signatures.   No signature guarantee on this Letter of Transmittal is required if:
 
  •  this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder (which term, for purposes of this document, shall include any participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner (the “Holder”)) of 2012 Notes tendered herewith, unless such Holder(s) has completed either the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” above; or
 
  •  such of the 2012 Notes are tendered for the account of a firm that is an Eligible Institution (as defined below).
 
In all other cases, an Eligible Institution must guarantee the signature(s) on this Letter of Transmittal. See Instruction 5. As used herein and in the Prospectus, “Eligible Institution” means a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act as “an eligible guarantor institution,” including (as such terms are defined therein): (i) a bank; (ii) a broker, dealer, municipal securities broker, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker or governmental securities dealer, (iii) a credit union; (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or clearing agency, or (v) a savings association, with membership in an approved signature medallion guarantee program, that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program.
 
3.  Inadequate Space.   If the space provided in the box captioned “Description of 2012 Notes” is inadequate, the principal amount of 2012 Notes and any other required information should be listed on a separate signed schedule that is attached to this Letter of Transmittal.
 
4.  Partial Tenders and Withdrawal Rights.   Tenders of 2012 Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000. If less than all the 2012 Notes listed under the “Principal Amount Represented” in the box entitled “Description of 2012 Notes” are to be tendered, fill in the principal amount of 2012 Notes that is to be tendered in the column entitled “Principal Amount Tendered” in the box entitled “Description of 2012 Notes.” All 2012 Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. In lieu of issuing 2029 Notes in denominations of other than a minimum denomination of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof, if the amount of 2012 Notes accepted for exchange from a particular Holder is such that the minimum denomination threshold of the 2029 Notes is not reached, at settlement, the Company will deliver 2029 Notes in a minimum denomination of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof and cash equal to the remaining principal amount of 2029 Notes that would otherwise have been issued to such Holder but for the minimum denomination threshold.
 
Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of 2012 Notes may be withdrawn at any time on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. In order for a withdrawal to be effective on or prior to that time, a written or facsimile transmission of such notice of withdrawal, a form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which the


8


 

Prospectus forms a part and which is available from the Information Agent upon request, or by a properly transmitted “Request Message” through ATOP, must be timely received by the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth above or in the Prospectus on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person who tendered the 2012 Notes to be withdrawn, the aggregate principal amount of 2012 Notes to be withdrawn and the other information required to be included therein as provided in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights.” If 2012 Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfer,” the notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawal of 2012 Notes, in which case a notice of withdrawal will be effective if delivered to the Exchange Agent by written, telegraphic, telex or facsimile transmission. Withdrawals of tenders of 2012 Notes may not be rescinded. 2012 Notes validly withdrawn will not be deemed validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, but may be retendered at any subsequent time on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer by following any of the procedures described in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering 2012 Notes.”
 
All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties, absent a finding to the contrary by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company, any affiliates or assigns of the Company, the Exchange Agent or any other person shall not be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give any such notification. Any 2012 Notes which have been tendered but which are withdrawn will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such Holder promptly after withdrawal.
 
5.  Signatures on Letter of Transmittal, Assignments and Endorsements.   If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the 2012 Notes tendered hereby, the signature(s) must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificate(s) without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever, or if this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing of the Holder of 2012 Notes.
 
If any 2012 Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
 
If this Letter of Transmittal or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Company, must submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Company, in its sole discretion, of each such person’s authority to so act.
 
When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the Holder(s) of the 2012 Notes listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsement(s) of 2012 Notes or separate bond power(s) is required unless 2029 Notes are to be issued in the name of a person other than the Holder(s). Signatures on such bond power(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the Holder(s) of the 2012 Notes listed, the 2012 Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed exactly as the name or names of the registered owner(s) appear(s) on the certificates or on the security position listing, and also must be accompanied by such opinions of counsel, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee for the 2012 Notes may require in accordance with the restrictions on transfer applicable to the 2012 Notes. Signatures on such 2012 Notes or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
6.  Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.   If the exchange offer consideration is to be issued in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal, or if the exchange offer consideration is to be sent to someone other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Any 2012 Notes not exchanged will be returned by book-entry transfer, by crediting the account indicated in the appropriate boxes above maintained at DTC. See Instruction 4.
 
7.  Irregularities.   The Company will determine, in its sole discretion, all questions as to the form of documents, validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of 2012 Notes, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties, absent a finding to the contrary by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders determined by it not to be in proper form or the acceptance of which, or exchange for which, may, in the view of counsel to the Company, be unlawful. The


9


 

Company also reserves the absolute right, subject to applicable law, to waive certain of the conditions of the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer” or any conditions or irregularities in any tender of 2012 Notes of any particular Holder whether or not similar conditions or irregularities are waived in the case of other holders. The Company’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions hereto) will be final and binding, absent a finding to the contrary by a court of competent jurisdiction. No tender of 2012 Notes will be deemed to have been validly made until all irregularities with respect to such tender have been cured or waived. None of the Company, any affiliates or assigns of the Company, the Exchange Agent, the Dealer Managers, the Information Agent or any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
 
8.  Questions, Requests for Assistance and Additional Copies.   Questions and requests for assistance may be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address and telephone numbers set forth on the front of this Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal may be obtained from the Exchange Agent or from your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee. Questions and requests for information regarding the terms of the Exchange Offer should be directed to the Information Agent at its telephone numbers set forth on the back of this Letter of Transmittal.
 
9.  Taxpayer Identification Number and Backup Withholding.   Under U.S. federal income tax law, a U.S. Holder, as defined in the “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” section of the Prospectus, or other U.S. payee whose tendered 2012 Notes are accepted for exchange, is required to (i) provide the Exchange Agent with such Holder’s (or such Holder’s assignee’s) correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) on Substitute Form W-9 or (ii) establish another basis for exemption from backup withholding. For this purpose, a Holder’s assignee is also referred to as a “Holder.” A tendering U.S. Holder must cross out item (2) in the certification box (Part 3) on Substitute Form W-9 if such Holder is subject to backup withholding. Failure to provide the information on the Substitute Form W-9 may subject the tendering U.S. Holder to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and a federal income tax backup withholding (currently 28%) on any payment made on account of the Exchange Offer (including interest). More serious penalties may be imposed for providing false information, which, if willfully done, may result in fines and/or imprisonment.
 
To prevent backup withholding, each U.S. Holder must provide the Exchange Agent with such Holder’s correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, certifying, under penalty of perjury, that such TIN is correct, such Holder is not currently subject to backup withholding and such payee is a United States person.
 
The box in Part 1 of the Substitute Form W-9 may be checked if the tendering U.S. Holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If the box in Part 1 is checked, the U.S. Holder or other payee must also complete the Certification of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number below in order to avoid backup withholding. Notwithstanding that the box in Part 1 is checked and the Certification of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number is completed, the Company or the Exchange Agent will withhold a percentage (currently 28%) of all payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the Company or the Exchange Agent.
 
The Holder is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN of the registered owner of the 2012 Notes or of the last transferee appearing on the transfers attached to, or endorsed on, the 2012 Notes. If the 2012 Notes are registered in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional guidance on which number to report.
 
Certain Holders (including, among others, corporations, financial institutions and certain foreign persons) may not be subject to the backup withholding and reporting requirements. Such Holders should nevertheless complete the attached Substitute Form W-9 below, and check the box marked “exempt” in Part 2, to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. A foreign person may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that Holder’s exempt status. Please consult the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional guidance on which Holders are exempt from backup withholding.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional U.S. federal income tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of a person subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld.
 
If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.


10


 

 
HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE WHETHER THEY ARE EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING.
 
10.  Waiver of Conditions.   The Company reserves the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or all conditions enumerated in the Prospectus, other than the non-waivable conditions described in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
11.  Security Transfer Taxes.   Holders who tender their 2012 Notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection therewith. If, however, 2029 Notes are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered Holder of the 2012 Notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of 2012 Notes in connection with the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer tax (whether imposed on the registered Holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder.


11


 

 
               
SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION
PAYER’S NAME: D.F. KING & CO., INC.
           
PAYEE INFORMATION          
               
       
(Please print or type)
o   Individual or business name (if joint account list first and circle the name of person or entity whose number you furnish in Part 1 below): 
     
       
Check appropriate box:
o   Individual/Sole proprietor  o   Corporation  o   Partnership  o   Other
     
               
       
Address (Number, Street and Apt. or Suite No.)      
               
 
City, State and Zip Code
               
 
PART 1:     TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (“ TIN ”)
               
     
Enter your TIN below.   For individuals, this is your social security number. For other entities, it is your employer identification number. Refer to the chart on page 1 of the Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the “ Guidelines ” ) for further clarification. If you do not have a TIN, see instructions on how to obtain a TIN on page 2 of the Guidelines, check the appropriate box below indicating that you have applied for a TIN and, in addition to the Part 3 Certification, sign the attached Certification of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number.  
Social Security Number: ­ ­


Employer Identification number:        —           o  Applied For



               
 
PART 2:     PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING
               
 
Check box (See page 2 of the Guidelines for further clarification. Even if you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still complete and sign the certification below):
 
o   Exempt ­ ­
               
               
               
 
PART 3:     CERTIFICATION
               
 
Certification instructions:  You must cross out item 2 below if you have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return.
               
 
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
 
(1)  The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me).
 
(2)  I am not subject to backup withholding because (i) I am exempt from backup withholding, (ii) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (iii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.
 
(3)  I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).
               
               
    Signature   Date      
               
 
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENT MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED “GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9” FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
 
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATION IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX “APPLIED FOR” IN PART 1 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
               
 
CERTIFICATION OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 
I certify, under penalties of perjury, that a TIN has not been issued to me, and either (i) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a TIN to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (ii) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a TIN to the payor, the payor is required to withhold and remit to the Internal Revenue Service a percentage (currently 28%) of all reportable payments made to me until I furnish the payor with a TIN.
               
               
    Signature   Date      
               
 
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING AT THE APPLICABLE WITHHOLDING RATE (WHICH IS CURRENTLY 28%) ON ANY REPORTABLE PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU.
               


 

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
PAGE 1
 
GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE PAYER. Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.
 
           
    Give the name and
          SOCIAL SECURITY
For this type of account:   number of —
1.
    An individual’s account   The individual
2.
    Two or more individuals (joint account)   The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account(1)
3.
    Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)   The minor(2)
4.
   
(a) The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)
  The grantor-trustee(1)
     
(b) So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law
  The actual owner(1)
5.
    Sole proprietorship or single-owner LLC owned by an individual   The owner(3)
           
           
           
           
 
           
    Give the name and
          EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION
For this type of account:   number of —
6.
    Disregarded entity not owned by an individual   The owner
7.
    A valid trust, estate, or pension trust   The legal entity (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title)(4)
8.
    Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832   The corporation
9.
    Association, club, religious, charitable, or educational organization account   The organization
10.
    Partnership or multi-member LLC   The partnership
11.
    A broker or registered nominee   The broker or nominee
12.
    Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments   The public entity
           
(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a Social Security Number, that person’s number must be furnished.
 
(2) Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.
 
(3) You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or “DBA” name on the second line. You may use your Social Security Number or Employer Identification Number. If you are a sole proprietor, the IRS encourages you to use your Social Security Number.
 
(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust.
 
NOTE:  If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.


 

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
PAGE 2
 
Obtaining a Number
 
If you don’t have a taxpayer identification number or you don’t know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a number.
 
Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding
 
Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the following:
 
  •  An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), an individual retirement account, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) of the Code if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2) of the Code.
 
  •  The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
 
  •  A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.
 
  •  A foreign government, or any of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities.
 
  •  An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
 
Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include the following:
 
  •  A corporation.
 
  •  A foreign central bank of issue.
 
  •  A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia or a possession of the United States.
 
  •  A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
 
  •  A real estate investment trust.
 
  •  An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
  •  A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a) of the Code.
 
  •  A financial institution.
 
  •  A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.
 
  •  A trust exempt from tax under section 664 of the Code or described in section 4947 of the Code.
 
Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:
 
  •  Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section 1441.
 
  •  Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and which have at least one nonresident partner.
 
  •  Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid in money.
 
  •  Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 
Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:
 
  •  Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payer’s trade or business and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.
 
  •  Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident aliens.
 
  •  Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.
 
  •  Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
 
  •  Mortgage interest paid to an individual.
 
Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE “EXEMPT” ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER. IF THE PAYMENTS ARE INTEREST, DIVIDENDS, OR PATRONAGE DIVIDENDS, ALSO SIGN AND DATE THE FORM.
 
Certain payments, other than interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are not subject to information reporting, are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A(a), 6045, and 6050A.
 
Privacy Act Notice  — Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers who must report the payments to IRS. IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.
 
Penalties
 
(1)  Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number — If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
 
(2)  Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding — If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.
 
(3)  Criminal Penalty For Falsifying Information — Falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.
 
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.


 

The Exchange Agent and Information Agent for the Exchange Offer is:
 
D.F. King & Co., Inc.
 
By Telephone:
 
Banks and Brokers call:
(212) 269-5550
 
All Others Call Toll-free:
(800) 488-8035
 
     
By Hand, Overnight Delivery or Mail
(Registered or Certified Mail Recommended):
  By Facsimile Transmission:
(For Eligible Institutions Only)
     
D.F. King & Co., Inc.
48 Wall Street, 22nd Floor
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Mark Fahey
  D.F. King & Co., Inc.
(212) 809-8838
Attention: Mark Fahey
Confirm by Telephone:
(212) 269-5550
 
Any questions or requests for assistance may be directed to the Information Agent at its telephone number above or to the Dealer Managers at their respective telephone numbers as set forth below. Any requests for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal or related documents may be directed to the Information Agent. A holder may also contact such holder’s broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.
 
The Dealer Managers for the Exchange Offer are:
 
     
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Liability Management Group
One New York Plaza, 48th Floor
New York, New York 10004
(877) 686-5059 (toll-free)
(212) 902-5183 (collect)
  J.P. Morgan
Convertible Bond Desk
383 Madison Avenue, 5th Floor
New York, New York 10179
(800) 261-5767 (toll-free)
(212) 622-2781 (collect)

Exhibit 99.2
 
Notice of Withdrawal

GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

OFFER TO EXCHANGE
ITS SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2029
FOR ITS OUTSTANDING
1.00% SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2012
(CUSIP NOS. 369300AJ7 AND 369300AK4)

Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated October 27, 2009
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON NOVEMBER 24, 2009, UNLESS EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED BY US (SUCH DATE, AS THE SAME MAY BE EXTENDED OR EARLIER TERMINATED, THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERED 1.00% SENIOR CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2012 MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME ON OR PRIOR TO MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.
 
 
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Preliminary Prospectus dated October 27, 2009, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Prospectus”), of General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the offer to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) the Company’s newly issued Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2029 for the Company’s outstanding 1.00% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012 (the “2012 Notes”) that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus. All withdrawals of the 2012 Notes previously tendered in the Exchange Offer must comply with the procedures described in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights.”
 
The undersigned has identified in the table below the 2012 Notes that it is withdrawing from the Exchange Offer:
 
             
DESCRIPTION OF 2012 NOTES WITHDRAWN
      Principal Amount
    Date(s) 2012 Notes
Principal Amount Previously Tendered     Withdrawn*     were Tendered
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
TOTAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT WITHDRAWN:            
             
* 2012 Notes may be withdrawn in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000. All 2012 Notes listed under “Principal Amount Previously Tendered” shall be deemed withdrawn unless a lesser number is specified in this column.
             
 
You may transmit this Notice of Withdrawal to the Exchange Agent, D.F. King & Co., Inc., at the address listed on the back of the Prospectus, or by facsimile transmission at (212) 809-8838 (for eligible institutions only).


 

 
If any 2012 Notes were tendered through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), please provide the DTC Participant Number below. This form should only be used for withdrawals of 2012 Notes delivered through DTC if the undersigned needs to withdraw 2012 Notes on the final day of the Exchange Offer and withdrawal through DTC is no longer available. Otherwise, the DTC form of withdrawal should be used for withdrawal.
 
If you hold your 2012 Notes through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, custodian or similar institution, do not submit this form to D.F. King & Co., Inc. If you hold your 2012 Notes through such an institution, that institution must deliver the notice of withdrawal with respect to any 2012 Notes you wish to withdraw. You should consult the institution through which you hold your 2012 Notes regarding the procedures you must comply with and the time by which such procedures must be completed in order for that institution to provide a written notice of withdrawal or facsimile notice of withdrawal to D.F. King & Co., Inc. on your behalf on or prior to midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
This notice of withdrawal must be signed below by the registered holder(s) of the 2012 Notes tendered as its or their names appear on the certificate(s) or on a security position listing or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with the letter of transmittal used to tender such 2012 Notes. If signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the full title of such persons below under “Capacity” and submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person’s authority to act. In the case of certificated securities, this notice of withdrawal must be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee under the indenture governing the 2012 Notes register the transfer of the 2012 Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender.
 
NAME (S): 
Please Print
 
ACCOUNT NUMBER (S): 
 
 
Signature(s)
 
CAPACITY (FULL TITLE): 
 
ADDRESS (INCLUDING ZIP CODE): 
 
AREA CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER: 
 
TAX IDENTIFICATION OR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER: 
 
DTC PARTICIPANT NUMBER (IF APPLICABLE): 
 
DATED: ­ ­ , 2009 
 
The Company will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of any notice of withdrawal in its sole discretion, and its determination shall be final and binding, absent a finding to the contrary by a court of competent jurisdiction. None of the Company, the Dealer Managers, the Exchange Agent, the Information Agent (each as defined in the Prospectus) or any other person is under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in any notice of withdrawal and none of them will incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.


2

Exhibit 99.3
DEALER MANAGERS AGREEMENT
October 27, 2009
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), plans to make an offer (together with any amendments, supplements or extensions thereof, the “Offer”) to exchange up to $439,375,000 aggregate principal amount of its Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2029 (the “New Notes”) for its outstanding 1.0% Senior Convertible Notes due 2012 ($475,000,000 aggregate principal amount outstanding) (the “Old Notes”) and the related guarantees. The Old Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of October 2, 2007, among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors parties thereto (the “Guarantors”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Old Indenture”). The New Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, to be dated as of the Settlement Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “New Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).
          The New Notes will be convertible into duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (such shares of Common Stock into which the New Notes are convertible, the “Conversion Shares”), on the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth in the New Indenture.
          The Offer shall be made upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer Material (as hereinafter defined), which the Company has caused to be prepared and furnished to you on or prior to the date hereof for use in connection with the Offer.
          The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement on Form S-4, including a prospectus, subject to completion, relating to the Offer (the “Initial Registration Statement”). At any time referenced in this Dealer Managers Agreement (this “Agreement”), the most recent preliminary prospectus, subject to completion, (i) included in the Initial Registration Statement and sent by the Company to a Registered or Beneficial Owner (as hereinafter defined) of Old Notes or (ii) filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act, is herein called the “Preliminary Prospectus”. The Initial Registration Statement, including all exhibits, financial


 

2

statements and schedules thereto and in the form in which such registration statement becomes effective under the Securities Act, is herein called the “Registration Statement”; and such final prospectus, in the form included in the Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective or, if later, at the time that it is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”. Any reference herein to the Initial Registration Statement, the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the documents incorporated by reference therein pursuant to Form S-4 which were filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”), on or before the effective date of the Registration Statement or the date of the Prospectus, as the case may be; any reference herein to the terms “amend,” “amendment” or “supplement” with respect to the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include any documents filed after the date of such Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as the case may be, under the Exchange Act and incorporated by reference therein; and any reference herein to the terms “amend,” “amendment” or “supplement” with respect to the Registration Statement shall be deemed to refer to and include the filing of any document under the Exchange Act after the effective date of the Registration Statement deemed to be incorporated by reference therein. The tender offer statement filed by the Company with the Commission under the Exchange Act on Schedule TO with respect to the Offer, including any amendment or supplement thereto and any information that is incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference therein, is hereinafter referred to as the “Schedule TO”. Any written communication made in connection with or relating to the Offer in reliance on Rule 165 of the Securities Act, and filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act, is hereinafter referred to as “Rule 165 Material”.
          The Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), any Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (the “Notice of Guaranteed Delivery”), the Schedule TO, any offering documents or materials filed or to be filed with the Commission or any Other Agency (as defined herein) on behalf of the Company in connection with the Offer and any other documents, information, materials or filings relating to the Offer to be used or made available by the Company in connection with the Offer, including, but not limited to, any Rule 165 Material, any press releases or newspaper advertisements relating to the Offer, or any materials hereafter incorporated by reference therein, to be distributed to holders of the Old Notes or authorized for use by the Company and used in connection with the Offer, and in each case as amended or supplemented from time to time, are referred to herein collectively as the “Offer Material.”
          1.  Appointment of Dealer Managers
          The Company hereby appoints each of you as a dealer manager in connection with the Offer (in such capacity, each a “Dealer Manager” and, together, the “Dealer Managers”) and authorizes you to act on its behalf in accordance with this Agreement and the terms of the Offer Material, which Offer Material has been prepared or approved by the Company and has been or will be filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and authorizes you and any other securities dealer or any commercial bank or trust company to use the Offer Material in connection with your solicitation of tenders of Old Notes in exchange for the New Notes pursuant to the terms of the Offer. Each of you agrees to


 

3

furnish no written material to holders in connection with the Offer other than the Offer Material without the Company’s prior written consent.
          2.  Mailing of Offer Material
          Upon commencement of the Offer, the Company shall cause to be sent to each registered holder of any Old Notes, to each participant in The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) appearing in the most recent available DTC securities position listing as a holder of Old Notes and to each Non Objecting Beneficial Owner (“NOBO”) appearing in the most recent available NOBO list as an owner of Old Notes (each such registered holder, participant or owner, a “Registered or Beneficial Owner”), as soon as practicable, by hand, by overnight courier or by another means of expedited delivery, a copy of appropriate Offer Material, including the Preliminary Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, and the Letter of Transmittal and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. Thereafter, until the expiration of the Offer, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause a copy of such material to be mailed to each person who becomes a Registered or Beneficial Owner of Old Notes.
          3.  Solicitation of Exchanges
          (a) You agree to use your customary reasonable efforts to solicit Old Notes to be tendered for exchange pursuant to the terms of the Offer. Neither you nor any of your affiliates, nor any partners, directors, officers, agents, employees or controlling persons (if any) of you or any of your affiliates, shall have any liability to the Company or any other person for any act or omission on the part of any securities broker or dealer (including the other Dealer Manager), commercial bank or trust company that solicits exchanges in the Offer, and neither you nor any of such persons or entities referred to above shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either your engagement or any matter referred to in this Agreement except to the extent that such liability is finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from your own gross negligence or willful misconduct in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement. In soliciting exchanges in the Offer, no securities broker or dealer (other than yourselves), commercial bank or trust company shall be deemed to act as your agent or the agent of the Company, and you, as a Dealer Manager, shall not be deemed the agent of any other securities broker or dealer (including the other Dealer Manager) or of any commercial bank or trust company. The Company shall have sole authority for the acceptance or rejection of any and all tenders of Old Notes, subject to the terms of the Offer. The Company further understands and agrees that each Dealer Manager shall provide its services hereunder independently from the other Dealer Managers and that neither of the Dealer Managers will rely upon any services or work performed by the other Dealer Manager. Accordingly, the Company agrees that neither of the Dealer Managers shall have any liability to the Company or its securityholders for any actions or omissions of the other Dealer Manager.
          (b) The Offer Material has been or will be prepared and approved by, and is the sole responsibility of, the Company. The Company agrees to furnish to you as many copies as you may reasonably request of the Offer Material in final form for use by you in connection with the Offer.


 

4

          (c) The Company agrees that it will not use, publish or permit the use of or file with the Commission or any other governmental or regulatory entity, agency or authority (an “Other Agency”), including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), or send to any Registered or Beneficial Owner of Old Notes any Offer Material, or refer to you in any such Offer Material, (i) without submitting copies of such Offer Material to you for comment and (ii) without your consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that (x) the Company uses or permits the use of, publishes or files with the Commission or any Other Agency, any Offer Material or amendments or supplements thereto (i) which have not been submitted to you for your comments or (ii) with respect to which you reasonably object, or (y) you, at any time, determine that any condition set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement shall not be satisfied, then each of you shall be entitled to withdraw as a Dealer Manager in connection with the Offer without any liability or penalty to you or any other Indemnified Party and without loss of any right to the payment of all fees and expenses payable hereunder which have accrued or been incurred to the date of such withdrawal (which shall be paid to you on or as promptly as practicable after such date of withdrawal), any right to the indemnification provided in Section 8 hereof or the benefit of any other provisions surviving such withdrawal pursuant to Section 9(b) hereof. For purposes of determining the fees accrued and payable pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Agreement, the principal amount of Old Notes tendered for exchange (and not subsequently withdrawn) pursuant to the Offer as of the close of business on the date of any withdrawal pursuant to this Section 3(c), which Old Notes are thereafter acquired by the Company pursuant to the Offer, shall be deemed to have been exchanged as of the date of such withdrawal, with the fees to be calculated in accordance with the percentages set forth in Section 4(a) of this Agreement. If a Dealer Manager shall withdraw pursuant to the foregoing, the other Dealer Manager shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable in its sole discretion, to continue as a Dealer Manager hereunder, in which event this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with respect to such Dealer Manager and all fees and expenses payable hereunder accruing or incurred after the date of such withdrawal shall be payable solely to such Dealer Manager.
          (d) The Company agrees to advise you promptly of (i) the occurrence of any event which could cause the Company to withdraw, rescind, terminate or modify the Offer, (ii) any proposal by, or known to, the Company or requirement to amend or supplement the Offer Material, (iii) the time when the Initial Registration Statement, the Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, has been filed or becomes effective, the time when the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Schedule TO or any Rule 165 Material has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Schedule TO or the Rule 165 Material or any amended or additional Offer Material shall have been filed, (iv) the occurrence of any event, or the discovery of any fact, the occurrence or existence of which would require the making of any change in any of the Offer Material then being used or would cause any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect or as a result of which the Offer Material as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, (v) the receipt of any comments from the Commission, of any request of the Commission for the amendment of the Initial Registration Statement, the Registration Statement or the filing of a new registration statement or any amendment or supplement to the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Schedule TO or the other Offer Material or any document incorporated by reference therein or otherwise deemed to be a part thereof or for any additional


 

5

information (and, if in writing, the Company will furnish you with a copy thereof), (vi) the issuance by any Other Agency of any comment or order or the taking of any other action concerning the Offer, including any request for the amendment of the material referred to in clause (v) above (and, if in writing, the Company will furnish you with a copy thereof), (vii) any litigation or administrative action or claim with respect to the Offer, (viii) any other information relating to the Offer which you may from time to time reasonably request and (ix) of the issuance by the Commission or any Other Agency of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or such new registration statement or any order preventing or suspending the making or the consummation of the Offer, or the use of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any of the other Offer Material, or of the institution of any proceedings for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act. The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order and to obtain as soon as possible the lifting thereof, if issued. The Company agrees to inform you of the filing with the Commission of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, and the obtaining of effectiveness of any such post-effective amendment, and the filing of any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus.
          (e) The Company agrees to furnish to you, to the extent the same is available to the Company, cards or lists or copies thereof showing the names and addresses of, and principal amount of Old Notes held by the Registered or Beneficial Owners of Old Notes as of the Commencement Date (as defined herein), and shall use its reasonable best efforts to advise you or cause you to be advised from day to day during the period of the Offer as to any changes in identity of the Registered or Beneficial Owners of Old Notes. You agree to use such information only in connection with the Offer and not to furnish such information to any other person except in connection with the Offer.
          (f) The Company has appointed and authorizes you to communicate with D.F. King & Co., Inc., who has been engaged to serve as the exchange agent and the information agent, in such respective capacities, with respect to matters relating to the Offer. D.F. King & Co., Inc., as exchange agent, is hereinafter referred to as the “Exchange Agent” and D.F. King & Co., Inc., as information agent, is hereinafter referred to as the “Information Agent,” as the context requires. The Company has instructed or will instruct the Exchange Agent to (i) advise you at least daily as to the amount of Old Notes that have been validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer as of such time, and such other matters in connection with the Offer as you may reasonably request and (ii) without limiting the foregoing, to promptly notify you during the period of the Offer of all transfers of Old Notes of which the Exchange Agent is aware, such notification consisting of the name and address of the transferor and transferee of any Old Notes and the date of such transfer, to the extent such information is known to the Exchange Agent.
          (g) The Company agrees that it will not make any written communications in connection with or related to the Offer that constitutes a “prospectus” for the purposes of Section 5(b)(1) of the Securities Act except Rule 165 Material and to provide you with a copy of all Rule 165 Material promptly after filing of the same with the Commission.


 

6

          4.  Compensation and Expenses
          (a) The Company shall pay to you, as compensation for your services as Dealer Managers hereunder, a fee of $20.00 for each $1,000 principal amount of the Old Notes tendered and exchanged pursuant to the Offer. In addition, at its discretion, the Company may pay you, as additional compensation for your services as Dealer Managers hereunder, an additional fee of up to $7.50 for each 1,000 principal amount of the Old Notes tendered and exchanged pursuant to the Offer. Of the aggregate fees payable, the Company shall pay 65% to Goldman, Sachs & Co. and 35% to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. Such fee shall be payable on the Settlement Date (as defined below). Such fee shall be paid to you if and only if the Offer is consummated.
          (b) Whether or not any Old Notes are tendered pursuant to the Offer or whether you withdraw pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof, the Company shall pay all expenses of the preparation, printing, mailing and publishing of the Offer Material, all fees payable to securities dealers (including yourself), commercial banks, trust companies and nominees as reimbursement of their customary mailing and handling expenses incurred in forwarding the Offer Material to their customers, all fees and expenses payable to the Exchange Agent, the Information Agent, the trustee under the Old Indenture and the Trustee, and all other fees and expenses incurred by the Company or any of its affiliates and which are, pursuant to agreements with respect thereto, payable by the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Offer, all expenses incident to the preparation, registration, issuance and delivery of the New Notes, including any stock or transfer taxes and stamp or similar duties (if imposed solely by reason of the exchange) and the costs and charges of any transfer agent or registrar or paying agent, any qualification of the New Notes under state securities or “blue sky” laws (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of your counsel) in accordance with the provisions of Section 6(a) hereof, the cost of printing or producing this Agreement, any blue sky memoranda (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of your counsel), closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents authorized by the Company for use in connection with the Offer, all filing fees and expenses, if any, incurred with respect to any filing with FINRA (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of your counsel) made in connection with the offering of the New Notes in the Offer, all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the Initial Registration Statement, Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Schedule TO and any other Offer Material (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Conversion Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), all pre-approved advertising charges, and all other expenses payable in connection with the Offer and shall reimburse you for all expenses incurred by you in connection with your services under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and the disbursements of your legal counsel. All such fees and expenses shall be payable promptly against delivery to the Company of statements therefor.
          5.  Representations and Warranties by the Company
          The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, you (i) on and as of the date on which the Offer is commenced (the “Commencement Date”), (ii) on and as of any date on which Offer Material is distributed to Registered or Beneficial Owners of the Old Notes (a


 

7

“Distribution Date”), (iii) on the expiration date of the Offer (the “Expiration Date”) and (iv) on and as of the date on which the Old Notes are exchanged for the New Notes in the Offer (the “Settlement Date”) that:
     (a) The Initial Registration Statement and the Schedule TO have been filed with the Commission on the date of this Agreement; the Initial Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and the Schedule TO, each in the form delivered to you, and including exhibits thereto, has been or will be filed with the Commission in such form; no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement or the Schedule TO has been or will be filed by the Company with the Commission (other than the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Company’s press release announcing the commencement of the Offer and any Rule 165 Material filed by the Company on or prior to such date and any amendments or supplements thereto or to the Initial Registration Statement or the Schedule TO); the Registration Statement (and any post-effective amendment thereto), including the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, will become effective not later than the Expiration Date; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, or any part thereof has been issued, no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission and no notice of objection of the Commission to the use of the Initial Registration Statement, the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been received by the Company.
     (b) No order preventing or suspending the making or consummation of the Offer, the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Schedule TO or other Offer Material has been issued by the Commission or any Other Agency; the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, at their respective times of filing, do not, and at all times following their respective times of filing during the period of the Offer, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, each as then amended or supplemented, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; and the Offer Material then filed or otherwise made available for use in connection with the Offer at such date do not, and at all times during the period of the Offer will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
     (c) The Initial Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Schedule TO conform, and the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Schedule TO and any further amendments or supplements thereto will conform from and after the time at which they are filed, in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the “Trust Indenture Act”) and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and as of the applicable filing date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit


 

8

to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
     (d) None of the Rule 165 Material, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, each to the extent filed at such date and as then amended or supplemented, contained or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
     (e) The documents incorporated by reference in the Initial Registration Statement, the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Offer Material, each as amended or supplemented at such date, when such incorporated documents became effective or were filed with the Commission or, as to amended documents, at the time such amended document became effective or was filed with the Commission, as the case may be, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and, to the extent applicable, the rules or regulations of any Other Agency, and none of such incorporated documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and any further documents so filed and incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Offer Material, or any further amendment or supplement thereto, when such documents become effective or are filed with the Commission or, as to amended documents, at the time such amended documents become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
     (f) Each of the accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are independent public accountants with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries as required by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
     (g) The financial statements of the Company, together with the related schedules and notes, included in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus together with the related schedules and notes present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (“GAAP”). The financial statements of the businesses or entities to be acquired by the Company included in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with any related notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of such business or entities, at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of such businesses or entities for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in


 

9

conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as set forth in the financial statements. The supporting schedules, if any, included in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus. All disclosures contained in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, to the extent applicable.
     (h) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) except as to dividends or distributions paid with respect to, and redemptions and conversions of, the Company’s 5.75% Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.
     (i) The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (j) Each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, has corporate or similar organizational power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or entity to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; other than liens, pledges and encumbrances under the Company’s or any subsidiary’s secured credit


 

10

facilities and except as otherwise disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each such Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; and none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only Subsidiaries of the Company are (a) the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule C hereto and (b) certain other subsidiaries which, considered in the aggregate as a single Subsidiary, do not constitute a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X.
     (k) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company as of July 3, 2009 is as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements, or employee benefit plans referred to in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities, options or warrants referred to in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus). The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company conform to the description thereof contained in each of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus. Except as disclosed in each of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented to such date: (i) there are no outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or warrants, options or rights issued by the Company to purchase, any shares of the capital stock of the Company; (ii) there are no statutory, contractual, preemptive or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase any Common Stock; and (iii) there are no restrictions upon transfer of the Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws.
     (l) The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or delisting the Common Stock from the NYSE, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or the NYSE is contemplating terminating such registration or listing. As of the Settlement Date, the Conversion Shares will have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject only to notice of issuance at or prior to the time of issuance.
     (m) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
     (n) The New Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed and delivered by the Company and the Trustee on the Settlement Date, will constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited


 

11

by bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers), reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and except as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     (o) The New Notes have been duly authorized and, on the Settlement Date, will have been duly executed by the Company and, when authenticated, issued and delivered in the manner provided for in the New Indenture and delivered against payment of the purchase price therefor as provided in this Agreement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and except as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and will be in the form contemplated by, and entitled to the benefits of, the New Indenture.
     (p) The Company has all requisite corporate right, power and authority to execute and deliver the New Notes, the New Indenture and this Agreement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder; the Transaction Documents will conform in all material respects to the respective statements relating thereto contained in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
     (q) The Common Stock (including the Conversion Shares) conforms to all statements relating thereto contained or incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and such description of the Common Stock conforms to the rights set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Amended and Restated By-Laws. Upon issuance and delivery of the New Notes in accordance with terms of the Offer and the New Indenture, the New Notes will be convertible at the option of the holder thereof for Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms of the New Notes and the New Indenture; except, at the Commencement Date and the Distribution Date, with respect to approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, or a duly authorized committee thereof, of the actual initial conversion price and the actual initial conversion rate of the New Notes, the Conversion Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon such conversion by all necessary corporate action; the Conversion Shares, when issued upon such conversion in accordance with the terms of the New Notes and the New Indenture, will be validly issued and will be fully paid and non-assessable; no holder of such Conversion Shares will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder; and the issuance of such shares upon such conversion will not be subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.
     (r) Except, at the Commencement Date and a Distribution Date, with respect to approval by the Board of Directors of the Company, or a duly authorized committee thereof, of the actual initial conversion price and the actual initial conversion rate of the New Notes, the Company has all requisite power and authority and has duly taken all


 

12

necessary corporate action to authorize the making and consummation of the Offer, the exchange of New Notes for Old Notes pursuant to the Offer and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Offer.
     (s) Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”) except as disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus or for such defaults that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents and any other agreement or instrument entered into or issued or to be entered into or issued by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (including the issuance of the New Notes in exchange for Old Notes) and compliance by the Company with its obligations under the Transaction Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any subsidiary or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary or any of their assets, properties or operations. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any subsidiary.
     (t) Except as disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, no labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that would, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (u) Other than as disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit or proceeding before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any subsidiary which might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by


 

13

the Company of its obligations hereunder. The aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (v) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or have the right to use on reasonable terms, patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of its subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (w) Neither the Company nor any Affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act (each, an “Affiliate”)) of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any Affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
     (x) All agreements or instruments of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which are material to the Company and required to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement pursuant to the Securities Act or as exhibits to a Exchange Act report pursuant to the Exchange Act have been filed as required as exhibits to the Registration Statement or to Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 or the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, or Current Reports on Form 8-K filed thereafter, each as filed by the Company with the Commission.
     (y) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the securities hereunder, the issuance of the Conversion Shares as contemplated by the New Indenture or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or for the due execution, delivery or performance of the New Indenture by the Company, except: (i) such as have been already obtained; (ii) such as may be required under the Securities Act or state securities laws; and (iii) such as may be required in connection with the qualification of the New Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.


 

14

     (z) The Company and its subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
     (aa) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real property owned by the Company and its subsidiaries and good title to all other properties owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (a) are described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus or (b) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds properties described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any subsidiary has any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or any such subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.
     (bb) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and exchange of the New Notes for the Old Notes pursuant to the Offer, will not be required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).
     (cc) Except as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) to the knowledge of the Company neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or


 

15

threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and, to the knowledge of the Company are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) to the knowledge of the Company there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.
     (dd) The Company and each of the Subsidiaries maintain insurance covering its properties, operations, personnel and businesses as the Company deems adequate; such insurance insures against such losses and risks to an extent which the Company believes to be adequate in accordance with customary industry practice to protect the Company and the subsidiaries and their respective businesses; all such insurance is fully in force on the date hereof and will be fully in force as of the Settlement Date.
     (ee) Any statistical and market-related data included or incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes to be reliable and accurate, and the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources to the extent required.
     (ff) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (I) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (II) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
          The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries employ disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by


 

16

the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer or officers and principal financial officer or officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.
     (gg) Except as disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, there is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply in all material respects with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.
     (hh) Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
     (ii) The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.
     (jj) Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company is currently a target of any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently a target of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.


 

17

     (kk) The Company has filed and will continue to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c)(1) of the Exchange Act (or Rule 425 of the Exchange Act) all written communications made by the Company or any affiliate of the Company in connection with or relating to the Offer that are required to be filed with the Commission, in each case on the date of their first use; and the Company has not made any written communications in connection with or related to the Offer that constitutes a “prospectus” for the purposes of Section 5(b)(1) of the Securities Act, except the Rule 165 Material.
     (ll) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in each of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented to such date, has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.
     (mm) The statements set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, each as supplemented or amended on such date, under the captions “Description of Capital Stock”, “Description of Other Indebtedness”, “Description of the New Notes” and “Description of the Differences among the Convertible Notes”, insofar as they are descriptions of contracts, agreements or other legal documents or describe the applicable statutes, rules and regulations, constitute an accurate summary of the matters set forth therein in all material respects; the statements set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, each as supplemented or amended on such date, under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “ERISA Considerations,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of matters of U.S. federal income tax law or the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, constitute an accurate summary of the matters set forth therein in all material respects.
          6.  Covenants of the Company
          The Company covenants and agrees with you that:
          (a) The Company will promptly from time to time take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the New Notes for offering and sale in exchange for the Old Notes pursuant to the Offer for issuance under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the New Notes; provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required (i) to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so qualified, (ii) to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not now subject or (iii) to take any action that would subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.
          (b) The Company will comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, so as to permit the completion of the Offer as contemplated in this Agreement and the Offer Material. If during the period in which a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with the exchange of New Notes for Old Notes pursuant to the Offer, any event shall occur as a result of which, in the judgment of the Company or in the reasonable opinion of the


 

18

Dealer Managers, it becomes necessary to amend or supplement the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus is delivered to a holder of Old Notes, not misleading, or, if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus to comply with any law, the Company promptly will either (i) prepare and file with the Commission an appropriate amendment to the Registration Statement or supplement to the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or (ii) prepare and file with the Commission an appropriate filing under the Exchange Act which shall be incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus so that the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when it is so delivered, be misleading, or so that the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus will comply with the law.
          (c) The Company will make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Securities Act), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) of the Company and its subsidiaries, complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158).
          (d) The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or “manipulation” (as such term is commonly understood under federal or state securities laws) of the price of any securities of the Company to facilitate the Offer or encourage tenders by the holders of the Old Notes in the Offer.
          (e) The Company shall provide to you promptly any other information relating to the Offer that you may from time to time reasonably request, and shall advise you promptly if any information previously provided becomes inaccurate in any material respect or is required to be updated.
          (f) The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement to promptly become effective; and the Company will prepare and file, as required, any and all necessary amendments and supplements to any of the Offer Material and, if required by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, will use its best efforts to cause such Offer Material to promptly become effective.
          (g) The Company will accept Old Notes tendered for exchange in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Offer set forth in the Offer Material.
          (h) On or prior to the Settlement Date, (i) the Company shall have taken all action necessary to cause the New Notes to be eligible for clearance and settlement through the facilities of DTC; and (ii) the Company shall authorize you to communicate with the Exchange Agent and the Information Agent to make appropriate arrangements, to the extent applicable, with DTC to allow for the book-entry movement of Old Notes tendered for exchange between depositary participants and the Exchange Agent.


 

19

          7.  Conditions of Obligation
          The obligation of each of you to act as a Dealer Manager hereunder shall at all times be subject, in your discretion, to the conditions that:
     (a) All representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained herein are now, and at all times during the Offer and at the Settlement Date will be, true and correct.
     (b) The Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto shall have become effective on or prior to the Expiration Date; the Prospectus will have been either (i) filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Securities Act or (ii) included in the Registration Statement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, or any part thereof will have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose will have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission will have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction; to the extent required by the Securities Act, all other Offer Material, including, without limitation, the Schedule TO and any Rule 165 Material, shall have been filed within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing under the Securities Act.
     (c) The Company at all times during the Offer and at the Settlement Date shall have performed in all material respects all of its obligations hereunder theretofore required to have been performed and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct.
     (d) On each of the Commencement Date and the Settlement Date, Blank Rome LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you, as Dealer Managers, its opinions, dated the Commencement Date, or the Settlement Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to you, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-1 hereto. In the event of an amendment of the Offer, such counsel will also furnish you, from time to time, up to the completion of the Offer, any further opinion of counsel as you may reasonably request, in form and substance satisfactory to you, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-1 hereto. Such counsel may state that, insofar such opinions involve factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of officers of the Company and certificates of public officials.
     (e) On each of the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date (delivered by 8:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the Expiration Date, to be held in escrow pending the expiration of the Offer and the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the Offer), Blank Rome LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you, as Dealer Managers, its negative assurance letter, dated the Commencement Date, or the Expiration Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to you, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-2 hereto. In the event of an amendment of the Offer, such counsel will also furnish you, from time to time, up to the completion of the Offer, any further


 

20

negative assurance letters as you may reasonably request, in form and substance satisfactory to you, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-2 hereto.
     (f) On each of the Commencement Date and the Settlement Date, Robert J. Siverd, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company, shall have furnished to you, as Dealer Managers, its opinions, dated the Commencement Date, or the Settlement Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to you, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-3 hereto. In the event of an amendment of the Offer, such counsel will also furnish you, from time to time, up to the completion of the Offer, any further opinion of counsel as you may reasonably request, in form and substance satisfactory to you, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-3 hereto. Such counsel may state that, insofar such opinions involve factual matters, he has relied, to the extent he deems proper, on certificates of officers of the Company and certificates of public officials.
     (g) You shall have received from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Dealer Managers, such opinions, dated as of the Commencement Date and the Settlement Date, with respect to such matters as you may require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters. In the event of an amendment of the Offer, such counsel will also furnish you, from time to time, up to the completion of the Offer, any further opinion of counsel as you may reasonably request.
     You shall also have received from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Dealer Managers, such negative assurance letter, dated as of the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date (and delivered by 8:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the Expiration Date, to be held in escrow pending the expiration of the Offer and the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the Offer), with respect to such matters as you may require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to deliver such letter. In the event of an amendment of the Offer, such counsel will also furnish you, from time to time, up to the completion of the Offer, any further negative assurance letters of counsel as you may reasonably request.
     (h) You shall have received (i) a letter, dated as of the Commencement Date, of Deloitte & Touche (“D&T”) confirming that they are a registered public accounting firm and independent registered public accountants as required by the Securities Act, and in form and substance satisfactory to you, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and (ii) a letter, dated the Expiration Date (and delivered by 8:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the Expiration Date, to be held in escrow pending the expiration of the Offer and the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the Offer), of D&T confirming that they are a registered public accounting firm and independent registered public accountants as required by the Securities Act, and in form and substance satisfactory to you, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, except that such letter will also confirm that D&T has performed the procedures for the three and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 that are customarily included in accountants’


 

21

comfort letters, including a SAS No. 100 review of such interim financial information, and containing such other customary changes to reflect a different “cutoff date”.
     (i) On each of the Commencement Date, the Expiration Date and the Settlement Date, you shall have received certificates, dated as of such date, of an executive officer of the Company with specific knowledge of the Company’s financial affairs, in which such officer shall state that to the best of his or her knowledge, after reasonable investigation: (i) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct at and as of such dates; (ii) the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such date; (iii) that the matters set forth in subsection (b) of this Section 7 shall be true and correct; (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to his or her knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission; and (v) subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements contained, or incorporated by reference, in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented at the Expiration Date, there has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or as described in such certificate.
     (j) There shall have been (i) no downgrading in the rating accorded the Company’s debt (including convertible debt) securities or preferred stock by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt (or convertible debt) securities or preferred stock.
     (k) No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would prevent the making or consummation of the Offer, the issuance of the New Notes pursuant to the Offer, or prevent the Dealer Managers from rendering services pursuant to this Agreement or continuing so to act, as the case may be; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would prevent the making or consummation of the Offer or the issuance of the New Notes, or prevent the Dealer Managers from rendering services pursuant to this Agreement or continuing so to act, as the case may be.
     (l) You shall have received all counterpart originals or certified or other copies of the Consent under the Company’s U.S. Credit Agreement (as defined in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus).


 

22

     (m) As of the Settlement Date, the Conversion Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject only to notice of issuance at or prior to the time of issuance.
     (n) The Company shall have furnished to you such further certificates and documents confirming the representations and warranties, covenants and conditions contained herein and related matters as you may reasonably have requested.
          8.  Indemnity and Survival of Certain Provisions
          (a) The Company agrees (i) to indemnify and hold each of the Dealer Managers, its partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Dealer Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, harmless against any and all losses, damages, liabilities or claims (or actions in respect thereof) (A) that arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement or any other Offer Material, or any of the documents referred to therein or in any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, or that arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Party against any and all losses, damages, liabilities or claims (or actions in respect thereof) that arise out of or are based upon any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by such Dealer Manager expressly for use in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement or any other Offer Material, or any of the documents referred to therein or in any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, which information the parties agree is limited to the following: the names of the Dealer Managers on the front cover and the back cover of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and the back page of the Letter of Transmittal and the third paragraph under the caption “The Dealer Managers” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (the “Dealer Manager Information”), (B) that arise out of or are based upon any breach by the Company of any representation or warranty or failure by the Company to comply with any obligation set forth herein or (C) that arise out of or are based upon a withdrawal, rescission, termination or modification of or a failure to make or consummate the Offer; and (ii) to indemnify and hold such Dealer Manager harmless against any and all other losses, damages, liabilities or claims (or actions in respect thereof) that otherwise arise out of or are based upon or asserted against such Dealer Manager by any person, including stockholders of the Company, in connection with or as a result of it acting as Dealer Manager or rendering services in connection with the Offer or that arise in connection with any other matter referred to in this Agreement, except to the extent that any such losses, damages, liabilities or claims referred to in this clause (ii) are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from such Dealer Manager’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement. In the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any action, proceeding or investigation brought by or against any person, including stockholders of the Company, in connection with any matter referred to in this Agreement, the Company also agrees periodically to reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation


 

23

and preparation) incurred in connection therewith. The Company also agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company for or in connection with any matter referred to in this Agreement except (i) to the extent that any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim incurred by the Company is finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from such Dealer Manager’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in performing the services that are the subject of this Agreement or (ii) to the extent that any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (A) any untrue statement of a material fact made in any Offer Material or (B) any omission to state in the Offer Material a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading, if in either case such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Dealer Manager Information. For purposes of Section 8 hereof, each person entitled to seek indemnification from the Company pursuant to this Section 8(a) shall be referred to as an “Indemnified Party” and the Company shall be referred to as an “Indemnifying Party.”
          (b) Each of the Dealer Managers agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all losses, damages, liabilities or claims (or actions in respect thereof), to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in clause (i)(A) of Section 8(a) above, but only with reference to the Dealer Manager Information. For purposes of Section 8 hereof, each person entitled to seek indemnification from a Dealer Manager pursuant to this Section 8(b) shall be referred to as an “Indemnified Party” and such Dealer Manager shall be referred to as an “Indemnifying Party.”
          (c) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of its involvement in any action, proceeding or investigation, such Indemnified Party shall notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of such involvement, but the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability which it may otherwise have to the Indemnified Party under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 8, as applicable, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party suffers material prejudice as a result of such failure (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses), and in no event shall such failure relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation to provide reimbursement and contribution to the Indemnified Party. In case any such action is brought against any Indemnified Party and it notifies the Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to participate therein and to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party (who shall not, except with the consent of the Indemnified Party, be counsel to the Indemnifying Party), and after notice from the Indemnifying Party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party will not be liable to such Indemnified Party under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such


 

24

action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an Indemnified Party. In no event shall any Indemnifying Party be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to one local counsel) for all Indemnified Parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances unless the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Indemnified Party and representation of either party by the same counsel, in the reasonable judgment of the Dealer Managers, would be inappropriate because of actual or potential conflicts of interest between them.
          (d) If for any reason the indemnification provided for in subsection (a) of this Section 8 is unavailable or insufficient to hold an Indemnified Party harmless, then each Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (or action in respect thereof) referred to therein in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits of the Company and its stockholders, on the one hand, and the Dealer Managers, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by this Agreement as well as the relative fault of the Company and the Dealer Managers with respect to such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (or action in respect thereof) and any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits of the Company and its stockholders, on the one hand, and the Dealer Managers, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by this Agreement with respect to the Offer, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes subject to the Offer bears to the maximum aggregate fee proposed to be paid to the Dealer Managers pursuant to Section 4(a) of this Agreement. The relative fault of the Company and the Dealer Managers shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by, or relating to, the Company and its affiliates or the Dealer Managers and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). The Company and the Dealer Managers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this subsection (d).
          (e) The reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations of an Indemnifying Party under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability that such Indemnifying Party may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to any Indemnified Party and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of such Indemnifying Party and any Indemnified Party. Prior to entering into any agreement or arrangement with respect to, or effecting, any proposed sale, exchange, dividend or other distribution or liquidation of all or a significant portion of its assets in one or a series of transactions or any significant recapitalization or reclassification of its outstanding securities that does not directly or indirectly provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company set forth in this Section 8, the Company will notify the Dealer


 

25

Managers in writing thereof (if not previously so notified) and, if requested by the Dealer Managers, shall arrange in connection therewith alternative means of providing for the obligations of the Company set forth in this Section 8, including the assumption of such obligations by another party, insurance, surety bond or the creation of an escrow, in each case in an amount and upon terms and conditions satisfactory to the Dealer Managers.
          9.  Termination; Survival
          (a) This Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration, termination or withdrawal of the Offer or upon withdrawal by you pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof.
          (b) The agreements contained in Section 4, Section 8, Section 9(b) and Section 10, and the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 5 hereof, shall survive any termination or cancellation of this Agreement, any completion of, or your withdrawal from, the engagement provided by this Agreement, any investigation made by or on behalf of the Dealer Managers or any other Indemnified Party, any termination, withdrawal or expiration of the Offer and any exchange of New Notes for Old Notes, whether pursuant to the Offer or otherwise.
          10.  Miscellaneous
          (a) This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of you, the Company and any partner, director, officer, agent, employee, controlling person or affiliate referred to in Section 8 hereof, and their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.
          (b) In the event that any provision hereof shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination shall not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
          (c) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, whenever notice is required by the provisions of this Agreement to be given to (i) the Company, such notice shall be in writing addressed to the Company at the address set forth in the Prospectus, Attention: Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to Blank Rome LLP, One Logan Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103, facsimile number 215-832-5693, Attention: Alan Lieblich; and (ii) you, such notice shall be in writing addressed to Goldman, Sachs & Co., at 85 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, facsimile number (212) 902-4103, Attention: Registration Department and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, facsimile number (212) 622-6037, Attention: Equity Capital Markets/Convertibles, with a copy to Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, facsimile number (212) 455-2502, Attention: John D. Lobrano.
          (d) This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to your acting as Dealer Managers for the Offer, superseding any prior agreements with respect thereto and may not be modified or amended except in writing executed by the parties hereto. This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.


 

26

          (e)  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding arising in connection with or as a result of either your engagement or any matter referred to in this agreement is hereby waived by the parties hereto. The Company agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this agreement or our engagement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City of New York and the Company agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.
          (f) Each of the Dealer Managers does not provide accounting, tax or legal advice. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer Managers, in providing services to the Company in connection with the Offer, including in acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, has acted and is acting as an independent contractor and not as a fiduciary and the Company does not intend the Dealer Managers to act in any capacity other than as an independent contractor, including as a fiduciary or in any other position of higher trust. The Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer Managers have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with the Offer or the process leading thereto. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that (i) each of the Dealer Managers is a securities firm engaged in securities trading and brokerage activities and providing investment banking and financial advisory services, and in the ordinary course of business, each of the Dealer Managers and their respective affiliates may at any time hold long or short positions, and may trade or otherwise effect transactions, for their own accounts or the accounts of customers, in debt or equity securities of the Company, its affiliates or other entities that may be involved in the transactions contemplated hereby; and (ii) none of the Dealer Managers is an advisor as to legal, tax, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction, and the Company must consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and will be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and none of the Dealer Managers shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto.


 

27

          Please sign and return to us a duplicate of this letter, whereupon it will become a binding agreement.
         
  Very truly yours,

GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
 
 
  By   /s/ Brian J. Robinson  
    Name:   Brian J. Robinson  
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer  
 
  The undersigned hereby confirms that the foregoing letter, as of the date thereof, correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company and the undersigned.

/s/ Goldman Sachs & Co.
 
(GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.)

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
 
 
  By   /s/ Michael O’ Donovan  
    Name:   Michael O’ Donovan  
    Title:   Managing Director  
 
Exhibit 99.4
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
     This FIRST AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is effective as of April 28, 2008 by and among GENERAL CABLE INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given to it in Article I of the Credit Agreement referenced below), the Lenders signatory hereto, and GE BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. (formerly known as Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc.), as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent and security trustee (the “ Collateral Agent ”; and together with the Administrative Agent, the “ Agents ”) for the Secured Parties.
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, Borrower, Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and Lenders entered into that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2007 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, the parties to the Credit Agreement have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement, all as set forth herein.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, mutual agreements contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Agents, Lenders, Borrower and the other Loan Parties agree as follows:
Section 1. Amendments . The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     1.1 Definition of the term “ Issuing Bank ” is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
Issuing Bank ” shall mean, as the context may require, (a) Merrill Lynch Bank with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it, (b) General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or a Subsidiary thereof or, with the consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, a bank or other legally authorized Person selected by or acceptable to Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, in such Person’s capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder (including, without limitation, with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Persons prior to the First Amendment Date), (c) any other Lender that may become an Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.18(i), with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender; or (d) collectively, all of the foregoing, and/or individually, any of the foregoing, as applicable.
     1.2 The following defined term is added to Article I of the Credit Agreement in its proper alphabetical order:

 


 

     “ First Amendment Date ” shall mean April 28, 2008.
Section 2. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be effective on the date this Amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Required Lenders and the Loan Parties.
Section 3. Representations and Warranties of Loan Parties .
     3.1 The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Amendment has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and this Amendment is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law);
     3.2 Each of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; and
     3.3 Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by each Loan Party nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby does or shall contravene, result in a breach of, or violate (i) any provision of such Loan Party’s certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any court or government instrumentality, or (iii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to which such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property is bound, except in any such case to the extent such conflict or breach has been waived by a written waiver document, a copy of which has been delivered to the Agents on or before the date hereof.
Section 4. Reference to and Effect upon the Credit Agreement .
     4.1 Except as specifically set forth above, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.
     4.2 The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent or any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor constitute an amendment of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, except as specifically set forth herein. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of similar import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
     4.3 Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that the execution and delivery by Agents and Required Lenders of this Amendment shall not be deemed (i) to create a course of dealing or otherwise obligate Agents or Lenders to forbear, waive, consent or execute similar amendments under the same or similar circumstances in the future, or (ii) to amend, relinquish or

2


 

impair any right of Agents or Lenders to receive any indemnity or similar payment from any Person or entity as a result of any matter arising from or relating to this Amendment.
     4.4 Each Loan Party affirms and acknowledges that this Amendment constitutes a Loan Document under the Credit Agreement and any reference to the Loan Documents under the Credit Agreement contained in any notice, request, certificate or other document executed concurrently with or after the execution and delivery of this Amendment shall be deemed to include this Amendment unless the context shall otherwise specify.
Section 5. Costs and Expenses . As provided in Section 11.03 of the Credit Agreement, Borrower agrees to reimburse Agents for all fees, costs and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of counsel or other advisors for advice, assistance, or other representation in connection with this Amendment.
Section 6. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 7. Headings . Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.
Section 8. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf the signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof, and such party shall promptly follow its facsimile signature page by mailing of a hard copy original.
[Signature Pages Follow]

3


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date first written above.
         
  BORROWER:


GENERAL CABLE INDUSTRIES, INC.,
as the
Borrower
 
 
  By: /s/ Brian J. Robinson    
  Name:   Brian J. Robinson   
  Title:   EVP, CFO & Treasurer   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit agreement

 


 

         
  AGENTS:


GE BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

(formerly known as Merrill Lynch Business Financial
Services Inc.), as a Lender, Swingline Lender,
Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:  /s/ James Desantis    
  Name:   James Desantis   
  Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit agreement

 


 

         
  LENDERS:

Bank of America, NA,
as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Fine    
  Name:   Michael Fine   
  Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit agreement

 


 

         
  CALYON NEW YORK BRANCH
as a Lender
 
 
  By:  /s/ Joseph Philbin    
  Name:  Joseph Philbin  
  Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:  /s/ Blake Wright    
  Name:  Blake Wright   
  Title:   Managing Director   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit agreement

 


 

         
  LENDERS:


THE CIT GROUP / BUSINESS CREDIT INC.,

as a Lender
 
 
  By:  /s/ Mark Long    
  Name:  Mark Long   
  Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Second Amended and Restated Credit agreement

 


 

         
  LENDERS:

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ James Desantis    
  Name:  James Desantis   
  Title:  Duly Authorized Signatory   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit agreement

 


 

         
  LENDERS:

THE HUNTINGTON NATIONAL BANK
as a Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy N. Molony    
  Name:   Timothy N. Molony   
  Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit agreement

 


 

         
  LENDERS:
 
 
  JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. 
  as a Lender
 
 
  By:  /s/ Matthew A. Brewer   
  Name:  Matthew A. Brewer 
  Title:  Assistant Vice President
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit agreement

 


 

         
 
  LENDERS:    
 
       
 
  PNC Bank, National Association
 
as a Lender
,  
         
     
  By:   /s/ Bruce A. Kintner    
  Name:   Bruce A. Kintner   
  Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
 
  LENDERS:    
 
       
 
  RZB Finance LLC
 
as a Lender
,  
         
     
  By: /s/ Christoph Hoedl  
  Name:   Christoph Hoedl   
  Title:   Group Vice President   
         
     
  By:   /s/ John A. Valiska  
  Name:   John A. Valiska   
  Title:   First Vice President   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
 
  LENDERS:    
 
       
 
  Standard Chartered Bank
 
as a Lender
,  
         
     
  By:  /s/ David Foster  
  Name:  David Foster
  Title:  DIRECTOR METALS & MINING
 
         
     
  By: /s/ Robert K. Reddington
  Name:  Robert K. Reddington
  Title:   AVP/CREDIT DOCUMENTATION CREDIT RISK CONTROL STANDARD CHARTERED BANK N.Y.   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

     
 
  LENDERS:
 
   
 
  UPS CAPITAL CORPORATION,
 
  as a Lender
         
     
  By:   /s/ John P. Holloway    
  Name:   John P. Holloway    
  Title:   Director of Portfolio Management   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
 
  LENDERS:    
 
       
 
  WACHOVIA CAPITAL FINANCE    
 
  CORPORATION    
 
  (CENTRAL)
 
as a Lender
   
         
     
  By:   /s/ Laura Wheeland    
    Name:   Laura Wheeland    
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

     
 
  The following Persons are signatories to this
 
  Amendment in their capacity as Loan Parties.
 
   
 
  GENERAL CABLE COMPANY
 
  GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
 
  GK TECHNOLOGIES, INCORPORATED,
 
  GENERAL CABLE INDUSTRIES, LLC
 
  GENERAL CABLE TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION,
 
   
 
  each as a Loan Party, Borrowing Base Guarantor and Guarantor
         
     
  By:   /s/ Robert J. Siverd    
    Name:   Robert J. Siverd   
    Title:   Executive Vice President   
 
GENERAL CABLE TEXAS OPERATIONS,
L.P.,
as a Loan Party, Borrowing Base Guarantor
and Guarantor
By: GENERAL CABLE INDUSTRIES, INC., its
general partner
         
     
  By:   /s/ Robert J. Siverd    
    Name:   Robert J. Siverd   
    Title:   Executive Vice President   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

     
 
  MARATHON MANUFACTURING
          HOLDINGS, INC.
 
  GENERAL CABLE OVERSEAS HOLDINGS,
          LLC
 
  GENERAL CABLE MANAGEMENT LLC
DIVERSIFIED CONTRACTORS, INC.
MLTC COMPANY
 
  MARATHON STEEL COMPANY, each as a
PHELPS DODGE INTERNATIONAL
CORPORATION
 
  PHELPS DODGE ENFIELD CORPORATION
PD WIRE & CABLE SALES CORPORATION
GENCA CORPORATION
 
  GENERAL CABLE CANADA LTD. GC
GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.,
 
  each as a Loan Party and Guarantor
         
     
  By:   /s/ Robert J. Siverd    
    Name:   Robert J. Siverd   
    Title:   Executive Vice President   
 
PHELPS DODGE NATIONAL CABLES
CORPORATION,
as a Loan Party and Guarantor
         
     
  By:   /s/ Robert J. Siverd    
    Name:   Robert J. Siverd   
    Title:   Executive Vice President   
 
PHELPS DODGE AFRICA CABLE
CORPORATION,
as a Loan Party and Guarantor
         
     
  By:   /s/ Robert J. Siverd    
    Name:   Robert J. Siverd   
    Title:   Executive Vice President   
 
Signature Page to the First Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 

Exhibit 99.5
EXECUTION VERSION
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
     This SECOND AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is effective as of October 26, 2009 by and among GENERAL CABLE INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the Guarantors (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given to it in Article I of the Credit Agreement referenced below), the Lenders signatory hereto, and GE BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. (formerly known as Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc.), as administrative agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders and as collateral agent and security trustee (the “ Collateral Agent ”; and together with the Administrative Agent, the “ Agents ”) for the Secured Parties.
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, Borrower, Guarantors, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and Lenders entered into that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 2007 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);
     WHEREAS, the parties to the Credit Agreement have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein, upon terms and subject to conditions set forth herein.
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, mutual agreements contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Agents, Lenders, Borrower and the other Loan Parties agree as follows:
Section 1. Amendments . The Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
     1.1 The defined term “First Amendment Date ” is deleted in its entirety from Article I of the Credit Agreement and the phrase “the First Amendment Date” is replaced each time such phrase appears in the Credit Agreement with the phrase “June 16, 2006”.
     1.2 The defined term “Second Amendment Date ” is deleted in its entirety from Article I of the Credit Agreement and the phrase “the Second Amendment Date” is replaced each time such phrase appears in the Credit Agreement with the phrase “March 6, 2007”.
     1.3 Clause (b) of the defined term “ Issuing Bank ” is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“(b) General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or a Subsidiary thereof or, with the consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, a bank or other legally authorized Person selected by or acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, in such Person’s capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder (including,

 


 

without limitation, with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Persons prior to April 28, 2008); it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to select any such bank or other Person as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and that any such bank or other Person, after issuing a Letter of Credit and becoming an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, shall have no obligation to issue any additional Letters of Credit,”
     1.4 The following defined terms are added to Article I of the Credit Agreement in their proper alphabetical order:
      “Commercial Card Program” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(p) .
      “Commercial Card Program Provider” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(p) .
      “Impacted Lender” means any Lender that fails promptly to provide Administrative Agent, upon Administrative Agent’s request, satisfactory assurance that such Lender will not become a Non-Funding Lender.
      “Lender-Related Distress Event” means, with respect to any Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly Controls such Lender (each a “Distressed Person”), (a) a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any bankruptcy laws of its jurisdiction of formation, (b) a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, (c) such Distressed Person is subject to a forced liquidation, merger, sale or other change of majority Control supported in whole or in part by guaranties or other support (including, without limitation, the nationalization or assumption of majority ownership or operating Control) by any Governmental Authority, or (d) such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt.
      “Non-Funding Lender” means any Lender (a) that has failed to fund any payments required to be made by it under the Loan Document, including as required by Section 2.02(c) , 2.02(f) , 2.14(d) , 2.17(d) , 2.18(d) or 11.03(d) hereof, within two (2) Business Days after any such payment is due, (b) that has given verbal or written notice to the Borrower, Administrative Agent or any Lender or has otherwise publicly announced that such Lender believes it will fail to fund all payments required to be made by it or fund all purchases of participations required to be funded by it under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (c) as to which Administrative Agent has a good faith belief that such Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations (as a lender, agent or letter of credit issuer) under one or more other syndicated credit facilities or (d) with respect to which one or more Lender-Related Distress Events has occurred with respect to such Person or any Person that directly or indirectly Controls such Lender and

2


 

Administrative Agent has determined that such Lender may become a Non-Funding Lender.
     “ 2009 Exchange Offer ” shall mean the offer to exchange up to $ 485,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Holdings’ 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes for any and all of Holdings’ outstanding 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Note upon terms and subject to conditions described in the 2009 Exchange Offer Terms.
     “ 2009 Exchange Offer Terms ” shall mean, collectively, the terms for the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes and the 2009 Exchange Offer set forth in (i) the section of the draft prospectus related to Holdings’ offer to exchange up to $485,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes for any and all of its outstanding 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes entitled “Description of the 2029 Notes” and (ii) that schedule of other indicative terms for the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes and the 2009 Exchange Offer, each as attached as Exhibit 2009 EO Terms hereto, as such terms may be further amended or completed in the Prospectus (as amended from time to time) with respect to the 2009 Exchange Offer; provided , that, after giving effect to any and/or all such amendments or completions, the initial annual interest rate of the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes shall not exceed 5.75% (excluding any Contingent Interest or Additional Interest), the total aggregate principal amount of the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes shall not exceed $485,000,000 and all other terms of the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes shall not be materially less favorable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or materially less favorable to any Loan Party, than the terms as to such 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes as described in Exhibit 2009 EO Terms .
     “ 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Documents ” shall mean the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture and all other related documents delivered with respect to the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     “ 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture ” shall mean the indenture pursuant to which the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes are issued having substantially the same terms as the terms of the indenture described in the 2009 Exchange Offer Terms and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
     “ 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes ” shall mean Holdings’ Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2029 described in the 2009 Exchange Offer Terms.
     “ Second Amendment Effective Date ” shall mean October 26, 2009.

3


 

     1.5 Section 1.04 of the Credit Agreement is amended by inserting the following new sentence at the end thereof:
“Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratio referred to in Section 6.08 shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party at “fair value.”
     1.6 Section 2.05(a) of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “equal to 0.25% per annum” appearing therein with the phrase “equal to 0.50% per annum”.
     1.7 Section 2.05(c)(ii) of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee (“ Fronting Fee ”), which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure” with the phrase “to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee (“ Fronting Fee ”), which shall accrue at the rate charged by such Issuing Bank on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure”.
     1.8 Section 2.14(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following sentence immediately before the last sentence thereof:
“If a Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender receives any such payment as described in the previous sentence, such Lender shall turn over such payments to Administrative Agent in an amount that would satisfy the cash collateral requirements set forth in Section 2.14(e ).”
     1.9 Section 2.14(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“(e) Administrative Agent shall be entitled to set off the funding shortfall against any Non-Funding Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of all payments received from the Borrower and hold, in a non-interest bearing account, all payments received by Administrative Agent for the benefit of any Non-Funding Lender pursuant to this Agreement as cash collateral for any unfunded reimbursement obligations of such Non-Funding Lender until the Obligations are paid in full in cash, all LC Exposure have been discharged or cash collateralized and all Commitments have been terminated, and upon such unfunded obligations owing by a Non-Funding Lender becoming due and payable, Administrative Agent shall be authorized to use such cash collateral to make such payment on behalf of such Non-Funding Lender. Any amounts owing by a Non-Funding Lender to Administrative Agent which are not paid when due shall accrue interest at the interest rate applicable during such period to Loans that are ABR Loans.”
     1.10 Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting new clause (f) therein, which shall read in its entirety as follows:

4


 

“(f) The failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make any Loan, LC Exposure or any payment required by it hereunder, or to fund any purchase of any participation to be made or funded by it on the date specified therefor shall not relieve any other Lender (each such other Revolving Lender, an “ Other Lender ”) of its obligations to make such loan or fund the purchase of any such participation on such date, but neither Administrative Agent nor, other than as expressly set forth herein, any Other Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make a loan, fund the purchase of a participation or make any other payment required hereunder. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, a Non-Funding Lender shall not have any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Loan Document or constitute a “Lender” or a “Revolving Lender” (or be, or have its Loans and Commitments, included in the determination of “Required Lenders”) for any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Loan Document. Moreover, for the purposes of determining Required Lenders, the Loans and Commitments held by Non-Funding Lenders shall be excluded from the total Loans and Commitments outstanding.”
     1.11 Section 2.17(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new sentence at the end thereof:
“If no Revolving Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, the Swingline Lender may at any time (and shall, no less frequently than once each week) forward a demand to Administrative Agent (which Administrative Agent shall, upon receipt, forward to each Revolving Lender) that each Revolving Lender pay to Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage of the outstanding Swingline Loans. If any Revolving Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, that Non-Funding Lender’s reimbursement obligations with respect to the Swingline Loans shall be reallocated to and assumed by the other Revolving Lenders pro rata in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages of the Loans (calculated as if the Non-Funding Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage was reduced to zero and each other Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage had been increased proportionately). If any Revolving Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, upon receipt of the demand described above, each Revolving Lender that is not a Non-Funding Lender will be obligated to pay to Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender its pro rata share of the outstanding Swingline Loans (increased as described above); provided that no Revolving Lender shall be required to fund any amount which would result in its outstanding Revolving Exposure to exceed its Revolving Commitment. Each Revolving Lender shall pay the amount owing by it to Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender on the Business Day following receipt of the notice or demand therefor.”
     1.12 Section 2.18(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following provisions at the end thereof:
“If (i) any Lender is a Non-Funding Lender or Administrative Agent determines that any of the Lenders is an Impacted Lender and (ii) the reallocation of that

5


 

Non-Funding Lender’s or Impacted Lender’s LC Exposure would reasonably be expected to cause the Revolving Exposure of any Lender to exceed its Revolving Commitment, taking into account the amount of outstanding Loans and expected advances of Loans as determined by Administrative Agent, then no Letters of Credit may be issued or renewed unless the Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender has been replaced, the LC Exposure of that Non-Funding Lender or Impacted Lender have been cash collateralized, or the Revolving Commitments of the other Lenders have been increased by an amount sufficient to satisfy Administrative Agent that all future LC Exposure will be covered by all Revolving Lenders who are not Non-Funding Lenders or Impacted Lenders.”
     1.13 Section 2.18(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the sentence:
“Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, distribute such payment to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.”
appearing therein, with the following:
“If no Revolving Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, upon receipt of the notice described above from the Administrative Agent, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank its Pro Rata Percentage of the LC Exposure in respect of such unreimbursed L/C Disbursement in the same manner as provided in Section 2.02(f) with respect to Loans made by such Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. If any Revolving Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, that Non-Funding Lender’s LC Exposure shall be reallocated to and assumed by the other Revolving Lenders pro rata in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentages of the Loans (calculated as if the Non-Funding Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage was reduced to zero and each other Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Percentage had been increased proportionately). If any Revolving Lender is a Non-Funding Lender, upon receipt of the notice described above from Administrative Agent, each Revolving Lender that is not a Non-Funding Lender shall pay to Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank its pro rata share (increased as described above) of the LC Exposure that from time to time remain outstanding; provided that no Revolving Lender shall be required to fund any amount which would result in its Revolving Exposure to exceed its Revolving Commitment.”
     1.14 Article V of the Credit Agreement is amended by inserting new Section 5.17 therein, which shall read in its entirety as follows:
     “ SECTION 5.17 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Documents . Promptly on the date of the execution and delivery of the 2009

6


 

Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture, Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying and representing that attached thereto is the true, correct and complete copy of the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture (together with all annexes, attachments, exhibits and schedules attached thereto). All Obligations shall constitute “Senior Debt” and “Designated Senior Debt” under the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture, entitled to the benefits of the subordination provisions contained in the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture.”
     1.15 Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) replacing the phrase “; and” appearing in clause (vi) thereof with a comma, (ii) replacing the period appearing in clause (vii) thereof with the phrase “, and” and (iii) inserting new clause (viii) , which shall read in its entirety as follows:
“(viii) the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes issued pursuant to the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture to consummate the 2009 Exchange Offer; provided , that the aggregate principal amount of all such 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes shall not exceed $485.0 million.”
     1.16 Section 6.01(l) of the Credit Agreement is amended by (x) deleting the word “or” appearing at the end of clause (v) thereof, (y) replacing the period at the end of clause (vi) with the phrase “; and” and (z) inserting new clause (vii) , which shall read in its entirety as follows:
“(vii) of Holdings in respect of Indebtedness (including Indebtedness arising under Hedging Agreements) of any Foreign Subsidiary; provided , however , that (A) such Contingent Obligations of Holdings with respect to all Foreign Subsidiaries do not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of $150.0 million in the aggregate at any time and (B) no such Contingent Obligation may be issued, created, incurred or assumed by Holdings unless average daily Excess Availability for the 90-day period preceding the incurrence of such Contingent Obligation exceeds $75.0 million and is reasonably expected to exceed $75.0 million for at least 90 days following the date of issuance, creation, incurrence or assumption of such Contingent Obligation.”
     1.17 Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended by (i) replacing the phrase “; and” appearing in clause (o) thereof with a semi-colon, (ii) re-lettering the existing clause (p) thereof as clause (q) thereof and (ii) inserting new clause (p) , which shall read in its entirety as follows:
“(p) extensions of credit to one or more Loan Parties by one or more financial institutions or other Persons reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (each a “ Commercial Card Program Provider ”) pursuant to commercial card programs and other commercial card services provided by such Commercial Program Providers for payments to vendors of such Loan Parties who elect to

7


 

participate in such commercial card programs (the “ Commercial Card Programs ”); provided that the maximum aggregate credit limit available to all Loan Parties for purchases and cash advances under all Commercial Card Programs does not exceed $10,000,000 at any one time; provided , further , that additional charges or interest shall be payable under the terms of any of the Commercial Card Programs only with respect to late payments thereunder and no such additional charges or interest shall accrue or be payable thereunder if the Loan Parties pay all amounts owing under each Commercial Card Program currently, by the original due date required thereunder; provided , further , that if any such Loan Party maintains one or more deposit or other accounts with any such Commercial Card Program Provider, such Commercial Card Provider shall, on or before the establishment of the applicable Commercial Card Program and the execution and delivery of the relevant agreements and documents, waive its rights of offset against all such deposit or other accounts pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and”
     1.18 Section 6.04(d)(ii) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
     “(ii) Borrower or any Borrowing Base Guarantor may make and/or permit to remain outstanding intercompany loans and advances to any Foreign Subsidiary (other than intercompany advances to General Cable Spain on or about the Closing Date that give rise to the GCC Spain Closing Date Intercompany Debt and intercompany advances to General Cable Brazil Holdings on or about the Closing Date that give rise to the GCC Brazil Closing Date Intercompany Debt) in an aggregate amount not to exceed with respect to all such loans and advances made or permitted to remain outstanding to all Foreign Subsidiaries, together with the aggregate amount of all outstanding deposits described in Section 6.02(t) and together with the aggregate outstanding amount of Investments with respect to all Foreign Subsidiaries described in and determined in accordance with Section 6.04(g)(iv)(B) , the Dollar Equivalent (determined with respect to the outstanding amount of each such loan or advance on the basis of an exchange rate as in effect at the time such loan or advance is made and, with respect to each subsequent payment or repayment of such loan or advance reducing the outstanding amount thereof, at the time such payment or repayment is made) of $233.0 million outstanding at any time (and Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders that the aggregate amount of all such loans and advances outstanding on the Second Amendment Effective Date is equal to $33,016,281, as more fully shown in Schedule 6.04(d)(ii) attached hereto); provided, however , that no such intercompany loan or advance shall be made after the Second Amendment Effective Date unless average daily Excess Availability for the 90-day period preceding the funding of such intercompany loan or advance would have exceeded $75.0 million (after giving effect to any Revolving Loans funded in connection therewith as if made on the first day of such period) and is reasonably expected to exceed $75.0 million for at least 90 days following the funding of such intercompany loan or advance,”

8


 

     1.19 Section 6.04(g)(iv) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“(iv) (A) by Borrower or any Borrowing Base Guarantor in Foreign Subsidiaries that are outstanding on the Second Amendment Effective Date, and
     (B) made after the Second Amendment Effective Date by (x) Borrower or any Borrowing Base Guarantor in any Foreign Subsidiary and (y) General Cable Overseas Holdings and GC Global Holdings in any Overseas/GC Global Entity to the extent such Investment constitutes a General Cable Minority Shareholding Maintenance Investment, as long as the aggregate outstanding amount of such Investments in all Foreign Subsidiaries described in the foregoing clauses (x) and (y) does not exceed, together with the aggregate amount of all outstanding deposits described in Section 6.02(t) , and together with the aggregate outstanding amount of intercompany loans and advances with respect to all Foreign Subsidiaries described in and determined in accordance with Section 6.04(d)(ii) , the Dollar Equivalent (determined with respect to the outstanding amount of each such Investment on the basis of an exchange rate as in effect at the time such Investment is made and, with respect to each subsequent payment or return of capital on such Investment reducing the outstanding amount thereof, at the time such payment or return of capital is made) of $233.0 million in the aggregate at any time; provided , however , that no such Investment shall be made unless average daily Excess Availability for the 90-day period preceding the funding of such Investment would have exceeded $75.0 million (after giving effect to any Revolving Loans funded in connection therewith as if made on the first day of such period) and is reasonably expected to exceed $75.0 million for at least 90 days following the funding of such Investment, and
     1.20 Section 6.04(m)(ii)(y) of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 6.19 ” appearing therein with the phrase “pursuant to Section 6.01(c) , Section 6.01(d) , clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) and (iv) of Section 6.01(l) , Section 6.01(p) and clauses (2) , (3) , (4) and (5) of Section 6.19(iii) ”.
     1.21 Section 6.04(m)(iii) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“(iii) Holdings’ paying, so long as all proceeds thereof are in fact promptly used by Holdings to pay, (x) scheduled installments of interest on (A) the Convertible Senior Notes, (B) the Qualified Senior Notes, (C) the Fixed Rate Senior Unsecured Notes and the Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes, (D) the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes, and (E) the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes ( provided that, for the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes, scheduled installments of interest permitted hereunder shall include any and all payments of “Contingent Interest” and “Additional Interest” provided for under the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture), to the extent such payment is permitted by the subordination provisions of the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture, and

9


 

(y) in connection with the 2009 Exchange Offer, all accrued and unpaid interest in an amount not to exceed $2.375 million on any 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes exchanged for 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes;”
     1.22 Section 6.04(m)(vi)(z) is amended by:
          (a) replacing the phrase “the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes and/or the Convertible Senior Notes” appearing therein with the following phrase:
“the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes, the Convertible Senior Notes and/or the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes (including Holdings’ making payments in connection with conversions of the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes, the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes and/or the Convertible Senior Notes as provided for in the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture, the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture or the Convertible Senior Note Indenture (as applicable), and as necessary to each of the holders of the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Note in connection with the 2009 Exchange Offer for the principal amount of any 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes that would otherwise be issued to each such holder in such exchange but which cannot be so issued due to the fact that the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes will be issued only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof)” and
          (b) replacing the phrase “the Third Amendment Date” appearing therein with the phrase “September 21, 2007”.
     1.23 Section 6.04(m) of the Credit Agreement is further amended by (x) deleting the word “and” appearing at the end of clause (v) thereof and (y) inserting new clauses (vii) and (viii) , which shall read in their entirety as follows:
“(vii) Holdings’ paying the Contingent Obligations incurred in reliance on and to the extent permitted by Section 6.01(l)(vii) that have become due and payable in accordance with the term thereof as long as average daily Excess Availability for the 90-day period preceding each such loan or advance would have exceeded $75.0 million (after giving effect to any Revolving Loans funded in connection therewith as if made on the first day of such period) and is reasonably expected to exceed $75.0 million for at least 90 days following such loan or advance; and
(viii) Holdings’ repurchasing, so long as all proceeds thereof are in fact promptly used by Holdings to repurchase, at any time during the period beginning on the Second Amendment Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date, all shares of its Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding as long as such loans and advances in the aggregate shall not exceed $5 . 0 million less any Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.06(d)(viii) ;”

10


 

     1.24 Section 6.04(m) of the Credit Agreement is further amended by amending the phrase “each loan and advance referenced in clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (v) and (vi) above” appearing in the proviso thereof with the phrase “each loan and advance referenced in clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv) , (v) , (vi), (vii) and (viii) above”.
     1.25 Section 6.04(n) of the Credit Agreement is amended by inserting the following phrase immediately after the phrase “Dollar Equivalent” each time such phrase appears therein:
“(determined with respect to the outstanding amount of each such Investment on the basis of an exchange rate as in effect at the time such Investment is made and, with respect to each subsequent payment or return of capital on such Investment reducing the outstanding amount thereof, at the time such payment or return of capital is made)”
     1.26 Section 6.04(o) of the Credit Agreement is further amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“(o) any Foreign Subsidiary may make Investments in (i) Joint Ventures and/or (ii) Hedging Agreements and/or any other futures contract or contracts to be liable for the purchase or sale of currency or other commodities at a future date in the nature of a futures contract;”
     1.27 Section 6.06(d)(ii)(y) of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 6.19 ” appearing therein with the phrase “pursuant to Section 6.01(c) , Section 6.01(d) , clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) , and (iv) of Section 6.01(l) , Section 6.01(p) and clauses (2) , (3) , (4) and (5) of Section 6.19(iii) ”.
     1.28 Section 6.06(d)(iii) of the Credit Agreement is further amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“(iii) Holdings’ paying, so long as all proceeds thereof are in fact promptly used by Holdings to pay, (x) scheduled installments of interest on (A) the Convertible Senior Notes, (B) the Qualified Senior Notes, (C) the Fixed Rate Senior Unsecured Notes and the Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes, (D) the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes, and (E) the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes ( provided that, for the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes, scheduled installments of interest permitted hereunder shall include any and all payments of “Contingent Interest” and “Additional Interest” provided for under the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture) to the extent such payment is permitted by the subordination provisions of the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture and (y) in connection with the 2009 Exchange Offer, all accrued and unpaid interest in an amount not to exceed $2.375 million) on any 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes exchanged for 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes (and to the extent so permitted, Holdings may make such payments);”
     1.29 Section 6.06(d)(vi)(z) is amended by:

11


 

          (a) replacing the phrase “the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes and/or the Convertible Senior Notes” appearing therein with the following phrase:
“the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes, the Convertible Senior Notes and/or the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes (including Holdings’ making payments in connection with conversions of the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes, the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes and/or the Convertible Senior Notes as provided for in the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture, the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture or the Convertible Senior Note Indenture (as applicable), and as necessary to each of the holders of the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Note in connection with the 2009 Exchange Offer for the principal amount of any 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes that would otherwise be issued to each such holder in such exchange but which cannot be so issued due to the fact that the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes will be issued only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof)” and
          (b) replacing the phrase “the Third Amendment Date” appearing therein with the phrase “September 21, 2007”.
     1.30 Section 6.06(d) of the Credit Agreement is further amended by (x) deleting the word “and” appearing at the end of clause (v) thereof and (y) inserting new clauses (vii) and (viii) , which shall read in their entirety as follows:
“(vii) Holdings’ paying the Contingent Obligations incurred in reliance on and to the extent permitted by Section 6.01(l)(vii) that have become due and payable in accordance with the term thereof as long as average daily Excess Availability for the 90-day period preceding each such Restricted Payment would have exceeded $75.0 million (after giving effect to any Revolving Loans funded in connection therewith as if made on the first day of such period) and is reasonably expected to exceed $75.0 million for at least 90 days following such Restricted Payment; and
(viii) Holdings’ repurchasing, so long as all proceeds thereof are in fact promptly used by Holdings to repurchase, at any time during the period beginning on the Second Amendment Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date, all shares of its Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding as long as such Restricted Payments in the aggregate shall not exceed, together with the intercompany loans and advances under Section 6.04(m)(viii) , $5.0 million (and Holdings may make such repurchase);”
     1.31 Section 6.06 of the Credit Agreement is further amended by (x) deleting the word “and” appearing at the end of clause (k) thereof, (y) replacing the period at the end of clause (l) thereof with “; and” and (z) inserting new clause (m) , which shall read in its entirety as follows:
“(m) Holdings may make payments with respect to the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes that are either (x) required under the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture or (y) otherwise expressly

12


 

permitted under this Agreement, in each case to the extent such payment is permitted by the subordination provisions of the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture.”
     1.32 Section 6.09(vi) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(vi) (A) except as permitted by Section 6.04(m)(vi)(z) or Section 6.06(d)(vi)(z) hereof, make (or give any notice in respect thereof) any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment on or redemption or acquisition for value of any Indebtedness outstanding under the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes or (B) except for any repurchase, redemption or conversion of all or any portion of the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes that Holdings is required to make pursuant to and in accordance with the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture, make (or give any notice in respect thereof) any payment, prepayment, redemption or acquisition for value as a result of any asset sale, change of control or similar event of, any Indebtedness outstanding under the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes;”
     1.33 Section 6.09(viii) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
(vi) (A) except as permitted by Section 6.04(m)(vi)(z) or Section 6.06(d)(vi)(z) hereof, make (or give any notice in respect thereof) any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment on or redemption or acquisition for value of any Indebtedness outstanding under the Convertible Senior Notes or (B) except for any repurchase, redemption or conversion of all or any portion of the Convertible Senior Notes that Holdings is required to make pursuant to and in accordance with Convertible Senior Note Indenture, make (or give any notice in respect thereof) any payment, prepayment, redemption or acquisition for value as a result of any asset sale, change of control or similar event of, any Indebtedness outstanding under the Convertible Senior Notes;”
     1.34 Section 6.09 of the Credit Agreement is further amended by (x) deleting the word “or” appearing at the end of clause (x) thereof, (y) re-lettering the existing clause (xi) thereof as clause (xiii) thereof and (ii) inserting new clauses (xi) and (xii) , which shall read in their entirety as follows:
“(xi) (A) except as permitted by Section 6.04(m)(vi)(z) or Section 6.06(d)(vi)(z) hereof, make (or give any notice in respect thereof) any voluntary or optional payment or prepayment on or redemption or acquisition for value of any Indebtedness outstanding under the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes, or (B) except for any repurchase, redemption or conversion of all or any portion of the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes that Holdings is required to make pursuant to and in accordance with the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture, make (or give any notice in respect thereof) any payment, prepayment, redemption or acquisition for value as a result

13


 

of any asset sale, change of control or similar event of any Indebtedness outstanding under the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes; (xii) amend or modify, or permit the amendment or modification of, any provision of any 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes or any agreement (including any 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Document) relating thereto other than amendments or modifications which do not in any way materially adversely affect the interests of the Lenders and which are effected to make technical corrections to the respective documentation; or”
     1.35 Section 6.10(iii) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
“(iii) (A) the Convertible Senior Note Documents, (B) the Qualified Senior Note Documents, (C) the Senior Unsecured Note Documents, (D) the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Documents and (E) the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Documents;”
     1.36 Section 6.16 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:
SECTION 6.16 No Negative Pledges . Directly or indirectly enter into or assume any agreement (other than (A) this Agreement, (B) the Convertible Senior Note Documents (B) the Qualified Senior Note Documents, (C) the Senior Unsecured Note Documents, (D) the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Note Documents and (E) the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Documents) prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon the properties or assets of any Company (other than a Foreign Subsidiary), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for Property subject to purchase money security interests, operating leases and capital leases.”
     1.37 Section 6.19 of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing the phrase “(and Indebtedness evidenced by Qualified Senior Notes, the Convertible Senior Notes, the Fixed Rate Senior Unsecured Notes, the Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes and the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes)” appearing therein with the phrase “(and Indebtedness evidenced by Qualified Senior Notes, the Convertible Senior Notes, the Fixed Rate Senior Unsecured Notes, the Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes, the 2007 Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes and the 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Notes)”.
     1.38 Article XI of the Credit Agreement is amended by inserting new Section 11.18 therein, which shall read in its entirety as follows:
SECTION 11.18 Designated Senior Debt under 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Documents . All Obligations and indebtedness constituting Obligations are hereby designated as “Designated Senior Debt” for purposes of 2009 Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Note Indenture .
     1.39 Schedule 6.04(d)(ii) attached hereto is inserted in the Credit Agreement as Schedule 6.04(d)(ii) thereto.

14


 

     1.40 Exhibit 2009 EO Terms attached hereto is inserted in the Credit Agreement as Exhibit 2009 EO Terms thereto.
Section 2. Conditions to Effectiveness .
     2.1 This Amendment (other than the insertion of the additional defined terms “Impacted Lender ”, “Lender-Related Distress Event” and “Non-Funding Lender” pursuant to Section 1.3 of this Amendment and other than Sections 1.8 , 1.9 , 1.10 , 1.11 , 1.12 . and 1.13 of this Amendment) shall be effective upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
     (a) This Amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Required Lenders and the Loan Parties;
     (b) The representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date;
     (c) No Event of Default or Default shall exist on the date hereof;
     (d) Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of each Lender that consents to this Amendment and delivers (and releases) to the Administrative Agent executed counterpart to this Amendment on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on October 26, 2009, in immediately available funds, an amendment fee equal to the product of (A) 0.001 multiplied by (B) the amount of the Commitment held by such Lender on the date of this Amendment (it being understood and agreed that such amendment fee shall be fully earned and non-refundable when paid);
     (e) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party dated as of the date hereof and certifying that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect; and
     (f) The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents as it may reasonably require.
     2.2 The insertion of the additional defined terms “Impacted Lender ”, “Lender-Related Distress Event” and “Non-Funding Lender” pursuant to Section 1.3 of this Amendment and Sections 1.8 , 1.9 , 1.10 , 1.11 , 1.12 . and 1.13 of this Amendment shall be effective upon satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2.1 above and upon the execution and delivery of this Amendment by each Lender.
Section 3. Representations and Warranties of Loan Parties .
     3.1 The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Amendment has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and this Amendment is a legal, valid

15


 

and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law);
     3.2 Each of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date; and
     3.3 Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by each Loan Party nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby does or shall contravene, result in a breach of, or violate (i) any provision of such Loan Party’s certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any court or government instrumentality, or (iii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to which such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property is bound, except in any such case to the extent such conflict or breach has been waived by a written waiver document, a copy of which has been delivered to the Agents on or before the date hereof.
Section 4. Reference to and Effect upon the Credit Agreement .
     4.1 Except as specifically set forth above, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.
     4.2 The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent or any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor constitute an amendment of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, except as specifically set forth herein. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of similar import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.
     4.3 Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that the execution and delivery by Agents and Required Lenders of this Amendment shall not be deemed (i) to create a course of dealing or otherwise obligate Agents or Lenders to forbear, waive, consent or execute similar amendments under the same or similar circumstances in the future, or (ii) to amend, relinquish or impair any right of Agents or Lenders to receive any indemnity or similar payment from any Person or entity as a result of any matter arising from or relating to this Amendment.
     4.4 Each Loan Party affirms and acknowledges that this Amendment constitutes a Loan Document under the Credit Agreement and any reference to the Loan Documents under the Credit Agreement contained in any notice, request, certificate or other document executed concurrently with or after the execution and delivery of this Amendment shall be deemed to include this Amendment unless the context shall otherwise specify.

16


 

Section 5. Costs and Expenses . As provided in Section 11.03 of the Credit Agreement, Borrower agrees to reimburse Agents for all fees, costs and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of counsel or other advisors for advice, assistance, or other representation in connection with this Amendment.
Section 6. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
Section 7. Headings . Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.
Section 8. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf the signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature page were an original thereof, and such party shall promptly follow its facsimile signature page by mailing of a hard copy original.
[Signature Pages Follow]

17


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date first written above.
             
    BORROWER:    
 
           
    GENERAL CABLE INDUSTRIES, INC. , as the Borrower    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Robert J. Siverd    
 
  Name:  
 
Robert J. Siverd
   
 
  Title:  
 
Executive Vice President and Secretary
   
 
     
 
   
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
 
  AGENTS:        
 
           
    GE BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.
(formerly known as Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services Inc.) , as a Lender, Swingline Lender, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ DANIEL T. EUBANKS    
 
  Name:  
DANIEL T. EUBANKS
   
 
  Title:   DULY AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
 
  LENDERS:        
 
           
    GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as a Lender
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ DANIEL T. EUBANKS    
 
  Name:  
DANIEL T. EUBANKS
   
 
  Title:   DULY AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
 
  LENDERS:        
 
           
    JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ MATTHEW A. BREWER    
 
  Name:  
MATTHEW A. BREWER
   
 
  Title:   ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
 
  LENDERS:        
 
           
    RZB Finance LLC,
as a Lender
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ CHRISTOPH HOEDL    
 
  Name:  
CHRISTOPH HOEDL
   
 
  Title:   First Vice President    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ RANDALL ABRAMS    
 
  Name:  
RANDALL ABRAMS
   
 
  Title:   Vice President    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
 
  LENDERS:        
 
           
    STANDARD CHARTERED BANK,
as a Lender
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ DAVID J. FOSTER    
 
  Name:  
DAVID J. FOSTER
   
 
  Title:   DIRECTOR    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ ROBERT K. REDDINGTON    
 
  Name:  
ROBERT K. REDDINGTON
   
 
  Title:   AVP/CREDIT DOCUMENTATION
CREDIT RISK CONTROL
STANDARD CHARTERED BANK N.Y.
   
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
 
  LENDERS:        
 
           
    WACHOVIA CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION
(CENTRAL),
as a Lender
 
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Laura Wheeland    
 
  Name:  
Laura Wheeland
   
 
  Title:   Vice President    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
 
  LENDERS:        
 
           
    CALYON NEW YORK BRANCH,
as a Lender
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Joseph Philbin    
 
  Name:  
Joseph Philbin
   
 
  Title:   Director    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Blake Wright    
 
  Name:  
Blake Wright
   
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
    LENDERS:    
 
           
    UPS CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as a Lender
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ William Talbot    
 
  Name:  
William Talbot
   
 
  Title:   Senior Client Account Manager    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
    LENDERS:    
 
           
    PNC Bank, National Association,
as a Lender
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Bruce A. Kintner    
 
  Name:  
Bruce A. Kintner
   
 
  Title:   Vice President    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
    LENDERS:    
 
           
    Capital One Leverage Finance Corporation,
as a Lender
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Vik Dewanjee    
 
  Name:  
Vik Dewanjee
   
 
  Title:   Vice President    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
    LENDERS:    
 
           
    Bank of America, N.A.,
as a Lender
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Steven J. Chalmers    
 
  Name:  
Steven J. Chalmers
   
 
  Title:   V.P.    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
 
  LENDERS:        
 
           
    NATIONAL CITY BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.
as a Lender
   
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ JEFFREY W. SWARTZ    
 
  Name:  
JEFFREY W. SWARTZ
   
 
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

             
    GENERAL CABLE COMPANY
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
GK TECHNOLOGIES, INCORPORATED
GENERAL CABLE INDUSTRIES, LLC
GENERAL CABLE TECHNOLOGIES     CORPORATION
GENERAL CABLE TEXAS OPERATIONS,     L.P.

each as a Loan Party, Borrowing Base Guarantor and Guarantor
   
 
           
 
  By:    /s/ Robert J. Siverd    
 
     
 
Name: Robert J. Siverd
   
 
      Title: Executive Vice President and Secretary    
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  MARATHON MANUFACTURING HOLDINGS, INC.
GENERAL CABLE MANAGEMENT LLC
DIVERSIFIED CONTRACTORS, INC.
MLTC COMPANY
MARATHON STEEL COMPANY
PHELPS DODGE INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
PHELPS DODGE ENFIELD CORPORATION
PD WIRE & CABLE SALES CORPORATION
GENCA CORPORATION
GENERAL CABLE CANADA LTD.
GC GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.
GEPCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
ISOTEC, INC.,

each as a Loan Party and Guarantor
 
 
     By:       /s/ Robert J. Siverd  
    Name:   Robert J. Siverd  
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary  
 
  PHELPS DODGE NATIONAL CABLES
CORPORATION
, as a Loan Party and Guarantor
 
 
     By:       /s/ Robert J. Siverd  
    Name:   Robert J. Siverd  
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary  
 
  PHELPS DODGE AFRICA CABLE CORPORATION ,
as a Loan Party and Guarantor
 
 
     By:       /s/ Robert J. Siverd  
    Name:   Robert J. Siverd  
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary  
 
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

 


 

         
  GENERAL CABLE OVERSEAS HOLDINGS, LLC, as a
Loan Party and Guarantor
 
 
  By:   GK TECHNOLOGIES, INCORPORATED, its sole member    
       
       
 
     
  By:   /s/ Robert J. Siverd  
    Name:   Robert J. Siverd  
    Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary  
 
Signature Page to the Second Amendment to
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement